/* Output routines for GCC for ARM.
Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Pieter `Tiggr' Schoenmakers (rcpieter@win.tue.nl)
and Martin Simmons (@harleqn.co.uk).
More major hacks by Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@arm.com).
This file is part of GCC.
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your
option) any later version.
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
. */
#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "tm.h"
#include "rtl.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "obstack.h"
#include "regs.h"
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
#include "insn-config.h"
#include "conditions.h"
#include "output.h"
#include "insn-attr.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "reload.h"
#include "function.h"
#include "expr.h"
#include "optabs.h"
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
#include "recog.h"
#include "cgraph.h"
#include "ggc.h"
#include "except.h"
#include "c-family/c-pragma.h" /* ??? */
#include "integrate.h"
#include "tm_p.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "target-def.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "langhooks.h"
#include "df.h"
#include "intl.h"
#include "libfuncs.h"
#include "params.h"
#include "opts.h"
/* Forward definitions of types. */
typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix;
void (*arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook)(void);
struct four_ints
{
int i[4];
};
/* Forward function declarations. */
static bool arm_needs_doubleword_align (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static int arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes (void);
static arm_stack_offsets *arm_get_frame_offsets (void);
static void arm_add_gc_roots (void);
static int arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx,
HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx, rtx, int, int);
static unsigned bit_count (unsigned long);
static int arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx, int);
static int arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, RTX_CODE, int);
static int thumb2_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, int);
static int thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static rtx arm_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
static rtx thumb_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
inline static int thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (rtx, int);
static bool arm_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, bool);
static int thumb_far_jump_used_p (void);
static bool thumb_force_lr_save (void);
static rtx emit_sfm (int, int);
static unsigned arm_size_return_regs (void);
static bool arm_assemble_integer (rtx, unsigned int, int);
static void arm_print_operand (FILE *, rtx, int);
static void arm_print_operand_address (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char code);
static const char *fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE *);
static arm_cc get_arm_condition_code (rtx);
static HOST_WIDE_INT int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT);
static rtx is_jump_table (rtx);
static const char *output_multi_immediate (rtx *, const char *, const char *,
int, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static const char *shift_op (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT *);
static struct machine_function *arm_init_machine_status (void);
static void thumb_exit (FILE *, int);
static rtx is_jump_table (rtx);
static HOST_WIDE_INT get_jump_table_size (rtx);
static Mnode *move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode *, Mnode *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static Mnode *add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix *);
static Mnode *move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode *, Mnode *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static Mnode *add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix *);
static void assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix *);
static void arm_print_value (FILE *, rtx);
static void dump_minipool (rtx);
static int arm_barrier_cost (rtx);
static Mfix *create_fix_barrier (Mfix *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void push_minipool_barrier (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void push_minipool_fix (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx *, enum machine_mode,
rtx);
static void arm_reorg (void);
static bool note_invalid_constants (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void);
static unsigned long arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void);
static unsigned long arm_isr_value (tree);
static unsigned long arm_compute_func_type (void);
static tree arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
static tree arm_handle_pcs_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
static tree arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
static tree arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
#endif
static void arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static int arm_comp_type_attributes (const_tree, const_tree);
static void arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree);
static int arm_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
static int optimal_immediate_sequence (enum rtx_code code,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val,
struct four_ints *return_sequence);
static int optimal_immediate_sequence_1 (enum rtx_code code,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val,
struct four_ints *return_sequence,
int i);
static int arm_get_strip_length (int);
static bool arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree, tree);
static enum machine_mode arm_promote_function_mode (const_tree,
enum machine_mode, int *,
const_tree, int);
static bool arm_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
static rtx arm_function_value (const_tree, const_tree, bool);
static rtx arm_libcall_value_1 (enum machine_mode);
static rtx arm_libcall_value (enum machine_mode, const_rtx);
static bool arm_function_value_regno_p (const unsigned int);
static void arm_internal_label (FILE *, const char *, unsigned long);
static void arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT,
tree);
static bool arm_have_conditional_execution (void);
static bool arm_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode, rtx);
static bool arm_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode, rtx);
static bool arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx, enum rtx_code, int*, bool);
static bool arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *);
static bool arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code, int *, bool);
static bool arm_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int, int *, bool);
static int arm_address_cost (rtx, bool);
static int arm_register_move_cost (enum machine_mode, reg_class_t, reg_class_t);
static int arm_memory_move_cost (enum machine_mode, reg_class_t, bool);
static bool arm_memory_load_p (rtx);
static bool arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx);
static void cirrus_reorg (rtx);
static void arm_init_builtins (void);
static void arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void);
static rtx safe_vector_operand (rtx, enum machine_mode);
static rtx arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code, tree, rtx);
static rtx arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code, tree, rtx, int);
static rtx arm_expand_builtin (tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static tree arm_builtin_decl (unsigned, bool);
static void emit_constant_insn (rtx cond, rtx pattern);
static rtx emit_set_insn (rtx, rtx);
static int arm_arg_partial_bytes (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
tree, bool);
static rtx arm_function_arg (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
const_tree, bool);
static void arm_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
const_tree, bool);
static unsigned int arm_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static rtx aapcs_allocate_return_reg (enum machine_mode, const_tree,
const_tree);
static rtx aapcs_libcall_value (enum machine_mode);
static int aapcs_select_return_coproc (const_tree, const_tree);
#ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
static void arm_elf_asm_constructor (rtx, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
static void arm_elf_asm_destructor (rtx, int) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
#endif
#ifndef ARM_PE
static void arm_encode_section_info (tree, rtx, int);
#endif
static void arm_file_end (void);
static void arm_file_start (void);
static void arm_setup_incoming_varargs (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
tree, int *, int);
static bool arm_pass_by_reference (cumulative_args_t,
enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
static bool arm_promote_prototypes (const_tree);
static bool arm_default_short_enums (void);
static bool arm_align_anon_bitfield (void);
static bool arm_return_in_msb (const_tree);
static bool arm_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode, const_tree);
static bool arm_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
static void arm_unwind_emit (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_output_ttype (rtx);
static void arm_asm_emit_except_personality (rtx);
static void arm_asm_init_sections (void);
#endif
static rtx arm_dwarf_register_span (rtx);
static tree arm_cxx_guard_type (void);
static bool arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void);
static tree arm_get_cookie_size (tree);
static bool arm_cookie_has_size (void);
static bool arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void);
static bool arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void);
static void arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility (tree);
static bool arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat (void);
static bool arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit (void);
static void arm_init_libfuncs (void);
static tree arm_build_builtin_va_list (void);
static void arm_expand_builtin_va_start (tree, rtx);
static tree arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr (tree, tree, gimple_seq *, gimple_seq *);
static void arm_option_override (void);
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx);
static bool arm_tls_symbol_p (rtx x);
static int arm_issue_rate (void);
static void arm_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *, int, rtx) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
static bool arm_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *, rtx);
static bool arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args (void);
static const char *arm_invalid_parameter_type (const_tree t);
static const char *arm_invalid_return_type (const_tree t);
static tree arm_promoted_type (const_tree t);
static tree arm_convert_to_type (tree type, tree expr);
static bool arm_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_frame_pointer_required (void);
static bool arm_can_eliminate (const int, const int);
static void arm_asm_trampoline_template (FILE *);
static void arm_trampoline_init (rtx, tree, rtx);
static rtx arm_trampoline_adjust_address (rtx);
static rtx arm_pic_static_addr (rtx orig, rtx reg);
static bool cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool xscale_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool fa726te_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int *);
static bool arm_array_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static enum machine_mode arm_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode);
static bool arm_class_likely_spilled_p (reg_class_t);
static HOST_WIDE_INT arm_vector_alignment (const_tree type);
static bool arm_vector_alignment_reachable (const_tree type, bool is_packed);
static bool arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type,
int misalignment,
bool is_packed);
static void arm_conditional_register_usage (void);
static reg_class_t arm_preferred_rename_class (reg_class_t rclass);
static unsigned int arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes (void);
static int arm_default_branch_cost (bool, bool);
static int arm_cortex_a5_branch_cost (bool, bool);
static bool arm_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok (enum machine_mode vmode,
const unsigned char *sel);
/* Table of machine attributes. */
static const struct attribute_spec arm_attribute_table[] =
{
/* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler,
affects_type_identity } */
/* Function calls made to this symbol must be done indirectly, because
it may lie outside of the 26 bit addressing range of a normal function
call. */
{ "long_call", 0, 0, false, true, true, NULL, false },
/* Whereas these functions are always known to reside within the 26 bit
addressing range. */
{ "short_call", 0, 0, false, true, true, NULL, false },
/* Specify the procedure call conventions for a function. */
{ "pcs", 1, 1, false, true, true, arm_handle_pcs_attribute,
false },
/* Interrupt Service Routines have special prologue and epilogue requirements. */
{ "isr", 0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute,
false },
{ "interrupt", 0, 1, false, false, false, arm_handle_isr_attribute,
false },
{ "naked", 0, 0, true, false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute,
false },
#ifdef ARM_PE
/* ARM/PE has three new attributes:
interfacearm - ?
dllexport - for exporting a function/variable that will live in a dll
dllimport - for importing a function/variable from a dll
Microsoft allows multiple declspecs in one __declspec, separating
them with spaces. We do NOT support this. Instead, use __declspec
multiple times.
*/
{ "dllimport", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL, false },
{ "dllexport", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL, false },
{ "interfacearm", 0, 0, true, false, false, arm_handle_fndecl_attribute,
false },
#elif TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
{ "dllimport", 0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute, false },
{ "dllexport", 0, 0, false, false, false, handle_dll_attribute, false },
{ "notshared", 0, 0, false, true, false, arm_handle_notshared_attribute,
false },
#endif
{ NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL, false }
};
/* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
#undef TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES merge_dllimport_decl_attributes
#endif
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS arm_legitimize_address
#undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE arm_attribute_table
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START arm_file_start
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END arm_file_end
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP NULL
#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER arm_assemble_integer
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND arm_print_operand
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS arm_print_operand_address
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA arm_output_addr_const_extra
#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE arm_output_function_prologue
#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE arm_output_function_epilogue
#undef TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
#define TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE arm_option_override
#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_comp_type_attributes
#undef TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
#define TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES arm_set_default_type_attributes
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST arm_adjust_cost
#undef TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
#define TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST arm_register_move_cost
#undef TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
#define TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST arm_memory_move_cost
#undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
#ifdef ARM_PE
#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO arm_pe_encode_section_info
#else
#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO arm_encode_section_info
#endif
#undef TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
#define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING arm_strip_name_encoding
#undef TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
#define TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL arm_internal_label
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL arm_function_ok_for_sibcall
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE arm_function_value
#undef TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
#define TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE arm_libcall_value
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P arm_function_value_regno_p
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK arm_output_mi_thunk
#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK default_can_output_mi_thunk_no_vcall
#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS arm_rtx_costs
#undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST arm_address_cost
#undef TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
#define TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK arm_shift_truncation_mask
#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_vector_mode_supported_p
#undef TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_array_mode_supported_p
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE arm_preferred_simd_mode
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES \
arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes
#undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG arm_reorg
#undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS arm_init_builtins
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN arm_expand_builtin
#undef TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
#define TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL arm_builtin_decl
#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS arm_init_libfuncs
#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE arm_promote_function_mode
#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES arm_promote_prototypes
#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE arm_pass_by_reference
#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES arm_arg_partial_bytes
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG arm_function_arg
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE arm_function_arg_advance
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY arm_function_arg_boundary
#undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
#define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS arm_setup_incoming_varargs
#undef TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
#define TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args
#undef TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
#define TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE arm_asm_trampoline_template
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT arm_trampoline_init
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS arm_trampoline_adjust_address
#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
#define TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS arm_default_short_enums
#undef TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
#define TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD arm_align_anon_bitfield
#undef TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
#define TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_false
#undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
#define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE arm_cxx_guard_type
#undef TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
#define TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit
#undef TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
#define TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE arm_get_cookie_size
#undef TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
#define TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE arm_cookie_has_size
#undef TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
#define TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this
#undef TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
#define TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline
#undef TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
#define TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit
#undef TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
#define TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY \
arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility
#undef TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
#define TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat
#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB arm_return_in_msb
#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY arm_return_in_memory
#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK arm_must_pass_in_stack
#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
#define TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT arm_unwind_emit
/* EABI unwinding tables use a different format for the typeinfo tables. */
#undef TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
#define TARGET_ASM_TTYPE arm_output_ttype
#undef TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
#define TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER true
#undef TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
#define TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY arm_asm_emit_except_personality
#undef TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
#define TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS arm_asm_init_sections
#endif /* ARM_UNWIND_INFO */
#undef TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
#define TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN arm_dwarf_register_span
#undef TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P
#define TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P arm_cannot_copy_insn_p
#ifdef HAVE_AS_TLS
#undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
#define TARGET_HAVE_TLS true
#endif
#undef TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
#define TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION arm_have_conditional_execution
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P arm_legitimate_constant_p
#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM arm_cannot_force_const_mem
#undef TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
#define TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET 4095
/* The minimum is set such that the total size of the block
for a particular anchor is -4088 + 1 + 4095 bytes, which is
divisible by eight, ensuring natural spacing of anchors. */
#undef TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
#define TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET -4088
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE arm_issue_rate
#undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
#define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE arm_mangle_type
#undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
#define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST arm_build_builtin_va_list
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START arm_expand_builtin_va_start
#undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
#define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr
#ifdef HAVE_AS_TLS
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL arm_output_dwarf_dtprel
#endif
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P arm_legitimate_address_p
#undef TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE
#define TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE arm_invalid_parameter_type
#undef TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE
#define TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE arm_invalid_return_type
#undef TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
#define TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE arm_promoted_type
#undef TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
#define TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE arm_convert_to_type
#undef TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
#define TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P arm_scalar_mode_supported_p
#undef TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
#define TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED arm_frame_pointer_required
#undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
#define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE arm_can_eliminate
#undef TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
#define TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE arm_conditional_register_usage
#undef TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
#define TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P arm_class_likely_spilled_p
#undef TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
#define TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT arm_vector_alignment
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE \
arm_vector_alignment_reachable
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT \
arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment
#undef TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
#define TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS \
arm_preferred_rename_class
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK \
arm_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok
struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
/* Obstack for minipool constant handling. */
static struct obstack minipool_obstack;
static char * minipool_startobj;
/* The maximum number of insns skipped which
will be conditionalised if possible. */
static int max_insns_skipped = 5;
extern FILE * asm_out_file;
/* True if we are currently building a constant table. */
int making_const_table;
/* The processor for which instructions should be scheduled. */
enum processor_type arm_tune = arm_none;
/* The current tuning set. */
const struct tune_params *current_tune;
/* Which floating point hardware to schedule for. */
int arm_fpu_attr;
/* Which floating popint hardware to use. */
const struct arm_fpu_desc *arm_fpu_desc;
/* Used for Thumb call_via trampolines. */
rtx thumb_call_via_label[14];
static int thumb_call_reg_needed;
/* Bit values used to identify processor capabilities. */
#define FL_CO_PROC (1 << 0) /* Has external co-processor bus */
#define FL_ARCH3M (1 << 1) /* Extended multiply */
#define FL_MODE26 (1 << 2) /* 26-bit mode support */
#define FL_MODE32 (1 << 3) /* 32-bit mode support */
#define FL_ARCH4 (1 << 4) /* Architecture rel 4 */
#define FL_ARCH5 (1 << 5) /* Architecture rel 5 */
#define FL_THUMB (1 << 6) /* Thumb aware */
#define FL_LDSCHED (1 << 7) /* Load scheduling necessary */
#define FL_STRONG (1 << 8) /* StrongARM */
#define FL_ARCH5E (1 << 9) /* DSP extensions to v5 */
#define FL_XSCALE (1 << 10) /* XScale */
#define FL_CIRRUS (1 << 11) /* Cirrus/DSP. */
#define FL_ARCH6 (1 << 12) /* Architecture rel 6. Adds
media instructions. */
#define FL_VFPV2 (1 << 13) /* Vector Floating Point V2. */
#define FL_WBUF (1 << 14) /* Schedule for write buffer ops.
Note: ARM6 & 7 derivatives only. */
#define FL_ARCH6K (1 << 15) /* Architecture rel 6 K extensions. */
#define FL_THUMB2 (1 << 16) /* Thumb-2. */
#define FL_NOTM (1 << 17) /* Instructions not present in the 'M'
profile. */
#define FL_THUMB_DIV (1 << 18) /* Hardware divide (Thumb mode). */
#define FL_VFPV3 (1 << 19) /* Vector Floating Point V3. */
#define FL_NEON (1 << 20) /* Neon instructions. */
#define FL_ARCH7EM (1 << 21) /* Instructions present in the ARMv7E-M
architecture. */
#define FL_ARCH7 (1 << 22) /* Architecture 7. */
#define FL_ARM_DIV (1 << 23) /* Hardware divide (ARM mode). */
#define FL_IWMMXT (1 << 29) /* XScale v2 or "Intel Wireless MMX technology". */
/* Flags that only effect tuning, not available instructions. */
#define FL_TUNE (FL_WBUF | FL_VFPV2 | FL_STRONG | FL_LDSCHED \
| FL_CO_PROC)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH2 FL_NOTM
#define FL_FOR_ARCH3 (FL_FOR_ARCH2 | FL_MODE32)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH3M (FL_FOR_ARCH3 | FL_ARCH3M)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH4 (FL_FOR_ARCH3M | FL_ARCH4)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH4T (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5 (FL_FOR_ARCH4 | FL_ARCH5)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5T (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5E (FL_FOR_ARCH5 | FL_ARCH5E)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5TE (FL_FOR_ARCH5E | FL_THUMB)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH5TEJ FL_FOR_ARCH5TE
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6 (FL_FOR_ARCH5TE | FL_ARCH6)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6J FL_FOR_ARCH6
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6K (FL_FOR_ARCH6 | FL_ARCH6K)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6Z FL_FOR_ARCH6
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6ZK FL_FOR_ARCH6K
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6T2 (FL_FOR_ARCH6 | FL_THUMB2)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH6M (FL_FOR_ARCH6 & ~FL_NOTM)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7 ((FL_FOR_ARCH6T2 & ~FL_NOTM) | FL_ARCH7)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7A (FL_FOR_ARCH7 | FL_NOTM | FL_ARCH6K)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7R (FL_FOR_ARCH7A | FL_THUMB_DIV)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7M (FL_FOR_ARCH7 | FL_THUMB_DIV)
#define FL_FOR_ARCH7EM (FL_FOR_ARCH7M | FL_ARCH7EM)
/* The bits in this mask specify which
instructions we are allowed to generate. */
static unsigned long insn_flags = 0;
/* The bits in this mask specify which instruction scheduling options should
be used. */
static unsigned long tune_flags = 0;
/* The following are used in the arm.md file as equivalents to bits
in the above two flag variables. */
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 3M extensions. */
int arm_arch3m = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4 extensions. */
int arm_arch4 = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 4t extensions. */
int arm_arch4t = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5 extensions. */
int arm_arch5 = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 5E extensions. */
int arm_arch5e = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM Architecture 6 extensions. */
int arm_arch6 = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM 6K extensions. */
int arm_arch6k = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports the ARM 7 extensions. */
int arm_arch7 = 0;
/* Nonzero if instructions not present in the 'M' profile can be used. */
int arm_arch_notm = 0;
/* Nonzero if instructions present in ARMv7E-M can be used. */
int arm_arch7em = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip can benefit from load scheduling. */
int arm_ld_sched = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip is a StrongARM. */
int arm_tune_strongarm = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip is a Cirrus variant. */
int arm_arch_cirrus = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip supports Intel Wireless MMX technology. */
int arm_arch_iwmmxt = 0;
/* Nonzero if this chip is an XScale. */
int arm_arch_xscale = 0;
/* Nonzero if tuning for XScale */
int arm_tune_xscale = 0;
/* Nonzero if we want to tune for stores that access the write-buffer.
This typically means an ARM6 or ARM7 with MMU or MPU. */
int arm_tune_wbuf = 0;
/* Nonzero if tuning for Cortex-A9. */
int arm_tune_cortex_a9 = 0;
/* Nonzero if generating Thumb instructions. */
int thumb_code = 0;
/* Nonzero if generating Thumb-1 instructions. */
int thumb1_code = 0;
/* Nonzero if we should define __THUMB_INTERWORK__ in the
preprocessor.
XXX This is a bit of a hack, it's intended to help work around
problems in GLD which doesn't understand that armv5t code is
interworking clean. */
int arm_cpp_interwork = 0;
/* Nonzero if chip supports Thumb 2. */
int arm_arch_thumb2;
/* Nonzero if chip supports integer division instruction. */
int arm_arch_arm_hwdiv;
int arm_arch_thumb_hwdiv;
/* In case of a PRE_INC, POST_INC, PRE_DEC, POST_DEC memory reference,
we must report the mode of the memory reference from
TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND to TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */
enum machine_mode output_memory_reference_mode;
/* The register number to be used for the PIC offset register. */
unsigned arm_pic_register = INVALID_REGNUM;
/* Set to 1 after arm_reorg has started. Reset to start at the start of
the next function. */
static int after_arm_reorg = 0;
enum arm_pcs arm_pcs_default;
/* For an explanation of these variables, see final_prescan_insn below. */
int arm_ccfsm_state;
/* arm_current_cc is also used for Thumb-2 cond_exec blocks. */
enum arm_cond_code arm_current_cc;
rtx arm_target_insn;
int arm_target_label;
/* The number of conditionally executed insns, including the current insn. */
int arm_condexec_count = 0;
/* A bitmask specifying the patterns for the IT block.
Zero means do not output an IT block before this insn. */
int arm_condexec_mask = 0;
/* The number of bits used in arm_condexec_mask. */
int arm_condexec_masklen = 0;
/* The condition codes of the ARM, and the inverse function. */
static const char * const arm_condition_codes[] =
{
"eq", "ne", "cs", "cc", "mi", "pl", "vs", "vc",
"hi", "ls", "ge", "lt", "gt", "le", "al", "nv"
};
/* The register numbers in sequence, for passing to arm_gen_load_multiple. */
int arm_regs_in_sequence[] =
{
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
};
#define ARM_LSL_NAME (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM ? "lsl" : "asl")
#define streq(string1, string2) (strcmp (string1, string2) == 0)
#define THUMB2_WORK_REGS (0xff & ~( (1 << THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) \
| (1 << SP_REGNUM) | (1 << PC_REGNUM) \
| (1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)))
/* Initialization code. */
struct processors
{
const char *const name;
enum processor_type core;
const char *arch;
const unsigned long flags;
const struct tune_params *const tune;
};
#define ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL 0, -1, -1
#define ARM_PREFETCH_BENEFICIAL(prefetch_slots,l1_size,l1_line_size) \
prefetch_slots, \
l1_size, \
l1_line_size
const struct tune_params arm_slowmul_tune =
{
arm_slowmul_rtx_costs,
NULL,
3, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_fastmul_tune =
{
arm_fastmul_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
/* StrongARM has early execution of branches, so a sequence that is worth
skipping is shorter. Set max_insns_skipped to a lower value. */
const struct tune_params arm_strongarm_tune =
{
arm_fastmul_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
3, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_xscale_tune =
{
arm_xscale_rtx_costs,
xscale_sched_adjust_cost,
2, /* Constant limit. */
3, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_9e_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_v6t2_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
false, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
/* Generic Cortex tuning. Use more specific tunings if appropriate. */
const struct tune_params arm_cortex_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
false, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
/* Branches can be dual-issued on Cortex-A5, so conditional execution is
less appealing. Set max_insns_skipped to a low value. */
const struct tune_params arm_cortex_a5_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
NULL,
1, /* Constant limit. */
1, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
false, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_cortex_a5_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_cortex_a9_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_BENEFICIAL(4,32,32),
false, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
const struct tune_params arm_fa726te_tune =
{
arm_9e_rtx_costs,
fa726te_sched_adjust_cost,
1, /* Constant limit. */
5, /* Max cond insns. */
ARM_PREFETCH_NOT_BENEFICIAL,
true, /* Prefer constant pool. */
arm_default_branch_cost
};
/* Not all of these give usefully different compilation alternatives,
but there is no simple way of generalizing them. */
static const struct processors all_cores[] =
{
/* ARM Cores */
#define ARM_CORE(NAME, IDENT, ARCH, FLAGS, COSTS) \
{NAME, IDENT, #ARCH, FLAGS | FL_FOR_ARCH##ARCH, &arm_##COSTS##_tune},
#include "arm-cores.def"
#undef ARM_CORE
{NULL, arm_none, NULL, 0, NULL}
};
static const struct processors all_architectures[] =
{
/* ARM Architectures */
/* We don't specify tuning costs here as it will be figured out
from the core. */
#define ARM_ARCH(NAME, CORE, ARCH, FLAGS) \
{NAME, CORE, #ARCH, FLAGS, NULL},
#include "arm-arches.def"
#undef ARM_ARCH
{NULL, arm_none, NULL, 0 , NULL}
};
/* These are populated as commandline arguments are processed, or NULL
if not specified. */
static const struct processors *arm_selected_arch;
static const struct processors *arm_selected_cpu;
static const struct processors *arm_selected_tune;
/* The name of the preprocessor macro to define for this architecture. */
char arm_arch_name[] = "__ARM_ARCH_0UNK__";
/* Available values for -mfpu=. */
static const struct arm_fpu_desc all_fpus[] =
{
#define ARM_FPU(NAME, MODEL, REV, VFP_REGS, NEON, FP16) \
{ NAME, MODEL, REV, VFP_REGS, NEON, FP16 },
#include "arm-fpus.def"
#undef ARM_FPU
};
/* Supported TLS relocations. */
enum tls_reloc {
TLS_GD32,
TLS_LDM32,
TLS_LDO32,
TLS_IE32,
TLS_LE32,
TLS_DESCSEQ /* GNU scheme */
};
/* The maximum number of insns to be used when loading a constant. */
inline static int
arm_constant_limit (bool size_p)
{
return size_p ? 1 : current_tune->constant_limit;
}
/* Emit an insn that's a simple single-set. Both the operands must be known
to be valid. */
inline static rtx
emit_set_insn (rtx x, rtx y)
{
return emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, x, y));
}
/* Return the number of bits set in VALUE. */
static unsigned
bit_count (unsigned long value)
{
unsigned long count = 0;
while (value)
{
count++;
value &= value - 1; /* Clear the least-significant set bit. */
}
return count;
}
typedef struct
{
enum machine_mode mode;
const char *name;
} arm_fixed_mode_set;
/* A small helper for setting fixed-point library libfuncs. */
static void
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (optab optable, enum machine_mode mode,
const char *funcname, const char *modename,
int num_suffix)
{
char buffer[50];
if (num_suffix == 0)
sprintf (buffer, "__gnu_%s%s", funcname, modename);
else
sprintf (buffer, "__gnu_%s%s%d", funcname, modename, num_suffix);
set_optab_libfunc (optable, mode, buffer);
}
static void
arm_set_fixed_conv_libfunc (convert_optab optable, enum machine_mode to,
enum machine_mode from, const char *funcname,
const char *toname, const char *fromname)
{
char buffer[50];
const char *maybe_suffix_2 = "";
/* Follow the logic for selecting a "2" suffix in fixed-bit.h. */
if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (from) && ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (to)
&& UNSIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (from) == UNSIGNED_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (to)
&& ALL_FRACT_MODE_P (from) == ALL_FRACT_MODE_P (to))
maybe_suffix_2 = "2";
sprintf (buffer, "__gnu_%s%s%s%s", funcname, fromname, toname,
maybe_suffix_2);
set_conv_libfunc (optable, to, from, buffer);
}
/* Set up library functions unique to ARM. */
static void
arm_init_libfuncs (void)
{
/* For Linux, we have access to kernel support for atomic operations. */
if (arm_abi == ARM_ABI_AAPCS_LINUX)
init_sync_libfuncs (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD);
/* There are no special library functions unless we are using the
ARM BPABI. */
if (!TARGET_BPABI)
return;
/* The functions below are described in Section 4 of the "Run-Time
ABI for the ARM architecture", Version 1.0. */
/* Double-precision floating-point arithmetic. Table 2. */
set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dadd");
set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_ddiv");
set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dmul");
set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dneg");
set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dsub");
/* Double-precision comparisons. Table 3. */
set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpeq");
set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, DFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmplt");
set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmple");
set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpge");
set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpgt");
set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, DFmode, "__aeabi_dcmpun");
/* Single-precision floating-point arithmetic. Table 4. */
set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fadd");
set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fdiv");
set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fmul");
set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fneg");
set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fsub");
/* Single-precision comparisons. Table 5. */
set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpeq");
set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, SFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmplt");
set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmple");
set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpge");
set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpgt");
set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, SFmode, "__aeabi_fcmpun");
/* Floating-point to integer conversions. Table 6. */
set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2iz");
set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2uiz");
set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2lz");
set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2ulz");
set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2iz");
set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2uiz");
set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2lz");
set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2ulz");
/* Conversions between floating types. Table 7. */
set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, DFmode, "__aeabi_d2f");
set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode, SFmode, "__aeabi_f2d");
/* Integer to floating-point conversions. Table 8. */
set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_i2d");
set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_ui2d");
set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_l2d");
set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_ul2d");
set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_i2f");
set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__aeabi_ui2f");
set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_l2f");
set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__aeabi_ul2f");
/* Long long. Table 9. */
set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lmul");
set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_uldivmod");
set_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_llsl");
set_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_llsr");
set_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lasr");
set_optab_libfunc (cmp_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_lcmp");
set_optab_libfunc (ucmp_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ulcmp");
/* Integer (32/32->32) division. \S 4.3.1. */
set_optab_libfunc (sdivmod_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_idivmod");
set_optab_libfunc (udivmod_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_uidivmod");
/* The divmod functions are designed so that they can be used for
plain division, even though they return both the quotient and the
remainder. The quotient is returned in the usual location (i.e.,
r0 for SImode, {r0, r1} for DImode), just as would be expected
for an ordinary division routine. Because the AAPCS calling
conventions specify that all of { r0, r1, r2, r3 } are
callee-saved registers, there is no need to tell the compiler
explicitly that those registers are clobbered by these
routines. */
set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_ldivmod");
set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__aeabi_uldivmod");
/* For SImode division the ABI provides div-without-mod routines,
which are faster. */
set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_idiv");
set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, "__aeabi_uidiv");
/* We don't have mod libcalls. Fortunately gcc knows how to use the
divmod libcalls instead. */
set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, NULL);
/* Half-precision float operations. The compiler handles all operations
with NULL libfuncs by converting the SFmode. */
switch (arm_fp16_format)
{
case ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE:
case ARM_FP16_FORMAT_ALTERNATIVE:
/* Conversions. */
set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, HFmode, SFmode,
(arm_fp16_format == ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE
? "__gnu_f2h_ieee"
: "__gnu_f2h_alternative"));
set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, SFmode, HFmode,
(arm_fp16_format == ARM_FP16_FORMAT_IEEE
? "__gnu_h2f_ieee"
: "__gnu_h2f_alternative"));
/* Arithmetic. */
set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, HFmode, NULL);
/* Comparisons. */
set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, HFmode, NULL);
set_optab_libfunc (unord_optab, HFmode, NULL);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Use names prefixed with __gnu_ for fixed-point helper functions. */
{
const arm_fixed_mode_set fixed_arith_modes[] =
{
{ QQmode, "qq" },
{ UQQmode, "uqq" },
{ HQmode, "hq" },
{ UHQmode, "uhq" },
{ SQmode, "sq" },
{ USQmode, "usq" },
{ DQmode, "dq" },
{ UDQmode, "udq" },
{ TQmode, "tq" },
{ UTQmode, "utq" },
{ HAmode, "ha" },
{ UHAmode, "uha" },
{ SAmode, "sa" },
{ USAmode, "usa" },
{ DAmode, "da" },
{ UDAmode, "uda" },
{ TAmode, "ta" },
{ UTAmode, "uta" }
};
const arm_fixed_mode_set fixed_conv_modes[] =
{
{ QQmode, "qq" },
{ UQQmode, "uqq" },
{ HQmode, "hq" },
{ UHQmode, "uhq" },
{ SQmode, "sq" },
{ USQmode, "usq" },
{ DQmode, "dq" },
{ UDQmode, "udq" },
{ TQmode, "tq" },
{ UTQmode, "utq" },
{ HAmode, "ha" },
{ UHAmode, "uha" },
{ SAmode, "sa" },
{ USAmode, "usa" },
{ DAmode, "da" },
{ UDAmode, "uda" },
{ TAmode, "ta" },
{ UTAmode, "uta" },
{ QImode, "qi" },
{ HImode, "hi" },
{ SImode, "si" },
{ DImode, "di" },
{ TImode, "ti" },
{ SFmode, "sf" },
{ DFmode, "df" }
};
unsigned int i, j;
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (fixed_arith_modes); i++)
{
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (add_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"add", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ssadd_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ssadd", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (usadd_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"usadd", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"sub", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (sssub_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"sssub", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ussub_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ussub", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"mul", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ssmul_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ssmul", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (usmul_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"usmul", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"div", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"udiv", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ssdiv_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ssdiv", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (usdiv_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"usdiv", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"neg", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 2);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ssneg_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ssneg", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 2);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (usneg_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"usneg", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 2);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ashl", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ashr", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"lshr", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (ssashl_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"ssashl", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (usashl_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"usashl", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 3);
arm_set_fixed_optab_libfunc (cmp_optab, fixed_arith_modes[i].mode,
"cmp", fixed_arith_modes[i].name, 2);
}
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (fixed_conv_modes); i++)
for (j = 0; j < ARRAY_SIZE (fixed_conv_modes); j++)
{
if (i == j
|| (!ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (fixed_conv_modes[i].mode)
&& !ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (fixed_conv_modes[j].mode)))
continue;
arm_set_fixed_conv_libfunc (fract_optab, fixed_conv_modes[i].mode,
fixed_conv_modes[j].mode, "fract",
fixed_conv_modes[i].name,
fixed_conv_modes[j].name);
arm_set_fixed_conv_libfunc (satfract_optab,
fixed_conv_modes[i].mode,
fixed_conv_modes[j].mode, "satfract",
fixed_conv_modes[i].name,
fixed_conv_modes[j].name);
arm_set_fixed_conv_libfunc (fractuns_optab,
fixed_conv_modes[i].mode,
fixed_conv_modes[j].mode, "fractuns",
fixed_conv_modes[i].name,
fixed_conv_modes[j].name);
arm_set_fixed_conv_libfunc (satfractuns_optab,
fixed_conv_modes[i].mode,
fixed_conv_modes[j].mode, "satfractuns",
fixed_conv_modes[i].name,
fixed_conv_modes[j].name);
}
}
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
synchronize_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__sync_synchronize");
}
/* On AAPCS systems, this is the "struct __va_list". */
static GTY(()) tree va_list_type;
/* Return the type to use as __builtin_va_list. */
static tree
arm_build_builtin_va_list (void)
{
tree va_list_name;
tree ap_field;
if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return std_build_builtin_va_list ();
/* AAPCS \S 7.1.4 requires that va_list be a typedef for a type
defined as:
struct __va_list
{
void *__ap;
};
The C Library ABI further reinforces this definition in \S
4.1.
We must follow this definition exactly. The structure tag
name is visible in C++ mangled names, and thus forms a part
of the ABI. The field name may be used by people who
#include . */
/* Create the type. */
va_list_type = lang_hooks.types.make_type (RECORD_TYPE);
/* Give it the required name. */
va_list_name = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION,
TYPE_DECL,
get_identifier ("__va_list"),
va_list_type);
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (va_list_name) = 1;
TYPE_NAME (va_list_type) = va_list_name;
TYPE_STUB_DECL (va_list_type) = va_list_name;
/* Create the __ap field. */
ap_field = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION,
FIELD_DECL,
get_identifier ("__ap"),
ptr_type_node);
DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ap_field) = 1;
DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (ap_field) = va_list_type;
TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type) = ap_field;
/* Compute its layout. */
layout_type (va_list_type);
return va_list_type;
}
/* Return an expression of type "void *" pointing to the next
available argument in a variable-argument list. VALIST is the
user-level va_list object, of type __builtin_va_list. */
static tree
arm_extract_valist_ptr (tree valist)
{
if (TREE_TYPE (valist) == error_mark_node)
return error_mark_node;
/* On an AAPCS target, the pointer is stored within "struct
va_list". */
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
tree ap_field = TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist));
valist = build3 (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (ap_field),
valist, ap_field, NULL_TREE);
}
return valist;
}
/* Implement TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START. */
static void
arm_expand_builtin_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg)
{
valist = arm_extract_valist_ptr (valist);
std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
}
/* Implement TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR. */
static tree
arm_gimplify_va_arg_expr (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p,
gimple_seq *post_p)
{
valist = arm_extract_valist_ptr (valist);
return std_gimplify_va_arg_expr (valist, type, pre_p, post_p);
}
/* Fix up any incompatible options that the user has specified. */
static void
arm_option_override (void)
{
if (global_options_set.x_arm_arch_option)
arm_selected_arch = &all_architectures[arm_arch_option];
if (global_options_set.x_arm_cpu_option)
arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[(int) arm_cpu_option];
if (global_options_set.x_arm_tune_option)
arm_selected_tune = &all_cores[(int) arm_tune_option];
#ifdef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS;
#endif
if (arm_selected_arch)
{
if (arm_selected_cpu)
{
/* Check for conflict between mcpu and march. */
if ((arm_selected_cpu->flags ^ arm_selected_arch->flags) & ~FL_TUNE)
{
warning (0, "switch -mcpu=%s conflicts with -march=%s switch",
arm_selected_cpu->name, arm_selected_arch->name);
/* -march wins for code generation.
-mcpu wins for default tuning. */
if (!arm_selected_tune)
arm_selected_tune = arm_selected_cpu;
arm_selected_cpu = arm_selected_arch;
}
else
/* -mcpu wins. */
arm_selected_arch = NULL;
}
else
/* Pick a CPU based on the architecture. */
arm_selected_cpu = arm_selected_arch;
}
/* If the user did not specify a processor, choose one for them. */
if (!arm_selected_cpu)
{
const struct processors * sel;
unsigned int sought;
arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT];
if (!arm_selected_cpu->name)
{
#ifdef SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT
/* Use the subtarget default CPU if none was specified by
configure. */
arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[SUBTARGET_CPU_DEFAULT];
#endif
/* Default to ARM6. */
if (!arm_selected_cpu->name)
arm_selected_cpu = &all_cores[arm6];
}
sel = arm_selected_cpu;
insn_flags = sel->flags;
/* Now check to see if the user has specified some command line
switch that require certain abilities from the cpu. */
sought = 0;
if (TARGET_INTERWORK || TARGET_THUMB)
{
sought |= (FL_THUMB | FL_MODE32);
/* There are no ARM processors that support both APCS-26 and
interworking. Therefore we force FL_MODE26 to be removed
from insn_flags here (if it was set), so that the search
below will always be able to find a compatible processor. */
insn_flags &= ~FL_MODE26;
}
if (sought != 0 && ((sought & insn_flags) != sought))
{
/* Try to locate a CPU type that supports all of the abilities
of the default CPU, plus the extra abilities requested by
the user. */
for (sel = all_cores; sel->name != NULL; sel++)
if ((sel->flags & sought) == (sought | insn_flags))
break;
if (sel->name == NULL)
{
unsigned current_bit_count = 0;
const struct processors * best_fit = NULL;
/* Ideally we would like to issue an error message here
saying that it was not possible to find a CPU compatible
with the default CPU, but which also supports the command
line options specified by the programmer, and so they
ought to use the -mcpu= command line option to
override the default CPU type.
If we cannot find a cpu that has both the
characteristics of the default cpu and the given
command line options we scan the array again looking
for a best match. */
for (sel = all_cores; sel->name != NULL; sel++)
if ((sel->flags & sought) == sought)
{
unsigned count;
count = bit_count (sel->flags & insn_flags);
if (count >= current_bit_count)
{
best_fit = sel;
current_bit_count = count;
}
}
gcc_assert (best_fit);
sel = best_fit;
}
arm_selected_cpu = sel;
}
}
gcc_assert (arm_selected_cpu);
/* The selected cpu may be an architecture, so lookup tuning by core ID. */
if (!arm_selected_tune)
arm_selected_tune = &all_cores[arm_selected_cpu->core];
sprintf (arm_arch_name, "__ARM_ARCH_%s__", arm_selected_cpu->arch);
insn_flags = arm_selected_cpu->flags;
arm_tune = arm_selected_tune->core;
tune_flags = arm_selected_tune->flags;
current_tune = arm_selected_tune->tune;
/* Make sure that the processor choice does not conflict with any of the
other command line choices. */
if (TARGET_ARM && !(insn_flags & FL_NOTM))
error ("target CPU does not support ARM mode");
/* BPABI targets use linker tricks to allow interworking on cores
without thumb support. */
if (TARGET_INTERWORK && !((insn_flags & FL_THUMB) || TARGET_BPABI))
{
warning (0, "target CPU does not support interworking" );
target_flags &= ~MASK_INTERWORK;
}
if (TARGET_THUMB && !(insn_flags & FL_THUMB))
{
warning (0, "target CPU does not support THUMB instructions");
target_flags &= ~MASK_THUMB;
}
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && TARGET_THUMB)
{
/* warning (0, "ignoring -mapcs-frame because -mthumb was used"); */
target_flags &= ~MASK_APCS_FRAME;
}
/* Callee super interworking implies thumb interworking. Adding
this to the flags here simplifies the logic elsewhere. */
if (TARGET_THUMB && TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
target_flags |= MASK_INTERWORK;
/* TARGET_BACKTRACE calls leaf_function_p, which causes a crash if done
from here where no function is being compiled currently. */
if ((TARGET_TPCS_FRAME || TARGET_TPCS_LEAF_FRAME) && TARGET_ARM)
warning (0, "enabling backtrace support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");
if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
warning (0, "enabling callee interworking support is only meaningful when compiling for the Thumb");
if (TARGET_APCS_STACK && !TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
{
warning (0, "-mapcs-stack-check incompatible with -mno-apcs-frame");
target_flags |= MASK_APCS_FRAME;
}
if (TARGET_POKE_FUNCTION_NAME)
target_flags |= MASK_APCS_FRAME;
if (TARGET_APCS_REENT && flag_pic)
error ("-fpic and -mapcs-reent are incompatible");
if (TARGET_APCS_REENT)
warning (0, "APCS reentrant code not supported. Ignored");
/* If this target is normally configured to use APCS frames, warn if they
are turned off and debugging is turned on. */
if (TARGET_ARM
&& write_symbols != NO_DEBUG
&& !TARGET_APCS_FRAME
&& (TARGET_DEFAULT & MASK_APCS_FRAME))
warning (0, "-g with -mno-apcs-frame may not give sensible debugging");
if (TARGET_APCS_FLOAT)
warning (0, "passing floating point arguments in fp regs not yet supported");
if (TARGET_LITTLE_WORDS)
warning (OPT_Wdeprecated, "% is deprecated and "
"will be removed in a future release");
/* Initialize boolean versions of the flags, for use in the arm.md file. */
arm_arch3m = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH3M) != 0;
arm_arch4 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH4) != 0;
arm_arch4t = arm_arch4 & ((insn_flags & FL_THUMB) != 0);
arm_arch5 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH5) != 0;
arm_arch5e = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH5E) != 0;
arm_arch6 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH6) != 0;
arm_arch6k = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH6K) != 0;
arm_arch_notm = (insn_flags & FL_NOTM) != 0;
arm_arch7 = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH7) != 0;
arm_arch7em = (insn_flags & FL_ARCH7EM) != 0;
arm_arch_thumb2 = (insn_flags & FL_THUMB2) != 0;
arm_arch_xscale = (insn_flags & FL_XSCALE) != 0;
arm_arch_cirrus = (insn_flags & FL_CIRRUS) != 0;
arm_ld_sched = (tune_flags & FL_LDSCHED) != 0;
arm_tune_strongarm = (tune_flags & FL_STRONG) != 0;
thumb_code = TARGET_ARM == 0;
thumb1_code = TARGET_THUMB1 != 0;
arm_tune_wbuf = (tune_flags & FL_WBUF) != 0;
arm_tune_xscale = (tune_flags & FL_XSCALE) != 0;
arm_arch_iwmmxt = (insn_flags & FL_IWMMXT) != 0;
arm_arch_thumb_hwdiv = (insn_flags & FL_THUMB_DIV) != 0;
arm_arch_arm_hwdiv = (insn_flags & FL_ARM_DIV) != 0;
arm_tune_cortex_a9 = (arm_tune == cortexa9) != 0;
/* If we are not using the default (ARM mode) section anchor offset
ranges, then set the correct ranges now. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
/* Thumb-1 LDR instructions cannot have negative offsets.
Permissible positive offset ranges are 5-bit (for byte loads),
6-bit (for halfword loads), or 7-bit (for word loads).
Empirical results suggest a 7-bit anchor range gives the best
overall code size. */
targetm.min_anchor_offset = 0;
targetm.max_anchor_offset = 127;
}
else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
/* The minimum is set such that the total size of the block
for a particular anchor is 248 + 1 + 4095 bytes, which is
divisible by eight, ensuring natural spacing of anchors. */
targetm.min_anchor_offset = -248;
targetm.max_anchor_offset = 4095;
}
/* V5 code we generate is completely interworking capable, so we turn off
TARGET_INTERWORK here to avoid many tests later on. */
/* XXX However, we must pass the right pre-processor defines to CPP
or GLD can get confused. This is a hack. */
if (TARGET_INTERWORK)
arm_cpp_interwork = 1;
if (arm_arch5)
target_flags &= ~MASK_INTERWORK;
if (TARGET_IWMMXT && !ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
error ("iwmmxt requires an AAPCS compatible ABI for proper operation");
if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI && !TARGET_IWMMXT)
error ("iwmmxt abi requires an iwmmxt capable cpu");
if (!global_options_set.x_arm_fpu_index)
{
const char *target_fpu_name;
bool ok;
#ifdef FPUTYPE_DEFAULT
target_fpu_name = FPUTYPE_DEFAULT;
#else
if (arm_arch_cirrus)
target_fpu_name = "maverick";
else
target_fpu_name = "fpe2";
#endif
ok = opt_enum_arg_to_value (OPT_mfpu_, target_fpu_name, &arm_fpu_index,
CL_TARGET);
gcc_assert (ok);
}
arm_fpu_desc = &all_fpus[arm_fpu_index];
switch (arm_fpu_desc->model)
{
case ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA:
if (arm_fpu_desc->rev == 2)
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPE2;
else if (arm_fpu_desc->rev == 3)
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPE3;
else
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_FPA;
break;
case ARM_FP_MODEL_MAVERICK:
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_MAVERICK;
break;
case ARM_FP_MODEL_VFP:
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_VFP;
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable();
}
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& (arm_fpu_desc->model == ARM_FP_MODEL_FPA))
error ("FPA is unsupported in the AAPCS");
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
if (TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING)
error ("AAPCS does not support -mcaller-super-interworking");
else
if (TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING)
error ("AAPCS does not support -mcallee-super-interworking");
}
/* FPA and iWMMXt are incompatible because the insn encodings overlap.
VFP and iWMMXt can theoretically coexist, but it's unlikely such silicon
will ever exist. GCC makes no attempt to support this combination. */
if (TARGET_IWMMXT && !TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
sorry ("iWMMXt and hardware floating point");
/* ??? iWMMXt insn patterns need auditing for Thumb-2. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2 && TARGET_IWMMXT)
sorry ("Thumb-2 iWMMXt");
/* __fp16 support currently assumes the core has ldrh. */
if (!arm_arch4 && arm_fp16_format != ARM_FP16_FORMAT_NONE)
sorry ("__fp16 and no ldrh");
/* If soft-float is specified then don't use FPU. */
if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
arm_fpu_attr = FPU_NONE;
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
if (arm_abi == ARM_ABI_IWMMXT)
arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS_IWMMXT;
else if (arm_float_abi == ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& TARGET_VFP)
arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP;
else
arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
}
else
{
if (arm_float_abi == ARM_FLOAT_ABI_HARD && TARGET_VFP)
sorry ("-mfloat-abi=hard and VFP");
if (arm_abi == ARM_ABI_APCS)
arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_APCS;
else
arm_pcs_default = ARM_PCS_ATPCS;
}
/* For arm2/3 there is no need to do any scheduling if there is only
a floating point emulator, or we are doing software floating-point. */
if ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
|| (TARGET_FPA && arm_fpu_desc->rev))
&& (tune_flags & FL_MODE32) == 0)
flag_schedule_insns = flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 0;
/* Use the cp15 method if it is available. */
if (target_thread_pointer == TP_AUTO)
{
if (arm_arch6k && !TARGET_THUMB1)
target_thread_pointer = TP_CP15;
else
target_thread_pointer = TP_SOFT;
}
if (TARGET_HARD_TP && TARGET_THUMB1)
error ("can not use -mtp=cp15 with 16-bit Thumb");
/* Override the default structure alignment for AAPCS ABI. */
if (!global_options_set.x_arm_structure_size_boundary)
{
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
arm_structure_size_boundary = 8;
}
else
{
if (arm_structure_size_boundary != 8
&& arm_structure_size_boundary != 32
&& !(ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && arm_structure_size_boundary == 64))
{
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
warning (0,
"structure size boundary can only be set to 8, 32 or 64");
else
warning (0, "structure size boundary can only be set to 8 or 32");
arm_structure_size_boundary
= (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? 8 : DEFAULT_STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY);
}
}
if (!TARGET_ARM && TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP && flag_pic)
{
error ("RTP PIC is incompatible with Thumb");
flag_pic = 0;
}
/* If stack checking is disabled, we can use r10 as the PIC register,
which keeps r9 available. The EABI specifies r9 as the PIC register. */
if (flag_pic && TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE)
{
if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
warning (0, "RTP PIC is incompatible with -msingle-pic-base");
arm_pic_register = (TARGET_APCS_STACK || TARGET_AAPCS_BASED) ? 9 : 10;
}
if (flag_pic && TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
arm_pic_register = 9;
if (arm_pic_register_string != NULL)
{
int pic_register = decode_reg_name (arm_pic_register_string);
if (!flag_pic)
warning (0, "-mpic-register= is useless without -fpic");
/* Prevent the user from choosing an obviously stupid PIC register. */
else if (pic_register < 0 || call_used_regs[pic_register]
|| pic_register == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| pic_register == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|| pic_register >= PC_REGNUM
|| (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
&& (unsigned int) pic_register != arm_pic_register))
error ("unable to use '%s' for PIC register", arm_pic_register_string);
else
arm_pic_register = pic_register;
}
/* Enable -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd by default for Cortex-M3 cores. */
if (fix_cm3_ldrd == 2)
{
if (arm_selected_cpu->core == cortexm3)
fix_cm3_ldrd = 1;
else
fix_cm3_ldrd = 0;
}
/* Enable -munaligned-access by default for
- all ARMv6 architecture-based processors
- ARMv7-A, ARMv7-R, and ARMv7-M architecture-based processors.
Disable -munaligned-access by default for
- all pre-ARMv6 architecture-based processors
- ARMv6-M architecture-based processors. */
if (unaligned_access == 2)
{
if (arm_arch6 && (arm_arch_notm || arm_arch7))
unaligned_access = 1;
else
unaligned_access = 0;
}
else if (unaligned_access == 1
&& !(arm_arch6 && (arm_arch_notm || arm_arch7)))
{
warning (0, "target CPU does not support unaligned accesses");
unaligned_access = 0;
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && flag_schedule_insns)
{
/* Don't warn since it's on by default in -O2. */
flag_schedule_insns = 0;
}
if (optimize_size)
{
/* If optimizing for size, bump the number of instructions that we
are prepared to conditionally execute (even on a StrongARM). */
max_insns_skipped = 6;
}
else
max_insns_skipped = current_tune->max_insns_skipped;
/* Hot/Cold partitioning is not currently supported, since we can't
handle literal pool placement in that case. */
if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
{
inform (input_location,
"-freorder-blocks-and-partition not supported on this architecture");
flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition = 0;
flag_reorder_blocks = 1;
}
if (flag_pic)
/* Hoisting PIC address calculations more aggressively provides a small,
but measurable, size reduction for PIC code. Therefore, we decrease
the bar for unrestricted expression hoisting to the cost of PIC address
calculation, which is 2 instructions. */
maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_GCSE_UNRESTRICTED_COST, 2,
global_options.x_param_values,
global_options_set.x_param_values);
/* ARM EABI defaults to strict volatile bitfields. */
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields < 0
&& abi_version_at_least(2))
flag_strict_volatile_bitfields = 1;
/* Enable sw prefetching at -O3 for CPUS that have prefetch, and we have deemed
it beneficial (signified by setting num_prefetch_slots to 1 or more.) */
if (flag_prefetch_loop_arrays < 0
&& HAVE_prefetch
&& optimize >= 3
&& current_tune->num_prefetch_slots > 0)
flag_prefetch_loop_arrays = 1;
/* Set up parameters to be used in prefetching algorithm. Do not override the
defaults unless we are tuning for a core we have researched values for. */
if (current_tune->num_prefetch_slots > 0)
maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES,
current_tune->num_prefetch_slots,
global_options.x_param_values,
global_options_set.x_param_values);
if (current_tune->l1_cache_line_size >= 0)
maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_L1_CACHE_LINE_SIZE,
current_tune->l1_cache_line_size,
global_options.x_param_values,
global_options_set.x_param_values);
if (current_tune->l1_cache_size >= 0)
maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_L1_CACHE_SIZE,
current_tune->l1_cache_size,
global_options.x_param_values,
global_options_set.x_param_values);
/* Register global variables with the garbage collector. */
arm_add_gc_roots ();
}
static void
arm_add_gc_roots (void)
{
gcc_obstack_init(&minipool_obstack);
minipool_startobj = (char *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, 0);
}
/* A table of known ARM exception types.
For use with the interrupt function attribute. */
typedef struct
{
const char *const arg;
const unsigned long return_value;
}
isr_attribute_arg;
static const isr_attribute_arg isr_attribute_args [] =
{
{ "IRQ", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "irq", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "FIQ", ARM_FT_FIQ },
{ "fiq", ARM_FT_FIQ },
{ "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "abort", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "ABORT", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "abort", ARM_FT_ISR },
{ "UNDEF", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
{ "undef", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
{ "SWI", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
{ "swi", ARM_FT_EXCEPTION },
{ NULL, ARM_FT_NORMAL }
};
/* Returns the (interrupt) function type of the current
function, or ARM_FT_UNKNOWN if the type cannot be determined. */
static unsigned long
arm_isr_value (tree argument)
{
const isr_attribute_arg * ptr;
const char * arg;
if (!arm_arch_notm)
return ARM_FT_NORMAL | ARM_FT_STACKALIGN;
/* No argument - default to IRQ. */
if (argument == NULL_TREE)
return ARM_FT_ISR;
/* Get the value of the argument. */
if (TREE_VALUE (argument) == NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (argument)) != STRING_CST)
return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (argument));
/* Check it against the list of known arguments. */
for (ptr = isr_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
return ptr->return_value;
/* An unrecognized interrupt type. */
return ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
}
/* Computes the type of the current function. */
static unsigned long
arm_compute_func_type (void)
{
unsigned long type = ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
tree a;
tree attr;
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (current_function_decl) == FUNCTION_DECL);
/* Decide if the current function is volatile. Such functions
never return, and many memory cycles can be saved by not storing
register values that will never be needed again. This optimization
was added to speed up context switching in a kernel application. */
if (optimize > 0
&& (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
|| !(flag_unwind_tables
|| (flag_exceptions
&& arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_SJLJ)))
&& TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (current_function_decl))
type |= ARM_FT_VOLATILE;
if (cfun->static_chain_decl != NULL)
type |= ARM_FT_NESTED;
attr = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl);
a = lookup_attribute ("naked", attr);
if (a != NULL_TREE)
type |= ARM_FT_NAKED;
a = lookup_attribute ("isr", attr);
if (a == NULL_TREE)
a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", attr);
if (a == NULL_TREE)
type |= TARGET_INTERWORK ? ARM_FT_INTERWORKED : ARM_FT_NORMAL;
else
type |= arm_isr_value (TREE_VALUE (a));
return type;
}
/* Returns the type of the current function. */
unsigned long
arm_current_func_type (void)
{
if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (cfun->machine->func_type) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
cfun->machine->func_type = arm_compute_func_type ();
return cfun->machine->func_type;
}
bool
arm_allocate_stack_slots_for_args (void)
{
/* Naked functions should not allocate stack slots for arguments. */
return !IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ());
}
/* Output assembler code for a block containing the constant parts
of a trampoline, leaving space for the variable parts.
On the ARM, (if r8 is the static chain regnum, and remembering that
referencing pc adds an offset of 8) the trampoline looks like:
ldr r8, [pc, #0]
ldr pc, [pc]
.word static chain value
.word function's address
XXX FIXME: When the trampoline returns, r8 will be clobbered. */
static void
arm_asm_trampoline_template (FILE *f)
{
if (TARGET_ARM)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]\n", STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]\n", PC_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
}
else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
/* The Thumb-2 trampoline is similar to the arm implementation.
Unlike 16-bit Thumb, we enter the stub in thumb mode. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr.w\t%r, [%r, #4]\n",
STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr.w\t%r, [%r, #4]\n", PC_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
}
else
{
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (f, 2);
fprintf (f, "\t.code\t16\n");
fprintf (f, ".Ltrampoline_start:\n");
asm_fprintf (f, "\tpush\t{r0, r1}\n");
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\tr0, [%r, #8]\n", PC_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, r0\n", STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\tr0, [%r, #8]\n", PC_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tstr\tr0, [%r, #4]\n", SP_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tpop\t{r0, %r}\n", PC_REGNUM);
}
assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, const0_rtx);
assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, const0_rtx);
}
/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. */
static void
arm_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx chain_value)
{
rtx fnaddr, mem, a_tramp;
emit_block_move (m_tramp, assemble_trampoline_template (),
GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL);
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, TARGET_32BIT ? 8 : 12);
emit_move_insn (mem, chain_value);
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, TARGET_32BIT ? 12 : 16);
fnaddr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
emit_move_insn (mem, fnaddr);
a_tramp = XEXP (m_tramp, 0);
emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__clear_cache"),
LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 2, a_tramp, Pmode,
plus_constant (a_tramp, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE), Pmode);
}
/* Thumb trampolines should be entered in thumb mode, so set
the bottom bit of the address. */
static rtx
arm_trampoline_adjust_address (rtx addr)
{
if (TARGET_THUMB)
addr = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, IOR, addr, const1_rtx,
NULL, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
return addr;
}
/* Return 1 if it is possible to return using a single instruction.
If SIBLING is non-null, this is a test for a return before a sibling
call. SIBLING is the call insn, so we can examine its register usage. */
int
use_return_insn (int iscond, rtx sibling)
{
int regno;
unsigned int func_type;
unsigned long saved_int_regs;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
/* Never use a return instruction before reload has run. */
if (!reload_completed)
return 0;
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
/* Naked, volatile and stack alignment functions need special
consideration. */
if (func_type & (ARM_FT_VOLATILE | ARM_FT_NAKED | ARM_FT_STACKALIGN))
return 0;
/* So do interrupt functions that use the frame pointer and Thumb
interrupt functions. */
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) && (frame_pointer_needed || TARGET_THUMB))
return 0;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
stack_adjust = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
/* As do variadic functions. */
if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size
|| cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
/* Or if the function calls __builtin_eh_return () */
|| crtl->calls_eh_return
/* Or if the function calls alloca */
|| cfun->calls_alloca
/* Or if there is a stack adjustment. However, if the stack pointer
is saved on the stack, we can use a pre-incrementing stack load. */
|| !(stack_adjust == 0 || (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed
&& stack_adjust == 4)))
return 0;
saved_int_regs = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
/* Unfortunately, the insn
ldmib sp, {..., sp, ...}
triggers a bug on most SA-110 based devices, such that the stack
pointer won't be correctly restored if the instruction takes a
page fault. We work around this problem by popping r3 along with
the other registers, since that is never slower than executing
another instruction.
We test for !arm_arch5 here, because code for any architecture
less than this could potentially be run on one of the buggy
chips. */
if (stack_adjust == 4 && !arm_arch5 && TARGET_ARM)
{
/* Validate that r3 is a call-clobbered register (always true in
the default abi) ... */
if (!call_used_regs[3])
return 0;
/* ... that it isn't being used for a return value ... */
if (arm_size_return_regs () >= (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD))
return 0;
/* ... or for a tail-call argument ... */
if (sibling)
{
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (sibling) == CALL_INSN);
if (find_regno_fusage (sibling, USE, 3))
return 0;
}
/* ... and that there are no call-saved registers in r0-r2
(always true in the default ABI). */
if (saved_int_regs & 0x7)
return 0;
}
/* Can't be done if interworking with Thumb, and any registers have been
stacked. */
if (TARGET_INTERWORK && saved_int_regs != 0 && !IS_INTERRUPT(func_type))
return 0;
/* On StrongARM, conditional returns are expensive if they aren't
taken and multiple registers have been stacked. */
if (iscond && arm_tune_strongarm)
{
/* Conditional return when just the LR is stored is a simple
conditional-load instruction, that's not expensive. */
if (saved_int_regs != 0 && saved_int_regs != (1 << LR_REGNUM))
return 0;
if (flag_pic
&& arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
&& df_regs_ever_live_p (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM))
return 0;
}
/* If there are saved registers but the LR isn't saved, then we need
two instructions for the return. */
if (saved_int_regs && !(saved_int_regs & (1 << LR_REGNUM)))
return 0;
/* Can't be done if any of the FPA regs are pushed,
since this also requires an insn. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_FPA)
for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
return 0;
/* Likewise VFP regs. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_VFP_REGNUM; regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
return 0;
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Return TRUE if int I is a valid immediate ARM constant. */
int
const_ok_for_arm (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
{
int lowbit;
/* For machines with >32 bit HOST_WIDE_INT, the bits above bit 31 must
be all zero, or all one. */
if ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff) != 0
&& ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
!= ((~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
& ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)))
return FALSE;
i &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff;
/* Fast return for 0 and small values. We must do this for zero, since
the code below can't handle that one case. */
if ((i & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff) == 0)
return TRUE;
/* Get the number of trailing zeros. */
lowbit = ffs((int) i) - 1;
/* Only even shifts are allowed in ARM mode so round down to the
nearest even number. */
if (TARGET_ARM)
lowbit &= ~1;
if ((i & ~(((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff) << lowbit)) == 0)
return TRUE;
if (TARGET_ARM)
{
/* Allow rotated constants in ARM mode. */
if (lowbit <= 4
&& ((i & ~0xc000003f) == 0
|| (i & ~0xf000000f) == 0
|| (i & ~0xfc000003) == 0))
return TRUE;
}
else
{
HOST_WIDE_INT v;
/* Allow repeated patterns 0x00XY00XY or 0xXYXYXYXY. */
v = i & 0xff;
v |= v << 16;
if (i == v || i == (v | (v << 8)))
return TRUE;
/* Allow repeated pattern 0xXY00XY00. */
v = i & 0xff00;
v |= v << 16;
if (i == v)
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/* Return true if I is a valid constant for the operation CODE. */
int
const_ok_for_op (HOST_WIDE_INT i, enum rtx_code code)
{
if (const_ok_for_arm (i))
return 1;
switch (code)
{
case SET:
/* See if we can use movw. */
if (arm_arch_thumb2 && (i & 0xffff0000) == 0)
return 1;
else
/* Otherwise, try mvn. */
return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i));
case PLUS:
/* See if we can use addw or subw. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2
&& ((i & 0xfffff000) == 0
|| ((-i) & 0xfffff000) == 0))
return 1;
/* else fall through. */
case COMPARE:
case EQ:
case NE:
case GT:
case LE:
case LT:
case GE:
case GEU:
case LTU:
case GTU:
case LEU:
case UNORDERED:
case ORDERED:
case UNEQ:
case UNGE:
case UNLT:
case UNGT:
case UNLE:
return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (-i));
case MINUS: /* Should only occur with (MINUS I reg) => rsb */
case XOR:
return 0;
case IOR:
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i));
return 0;
case AND:
return const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~i));
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Emit a sequence of insns to handle a large constant.
CODE is the code of the operation required, it can be any of SET, PLUS,
IOR, AND, XOR, MINUS;
MODE is the mode in which the operation is being performed;
VAL is the integer to operate on;
SOURCE is the other operand (a register, or a null-pointer for SET);
SUBTARGETS means it is safe to create scratch registers if that will
either produce a simpler sequence, or we will want to cse the values.
Return value is the number of insns emitted. */
/* ??? Tweak this for thumb2. */
int
arm_split_constant (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx insn,
HOST_WIDE_INT val, rtx target, rtx source, int subtargets)
{
rtx cond;
if (insn && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC)
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn));
else
cond = NULL_RTX;
if (subtargets || code == SET
|| (GET_CODE (target) == REG && GET_CODE (source) == REG
&& REGNO (target) != REGNO (source)))
{
/* After arm_reorg has been called, we can't fix up expensive
constants by pushing them into memory so we must synthesize
them in-line, regardless of the cost. This is only likely to
be more costly on chips that have load delay slots and we are
compiling without running the scheduler (so no splitting
occurred before the final instruction emission).
Ref: gcc -O1 -mcpu=strongarm gcc.c-torture/compile/980506-2.c
*/
if (!after_arm_reorg
&& !cond
&& (arm_gen_constant (code, mode, NULL_RTX, val, target, source,
1, 0)
> (arm_constant_limit (optimize_function_for_size_p (cfun))
+ (code != SET))))
{
if (code == SET)
{
/* Currently SET is the only monadic value for CODE, all
the rest are diadic. */
if (TARGET_USE_MOVT)
arm_emit_movpair (target, GEN_INT (val));
else
emit_set_insn (target, GEN_INT (val));
return 1;
}
else
{
rtx temp = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
if (TARGET_USE_MOVT)
arm_emit_movpair (temp, GEN_INT (val));
else
emit_set_insn (temp, GEN_INT (val));
/* For MINUS, the value is subtracted from, since we never
have subtraction of a constant. */
if (code == MINUS)
emit_set_insn (target, gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, temp, source));
else
emit_set_insn (target,
gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source, temp));
return 2;
}
}
}
return arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, val, target, source, subtargets,
1);
}
/* Return a sequence of integers, in RETURN_SEQUENCE that fit into
ARM/THUMB2 immediates, and add up to VAL.
Thr function return value gives the number of insns required. */
static int
optimal_immediate_sequence (enum rtx_code code, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val,
struct four_ints *return_sequence)
{
int best_consecutive_zeros = 0;
int i;
int best_start = 0;
int insns1, insns2;
struct four_ints tmp_sequence;
/* If we aren't targetting ARM, the best place to start is always at
the bottom, otherwise look more closely. */
if (TARGET_ARM)
{
for (i = 0; i < 32; i += 2)
{
int consecutive_zeros = 0;
if (!(val & (3 << i)))
{
while ((i < 32) && !(val & (3 << i)))
{
consecutive_zeros += 2;
i += 2;
}
if (consecutive_zeros > best_consecutive_zeros)
{
best_consecutive_zeros = consecutive_zeros;
best_start = i - consecutive_zeros;
}
i -= 2;
}
}
}
/* So long as it won't require any more insns to do so, it's
desirable to emit a small constant (in bits 0...9) in the last
insn. This way there is more chance that it can be combined with
a later addressing insn to form a pre-indexed load or store
operation. Consider:
*((volatile int *)0xe0000100) = 1;
*((volatile int *)0xe0000110) = 2;
We want this to wind up as:
mov rA, #0xe0000000
mov rB, #1
str rB, [rA, #0x100]
mov rB, #2
str rB, [rA, #0x110]
rather than having to synthesize both large constants from scratch.
Therefore, we calculate how many insns would be required to emit
the constant starting from `best_start', and also starting from
zero (i.e. with bit 31 first to be output). If `best_start' doesn't
yield a shorter sequence, we may as well use zero. */
insns1 = optimal_immediate_sequence_1 (code, val, return_sequence, best_start);
if (best_start != 0
&& ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << best_start) < val))
{
insns2 = optimal_immediate_sequence_1 (code, val, &tmp_sequence, 0);
if (insns2 <= insns1)
{
*return_sequence = tmp_sequence;
insns1 = insns2;
}
}
return insns1;
}
/* As for optimal_immediate_sequence, but starting at bit-position I. */
static int
optimal_immediate_sequence_1 (enum rtx_code code, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val,
struct four_ints *return_sequence, int i)
{
int remainder = val & 0xffffffff;
int insns = 0;
/* Try and find a way of doing the job in either two or three
instructions.
In ARM mode we can use 8-bit constants, rotated to any 2-bit aligned
location. We start at position I. This may be the MSB, or
optimial_immediate_sequence may have positioned it at the largest block
of zeros that are aligned on a 2-bit boundary. We then fill up the temps,
wrapping around to the top of the word when we drop off the bottom.
In the worst case this code should produce no more than four insns.
In Thumb2 mode, we can use 32/16-bit replicated constants, and 8-bit
constants, shifted to any arbitrary location. We should always start
at the MSB. */
do
{
int end;
unsigned int b1, b2, b3, b4;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT result;
int loc;
gcc_assert (insns < 4);
if (i <= 0)
i += 32;
/* First, find the next normal 12/8-bit shifted/rotated immediate. */
if (remainder & ((TARGET_ARM ? (3 << (i - 2)) : (1 << (i - 1)))))
{
loc = i;
if (i <= 12 && TARGET_THUMB2 && code == PLUS)
/* We can use addw/subw for the last 12 bits. */
result = remainder;
else
{
/* Use an 8-bit shifted/rotated immediate. */
end = i - 8;
if (end < 0)
end += 32;
result = remainder & ((0x0ff << end)
| ((i < end) ? (0xff >> (32 - end))
: 0));
i -= 8;
}
}
else
{
/* Arm allows rotates by a multiple of two. Thumb-2 allows
arbitrary shifts. */
i -= TARGET_ARM ? 2 : 1;
continue;
}
/* Next, see if we can do a better job with a thumb2 replicated
constant.
We do it this way around to catch the cases like 0x01F001E0 where
two 8-bit immediates would work, but a replicated constant would
make it worse.
TODO: 16-bit constants that don't clear all the bits, but still win.
TODO: Arithmetic splitting for set/add/sub, rather than bitwise. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
b1 = (remainder & 0xff000000) >> 24;
b2 = (remainder & 0x00ff0000) >> 16;
b3 = (remainder & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
b4 = remainder & 0xff;
if (loc > 24)
{
/* The 8-bit immediate already found clears b1 (and maybe b2),
but must leave b3 and b4 alone. */
/* First try to find a 32-bit replicated constant that clears
almost everything. We can assume that we can't do it in one,
or else we wouldn't be here. */
unsigned int tmp = b1 & b2 & b3 & b4;
unsigned int tmp2 = tmp + (tmp << 8) + (tmp << 16)
+ (tmp << 24);
unsigned int matching_bytes = (tmp == b1) + (tmp == b2)
+ (tmp == b3) + (tmp == b4);
if (tmp
&& (matching_bytes >= 3
|| (matching_bytes == 2
&& const_ok_for_op (remainder & ~tmp2, code))))
{
/* At least 3 of the bytes match, and the fourth has at
least as many bits set, or two of the bytes match
and it will only require one more insn to finish. */
result = tmp2;
i = tmp != b1 ? 32
: tmp != b2 ? 24
: tmp != b3 ? 16
: 8;
}
/* Second, try to find a 16-bit replicated constant that can
leave three of the bytes clear. If b2 or b4 is already
zero, then we can. If the 8-bit from above would not
clear b2 anyway, then we still win. */
else if (b1 == b3 && (!b2 || !b4
|| (remainder & 0x00ff0000 & ~result)))
{
result = remainder & 0xff00ff00;
i = 24;
}
}
else if (loc > 16)
{
/* The 8-bit immediate already found clears b2 (and maybe b3)
and we don't get here unless b1 is alredy clear, but it will
leave b4 unchanged. */
/* If we can clear b2 and b4 at once, then we win, since the
8-bits couldn't possibly reach that far. */
if (b2 == b4)
{
result = remainder & 0x00ff00ff;
i = 16;
}
}
}
return_sequence->i[insns++] = result;
remainder &= ~result;
if (code == SET || code == MINUS)
code = PLUS;
}
while (remainder);
return insns;
}
/* Emit an instruction with the indicated PATTERN. If COND is
non-NULL, conditionalize the execution of the instruction on COND
being true. */
static void
emit_constant_insn (rtx cond, rtx pattern)
{
if (cond)
pattern = gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (cond), pattern);
emit_insn (pattern);
}
/* As above, but extra parameter GENERATE which, if clear, suppresses
RTL generation. */
static int
arm_gen_constant (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx cond,
HOST_WIDE_INT val, rtx target, rtx source, int subtargets,
int generate)
{
int can_invert = 0;
int can_negate = 0;
int final_invert = 0;
int i;
int set_sign_bit_copies = 0;
int clear_sign_bit_copies = 0;
int clear_zero_bit_copies = 0;
int set_zero_bit_copies = 0;
int insns = 0, neg_insns, inv_insns;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp1, temp2;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT remainder = val & 0xffffffff;
struct four_ints *immediates;
struct four_ints pos_immediates, neg_immediates, inv_immediates;
/* Find out which operations are safe for a given CODE. Also do a quick
check for degenerate cases; these can occur when DImode operations
are split. */
switch (code)
{
case SET:
can_invert = 1;
break;
case PLUS:
can_negate = 1;
break;
case IOR:
if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
GEN_INT (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (val))));
return 1;
}
if (remainder == 0)
{
if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
return 0;
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
return 1;
}
break;
case AND:
if (remainder == 0)
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, const0_rtx));
return 1;
}
if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
{
if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
return 0;
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
return 1;
}
can_invert = 1;
break;
case XOR:
if (remainder == 0)
{
if (reload_completed && rtx_equal_p (target, source))
return 0;
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target, source));
return 1;
}
if (remainder == 0xffffffff)
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
return 1;
}
final_invert = 1;
break;
case MINUS:
/* We treat MINUS as (val - source), since (source - val) is always
passed as (source + (-val)). */
if (remainder == 0)
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NEG (mode, source)));
return 1;
}
if (const_ok_for_arm (val))
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, GEN_INT (val),
source)));
return 1;
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* If we can do it in one insn get out quickly. */
if (const_ok_for_op (val, code))
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
(source
? gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source,
GEN_INT (val))
: GEN_INT (val))));
return 1;
}
/* Calculate a few attributes that may be useful for specific
optimizations. */
/* Count number of leading zeros. */
for (i = 31; i >= 0; i--)
{
if ((remainder & (1 << i)) == 0)
clear_sign_bit_copies++;
else
break;
}
/* Count number of leading 1's. */
for (i = 31; i >= 0; i--)
{
if ((remainder & (1 << i)) != 0)
set_sign_bit_copies++;
else
break;
}
/* Count number of trailing zero's. */
for (i = 0; i <= 31; i++)
{
if ((remainder & (1 << i)) == 0)
clear_zero_bit_copies++;
else
break;
}
/* Count number of trailing 1's. */
for (i = 0; i <= 31; i++)
{
if ((remainder & (1 << i)) != 0)
set_zero_bit_copies++;
else
break;
}
switch (code)
{
case SET:
/* See if we can do this by sign_extending a constant that is known
to be negative. This is a good, way of doing it, since the shift
may well merge into a subsequent insn. */
if (set_sign_bit_copies > 1)
{
if (const_ok_for_arm
(temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (remainder
<< (set_sign_bit_copies - 1))))
{
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
GEN_INT (temp1)));
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_ashrsi3 (target, new_src,
GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)));
}
return 2;
}
/* For an inverted constant, we will need to set the low bits,
these will be shifted out of harm's way. */
temp1 |= (1 << (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)) - 1;
if (const_ok_for_arm (~temp1))
{
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
GEN_INT (temp1)));
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_ashrsi3 (target, new_src,
GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies - 1)));
}
return 2;
}
}
/* See if we can calculate the value as the difference between two
valid immediates. */
if (clear_sign_bit_copies + clear_zero_bit_copies <= 16)
{
int topshift = clear_sign_bit_copies & ~1;
temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND ((remainder + (0x00800000 >> topshift))
& (0xff000000 >> topshift));
/* If temp1 is zero, then that means the 9 most significant
bits of remainder were 1 and we've caused it to overflow.
When topshift is 0 we don't need to do anything since we
can borrow from 'bit 32'. */
if (temp1 == 0 && topshift != 0)
temp1 = 0x80000000 >> (topshift - 1);
temp2 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (temp1 - remainder);
if (const_ok_for_arm (temp2))
{
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
GEN_INT (temp1)));
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_addsi3 (target, new_src,
GEN_INT (-temp2)));
}
return 2;
}
}
/* See if we can generate this by setting the bottom (or the top)
16 bits, and then shifting these into the other half of the
word. We only look for the simplest cases, to do more would cost
too much. Be careful, however, not to generate this when the
alternative would take fewer insns. */
if (val & 0xffff0000)
{
temp1 = remainder & 0xffff0000;
temp2 = remainder & 0x0000ffff;
/* Overlaps outside this range are best done using other methods. */
for (i = 9; i < 24; i++)
{
if ((((temp2 | (temp2 << i)) & 0xffffffff) == remainder)
&& !const_ok_for_arm (temp2))
{
rtx new_src = (subtargets
? (generate ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : NULL_RTX)
: target);
insns = arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, temp2, new_src,
source, subtargets, generate);
source = new_src;
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET
(VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_IOR (mode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode, source,
GEN_INT (i)),
source)));
return insns + 1;
}
}
/* Don't duplicate cases already considered. */
for (i = 17; i < 24; i++)
{
if (((temp1 | (temp1 >> i)) == remainder)
&& !const_ok_for_arm (temp1))
{
rtx new_src = (subtargets
? (generate ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : NULL_RTX)
: target);
insns = arm_gen_constant (code, mode, cond, temp1, new_src,
source, subtargets, generate);
source = new_src;
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_IOR
(mode,
gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, source,
GEN_INT (i)),
source)));
return insns + 1;
}
}
}
break;
case IOR:
case XOR:
/* If we have IOR or XOR, and the constant can be loaded in a
single instruction, and we can find a temporary to put it in,
then this can be done in two instructions instead of 3-4. */
if (subtargets
/* TARGET can't be NULL if SUBTARGETS is 0 */
|| (reload_completed && !reg_mentioned_p (target, source)))
{
if (const_ok_for_arm (ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val)))
{
if (generate)
{
rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
GEN_INT (val)));
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode,
source, sub)));
}
return 2;
}
}
if (code == XOR)
break;
/* Convert.
x = y | constant ( which is composed of set_sign_bit_copies of leading 1s
and the remainder 0s for e.g. 0xfff00000)
x = ~(~(y ashift set_sign_bit_copies) lshiftrt set_sign_bit_copies)
This can be done in 2 instructions by using shifts with mov or mvn.
e.g. for
x = x | 0xfff00000;
we generate.
mvn r0, r0, asl #12
mvn r0, r0, lsr #12 */
if (set_sign_bit_copies > 8
&& (val & (-1 << (32 - set_sign_bit_copies))) == val)
{
if (generate)
{
rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
rtx shift = GEN_INT (set_sign_bit_copies);
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode,
source,
shift))));
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode, sub,
shift))));
}
return 2;
}
/* Convert
x = y | constant (which has set_zero_bit_copies number of trailing ones).
to
x = ~((~y lshiftrt set_zero_bit_copies) ashift set_zero_bit_copies).
For eg. r0 = r0 | 0xfff
mvn r0, r0, lsr #12
mvn r0, r0, asl #12
*/
if (set_zero_bit_copies > 8
&& (remainder & ((1 << set_zero_bit_copies) - 1)) == remainder)
{
if (generate)
{
rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
rtx shift = GEN_INT (set_zero_bit_copies);
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (mode,
source,
shift))));
emit_constant_insn
(cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT (mode, sub,
shift))));
}
return 2;
}
/* This will never be reached for Thumb2 because orn is a valid
instruction. This is for Thumb1 and the ARM 32 bit cases.
x = y | constant (such that ~constant is a valid constant)
Transform this to
x = ~(~y & ~constant).
*/
if (const_ok_for_arm (temp1 = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~val)))
{
if (generate)
{
rtx sub = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
source = sub;
if (subtargets)
sub = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, sub,
gen_rtx_AND (mode, source,
GEN_INT (temp1))));
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode, sub)));
}
return 3;
}
break;
case AND:
/* See if two shifts will do 2 or more insn's worth of work. */
if (clear_sign_bit_copies >= 16 && clear_sign_bit_copies < 24)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = ((0xffffffff
<< (32 - clear_sign_bit_copies))
& 0xffffffff);
if ((remainder | shift_mask) != 0xffffffff)
{
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
remainder | shift_mask,
new_src, source, subtargets, 1);
source = new_src;
}
else
{
rtx targ = subtargets ? NULL_RTX : target;
insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
remainder | shift_mask,
targ, source, subtargets, 0);
}
}
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
rtx shift = GEN_INT (clear_sign_bit_copies);
emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (new_src, source, shift));
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (target, new_src, shift));
}
return insns + 2;
}
if (clear_zero_bit_copies >= 16 && clear_zero_bit_copies < 24)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT shift_mask = (1 << clear_zero_bit_copies) - 1;
if ((remainder | shift_mask) != 0xffffffff)
{
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
remainder | shift_mask,
new_src, source, subtargets, 1);
source = new_src;
}
else
{
rtx targ = subtargets ? NULL_RTX : target;
insns = arm_gen_constant (AND, mode, cond,
remainder | shift_mask,
targ, source, subtargets, 0);
}
}
if (generate)
{
rtx new_src = subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target;
rtx shift = GEN_INT (clear_zero_bit_copies);
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (new_src, source, shift));
emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (target, new_src, shift));
}
return insns + 2;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Calculate what the instruction sequences would be if we generated it
normally, negated, or inverted. */
if (code == AND)
/* AND cannot be split into multiple insns, so invert and use BIC. */
insns = 99;
else
insns = optimal_immediate_sequence (code, remainder, &pos_immediates);
if (can_negate)
neg_insns = optimal_immediate_sequence (code, (-remainder) & 0xffffffff,
&neg_immediates);
else
neg_insns = 99;
if (can_invert || final_invert)
inv_insns = optimal_immediate_sequence (code, remainder ^ 0xffffffff,
&inv_immediates);
else
inv_insns = 99;
immediates = &pos_immediates;
/* Is the negated immediate sequence more efficient? */
if (neg_insns < insns && neg_insns <= inv_insns)
{
insns = neg_insns;
immediates = &neg_immediates;
}
else
can_negate = 0;
/* Is the inverted immediate sequence more efficient?
We must allow for an extra NOT instruction for XOR operations, although
there is some chance that the final 'mvn' will get optimized later. */
if ((inv_insns + 1) < insns || (!final_invert && inv_insns < insns))
{
insns = inv_insns;
immediates = &inv_immediates;
}
else
{
can_invert = 0;
final_invert = 0;
}
/* Now output the chosen sequence as instructions. */
if (generate)
{
for (i = 0; i < insns; i++)
{
rtx new_src, temp1_rtx;
temp1 = immediates->i[i];
if (code == SET || code == MINUS)
new_src = (subtargets ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : target);
else if ((final_invert || i < (insns - 1)) && subtargets)
new_src = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
else
new_src = target;
if (can_invert)
temp1 = ~temp1;
else if (can_negate)
temp1 = -temp1;
temp1 = trunc_int_for_mode (temp1, mode);
temp1_rtx = GEN_INT (temp1);
if (code == SET)
;
else if (code == MINUS)
temp1_rtx = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, temp1_rtx, source);
else
temp1_rtx = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, source, temp1_rtx);
emit_constant_insn (cond,
gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_src,
temp1_rtx));
source = new_src;
if (code == SET)
{
can_negate = can_invert;
can_invert = 0;
code = PLUS;
}
else if (code == MINUS)
code = PLUS;
}
}
if (final_invert)
{
if (generate)
emit_constant_insn (cond, gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_NOT (mode, source)));
insns++;
}
return insns;
}
/* Canonicalize a comparison so that we are more likely to recognize it.
This can be done for a few constant compares, where we can make the
immediate value easier to load. */
enum rtx_code
arm_canonicalize_comparison (enum rtx_code code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i, maxval;
mode = GET_MODE (*op0);
if (mode == VOIDmode)
mode = GET_MODE (*op1);
maxval = (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE(mode) - 1)) - 1;
/* For DImode, we have GE/LT/GEU/LTU comparisons. In ARM mode
we can also use cmp/cmpeq for GTU/LEU. GT/LE must be either
reversed or (for constant OP1) adjusted to GE/LT. Similarly
for GTU/LEU in Thumb mode. */
if (mode == DImode)
{
rtx tem;
/* To keep things simple, always use the Cirrus cfcmp64 if it is
available. */
if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
return code;
if (code == GT || code == LE
|| (!TARGET_ARM && (code == GTU || code == LEU)))
{
/* Missing comparison. First try to use an available
comparison. */
if (GET_CODE (*op1) == CONST_INT)
{
i = INTVAL (*op1);
switch (code)
{
case GT:
case LE:
if (i != maxval
&& arm_const_double_by_immediates (GEN_INT (i + 1)))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
return code == GT ? GE : LT;
}
break;
case GTU:
case LEU:
if (i != ~((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
&& arm_const_double_by_immediates (GEN_INT (i + 1)))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
return code == GTU ? GEU : LTU;
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* If that did not work, reverse the condition. */
tem = *op0;
*op0 = *op1;
*op1 = tem;
return swap_condition (code);
}
return code;
}
/* If *op0 is (zero_extend:SI (subreg:QI (reg:SI) 0)) and comparing
with const0_rtx, change it to (and:SI (reg:SI) (const_int 255)),
to facilitate possible combining with a cmp into 'ands'. */
if (mode == SImode
&& GET_CODE (*op0) == ZERO_EXTEND
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (*op0, 0)) == SUBREG
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (*op0, 0)) == QImode
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (*op0, 0))) == SImode
&& subreg_lowpart_p (XEXP (*op0, 0))
&& *op1 == const0_rtx)
*op0 = gen_rtx_AND (SImode, SUBREG_REG (XEXP (*op0, 0)),
GEN_INT (255));
/* Comparisons smaller than DImode. Only adjust comparisons against
an out-of-range constant. */
if (GET_CODE (*op1) != CONST_INT
|| const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (*op1))
|| const_ok_for_arm (- INTVAL (*op1)))
return code;
i = INTVAL (*op1);
switch (code)
{
case EQ:
case NE:
return code;
case GT:
case LE:
if (i != maxval
&& (const_ok_for_arm (i + 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i + 1))))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
return code == GT ? GE : LT;
}
break;
case GE:
case LT:
if (i != ~maxval
&& (const_ok_for_arm (i - 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i - 1))))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i - 1);
return code == GE ? GT : LE;
}
break;
case GTU:
case LEU:
if (i != ~((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0)
&& (const_ok_for_arm (i + 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i + 1))))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i + 1);
return code == GTU ? GEU : LTU;
}
break;
case GEU:
case LTU:
if (i != 0
&& (const_ok_for_arm (i - 1) || const_ok_for_arm (-(i - 1))))
{
*op1 = GEN_INT (i - 1);
return code == GEU ? GTU : LEU;
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return code;
}
/* Define how to find the value returned by a function. */
static rtx
arm_function_value(const_tree type, const_tree func,
bool outgoing ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
int unsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
rtx r ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return aapcs_allocate_return_reg (mode, type, func);
/* Promote integer types. */
if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
mode = arm_promote_function_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, func, 1);
/* Promotes small structs returned in a register to full-word size
for big-endian AAPCS. */
if (arm_return_in_msb (type))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
if (size % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0)
{
size += UNITS_PER_WORD - size % UNITS_PER_WORD;
mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
}
}
return arm_libcall_value_1 (mode);
}
static int
libcall_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
return rtx_equal_p ((const_rtx) p1, (const_rtx) p2);
}
static hashval_t
libcall_hash (const void *p1)
{
return hash_rtx ((const_rtx) p1, VOIDmode, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
}
static void
add_libcall (htab_t htab, rtx libcall)
{
*htab_find_slot (htab, libcall, INSERT) = libcall;
}
static bool
arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (const_rtx libcall)
{
static bool init_done = false;
static htab_t libcall_htab;
if (!init_done)
{
init_done = true;
libcall_htab = htab_create (31, libcall_hash, libcall_eq,
NULL);
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sext_optab, SFmode, HFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (trunc_optab, HFmode, SFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab,
convert_optab_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode));
/* Values from double-precision helper functions are returned in core
registers if the selected core only supports single-precision
arithmetic, even if we are using the hard-float ABI. The same is
true for single-precision helpers, but we will never be using the
hard-float ABI on a CPU which doesn't support single-precision
operations in hardware. */
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (neg_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, optab_libfunc (unord_optab, DFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, convert_optab_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode,
SFmode));
add_libcall (libcall_htab, convert_optab_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode,
DFmode));
}
return libcall && htab_find (libcall_htab, libcall) != NULL;
}
static rtx
arm_libcall_value_1 (enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return aapcs_libcall_value (mode);
else if (TARGET_32BIT
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI
&& TARGET_FPA
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_FPA_REGNUM);
else if (TARGET_32BIT
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI
&& TARGET_MAVERICK
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM);
else if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
&& arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode))
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM);
else
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, ARG_REGISTER (1));
}
/* Define how to find the value returned by a library function
assuming the value has mode MODE. */
static rtx
arm_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx libcall)
{
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && arm_pcs_default != ARM_PCS_AAPCS
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
/* The following libcalls return their result in integer registers,
even though they return a floating point value. */
if (arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (libcall))
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, ARG_REGISTER(1));
}
return arm_libcall_value_1 (mode);
}
/* Implement TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P. */
static bool
arm_function_value_regno_p (const unsigned int regno)
{
if (regno == ARG_REGISTER (1)
|| (TARGET_32BIT
&& TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& TARGET_VFP
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& regno == FIRST_VFP_REGNUM)
|| (TARGET_32BIT
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI
&& TARGET_MAVERICK
&& regno == FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM)
|| (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
&& regno == FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM)
|| (TARGET_32BIT
&& TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI
&& TARGET_FPA
&& regno == FIRST_FPA_REGNUM))
return true;
return false;
}
/* Determine the amount of memory needed to store the possible return
registers of an untyped call. */
int
arm_apply_result_size (void)
{
int size = 16;
if (TARGET_32BIT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI)
{
if (TARGET_VFP)
size += 32;
if (TARGET_FPA)
size += 12;
if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
size += 8;
}
if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI)
size += 8;
}
return size;
}
/* Decide whether TYPE should be returned in memory (true)
or in a register (false). FNTYPE is the type of the function making
the call. */
static bool
arm_return_in_memory (const_tree type, const_tree fntype)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
size = int_size_in_bytes (type); /* Negative if not fixed size. */
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
/* Simple, non-aggregate types (ie not including vectors and
complex) are always returned in a register (or registers).
We don't care about which register here, so we can short-cut
some of the detail. */
if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
&& TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE
&& TREE_CODE (type) != COMPLEX_TYPE)
return false;
/* Any return value that is no larger than one word can be
returned in r0. */
if (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) size) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
return false;
/* Check any available co-processors to see if they accept the
type as a register candidate (VFP, for example, can return
some aggregates in consecutive registers). These aren't
available if the call is variadic. */
if (aapcs_select_return_coproc (type, fntype) >= 0)
return false;
/* Vector values should be returned using ARM registers, not
memory (unless they're over 16 bytes, which will break since
we only have four call-clobbered registers to play with). */
if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
return (size < 0 || size > (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD));
/* The rest go in memory. */
return true;
}
if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
return (size < 0 || size > (4 * UNITS_PER_WORD));
if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) &&
(TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE))
/* All simple types are returned in registers. */
return false;
if (arm_abi != ARM_ABI_APCS)
{
/* ATPCS and later return aggregate types in memory only if they are
larger than a word (or are variable size). */
return (size < 0 || size > UNITS_PER_WORD);
}
/* For the arm-wince targets we choose to be compatible with Microsoft's
ARM and Thumb compilers, which always return aggregates in memory. */
#ifndef ARM_WINCE
/* All structures/unions bigger than one word are returned in memory.
Also catch the case where int_size_in_bytes returns -1. In this case
the aggregate is either huge or of variable size, and in either case
we will want to return it via memory and not in a register. */
if (size < 0 || size > UNITS_PER_WORD)
return true;
if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
{
tree field;
/* For a struct the APCS says that we only return in a register
if the type is 'integer like' and every addressable element
has an offset of zero. For practical purposes this means
that the structure can have at most one non bit-field element
and that this element must be the first one in the structure. */
/* Find the first field, ignoring non FIELD_DECL things which will
have been created by C++. */
for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
field && TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL;
field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
continue;
if (field == NULL)
return false; /* An empty structure. Allowed by an extension to ANSI C. */
/* Check that the first field is valid for returning in a register. */
/* ... Floats are not allowed */
if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field)))
return true;
/* ... Aggregates that are not themselves valid for returning in
a register are not allowed. */
if (arm_return_in_memory (TREE_TYPE (field), NULL_TREE))
return true;
/* Now check the remaining fields, if any. Only bitfields are allowed,
since they are not addressable. */
for (field = DECL_CHAIN (field);
field;
field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
{
if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
continue;
if (!DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (field))
return true;
}
return false;
}
if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
{
tree field;
/* Unions can be returned in registers if every element is
integral, or can be returned in an integer register. */
for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
field;
field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
{
if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
continue;
if (FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field)))
return true;
if (arm_return_in_memory (TREE_TYPE (field), NULL_TREE))
return true;
}
return false;
}
#endif /* not ARM_WINCE */
/* Return all other types in memory. */
return true;
}
/* Indicate whether or not words of a double are in big-endian order. */
int
arm_float_words_big_endian (void)
{
if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
return 0;
/* For FPA, float words are always big-endian. For VFP, floats words
follow the memory system mode. */
if (TARGET_FPA)
{
return 1;
}
if (TARGET_VFP)
return (TARGET_BIG_END ? 1 : 0);
return 1;
}
const struct pcs_attribute_arg
{
const char *arg;
enum arm_pcs value;
} pcs_attribute_args[] =
{
{"aapcs", ARM_PCS_AAPCS},
{"aapcs-vfp", ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP},
#if 0
/* We could recognize these, but changes would be needed elsewhere
* to implement them. */
{"aapcs-iwmmxt", ARM_PCS_AAPCS_IWMMXT},
{"atpcs", ARM_PCS_ATPCS},
{"apcs", ARM_PCS_APCS},
#endif
{NULL, ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN}
};
static enum arm_pcs
arm_pcs_from_attribute (tree attr)
{
const struct pcs_attribute_arg *ptr;
const char *arg;
/* Get the value of the argument. */
if (TREE_VALUE (attr) == NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (attr)) != STRING_CST)
return ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN;
arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (attr));
/* Check it against the list of known arguments. */
for (ptr = pcs_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
return ptr->value;
/* An unrecognized interrupt type. */
return ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN;
}
/* Get the PCS variant to use for this call. TYPE is the function's type
specification, DECL is the specific declartion. DECL may be null if
the call could be indirect or if this is a library call. */
static enum arm_pcs
arm_get_pcs_model (const_tree type, const_tree decl)
{
bool user_convention = false;
enum arm_pcs user_pcs = arm_pcs_default;
tree attr;
gcc_assert (type);
attr = lookup_attribute ("pcs", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type));
if (attr)
{
user_pcs = arm_pcs_from_attribute (TREE_VALUE (attr));
user_convention = true;
}
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
/* Detect varargs functions. These always use the base rules
(no argument is ever a candidate for a co-processor
register). */
bool base_rules = stdarg_p (type);
if (user_convention)
{
if (user_pcs > ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
sorry ("non-AAPCS derived PCS variant");
else if (base_rules && user_pcs != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
error ("variadic functions must use the base AAPCS variant");
}
if (base_rules)
return ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
else if (user_convention)
return user_pcs;
else if (decl && flag_unit_at_a_time)
{
/* Local functions never leak outside this compilation unit,
so we are free to use whatever conventions are
appropriate. */
/* FIXME: remove CONST_CAST_TREE when cgraph is constified. */
struct cgraph_local_info *i = cgraph_local_info (CONST_CAST_TREE(decl));
if (i && i->local)
return ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL;
}
}
else if (user_convention && user_pcs != arm_pcs_default)
sorry ("PCS variant");
/* For everything else we use the target's default. */
return arm_pcs_default;
}
static void
aapcs_vfp_cum_init (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
rtx libcall ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
/* Record the unallocated VFP registers. */
pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free = (1 << NUM_VFP_ARG_REGS) - 1;
pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = 0;
}
/* Walk down the type tree of TYPE counting consecutive base elements.
If *MODEP is VOIDmode, then set it to the first valid floating point
type. If a non-floating point type is found, or if a floating point
type that doesn't match a non-VOIDmode *MODEP is found, then return -1,
otherwise return the count in the sub-tree. */
static int
aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (const_tree type, enum machine_mode *modep)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
switch (TREE_CODE (type))
{
case REAL_TYPE:
mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
if (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode)
return -1;
if (*modep == VOIDmode)
*modep = mode;
if (*modep == mode)
return 1;
break;
case COMPLEX_TYPE:
mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type));
if (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode)
return -1;
if (*modep == VOIDmode)
*modep = mode;
if (*modep == mode)
return 2;
break;
case VECTOR_TYPE:
/* Use V2SImode and V4SImode as representatives of all 64-bit
and 128-bit vector types, whether or not those modes are
supported with the present options. */
size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
switch (size)
{
case 8:
mode = V2SImode;
break;
case 16:
mode = V4SImode;
break;
default:
return -1;
}
if (*modep == VOIDmode)
*modep = mode;
/* Vector modes are considered to be opaque: two vectors are
equivalent for the purposes of being homogeneous aggregates
if they are the same size. */
if (*modep == mode)
return 1;
break;
case ARRAY_TYPE:
{
int count;
tree index = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
/* Can't handle incomplete types. */
if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
return -1;
count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (type), modep);
if (count == -1
|| !index
|| !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index)
|| !host_integerp (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index), 1)
|| !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index)
|| !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index), 1)
|| count < 0)
return -1;
count *= (1 + tree_low_cst (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (index), 1)
- tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (index), 1));
/* There must be no padding. */
if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
|| (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
!= count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
return -1;
return count;
}
case RECORD_TYPE:
{
int count = 0;
int sub_count;
tree field;
/* Can't handle incomplete types. */
if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
return -1;
for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
{
if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
continue;
sub_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field), modep);
if (sub_count < 0)
return -1;
count += sub_count;
}
/* There must be no padding. */
if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
|| (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
!= count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
return -1;
return count;
}
case UNION_TYPE:
case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
{
/* These aren't very interesting except in a degenerate case. */
int count = 0;
int sub_count;
tree field;
/* Can't handle incomplete types. */
if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P(type))
return -1;
for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
{
if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
continue;
sub_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (TREE_TYPE (field), modep);
if (sub_count < 0)
return -1;
count = count > sub_count ? count : sub_count;
}
/* There must be no padding. */
if (!host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
|| (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)
!= count * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (*modep)))
return -1;
return count;
}
default:
break;
}
return -1;
}
/* Return true if PCS_VARIANT should use VFP registers. */
static bool
use_vfp_abi (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant, bool is_double)
{
if (pcs_variant == ARM_PCS_AAPCS_VFP)
{
static bool seen_thumb1_vfp = false;
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && !seen_thumb1_vfp)
{
sorry ("Thumb-1 hard-float VFP ABI");
/* sorry() is not immediately fatal, so only display this once. */
seen_thumb1_vfp = true;
}
return true;
}
if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
return false;
return (TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_VFP && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT &&
(TARGET_VFP_DOUBLE || !is_double));
}
/* Return true if an argument whose type is TYPE, or mode is MODE, is
suitable for passing or returning in VFP registers for the PCS
variant selected. If it is, then *BASE_MODE is updated to contain
a machine mode describing each element of the argument's type and
*COUNT to hold the number of such elements. */
static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant,
enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
enum machine_mode *base_mode, int *count)
{
enum machine_mode new_mode = VOIDmode;
/* If we have the type information, prefer that to working things
out from the mode. */
if (type)
{
int ag_count = aapcs_vfp_sub_candidate (type, &new_mode);
if (ag_count > 0 && ag_count <= 4)
*count = ag_count;
else
return false;
}
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
{
*count = 1;
new_mode = mode;
}
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
{
*count = 2;
new_mode = (mode == DCmode ? DFmode : SFmode);
}
else
return false;
if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, ARM_NUM_REGS (new_mode) > 1))
return false;
*base_mode = new_mode;
return true;
}
static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_return_candidate (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant,
enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
int count ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
enum machine_mode ag_mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, false))
return false;
return aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode, type,
&ag_mode, &count);
}
static bool
aapcs_vfp_is_call_candidate (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type)
{
if (!use_vfp_abi (pcum->pcs_variant, false))
return false;
return aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcum->pcs_variant, mode, type,
&pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode,
&pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount);
}
static bool
aapcs_vfp_allocate (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
int shift = GET_MODE_SIZE (pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (SFmode);
unsigned mask = (1 << (shift * pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount)) - 1;
int regno;
for (regno = 0; regno < NUM_VFP_ARG_REGS; regno += shift)
if (((pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free >> regno) & mask) == mask)
{
pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = mask << regno;
if (mode == BLKmode || (mode == TImode && !TARGET_NEON))
{
int i;
int rcount = pcum->aapcs_vfp_rcount;
int rshift = shift;
enum machine_mode rmode = pcum->aapcs_vfp_rmode;
rtx par;
if (!TARGET_NEON)
{
/* Avoid using unsupported vector modes. */
if (rmode == V2SImode)
rmode = DImode;
else if (rmode == V4SImode)
{
rmode = DImode;
rcount *= 2;
rshift /= 2;
}
}
par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (rcount));
for (i = 0; i < rcount; i++)
{
rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (rmode,
FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + regno + i * rshift);
tmp = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST
(VOIDmode, tmp,
GEN_INT (i * GET_MODE_SIZE (rmode)));
XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = tmp;
}
pcum->aapcs_reg = par;
}
else
pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + regno);
return true;
}
return false;
}
static rtx
aapcs_vfp_allocate_return_reg (enum arm_pcs pcs_variant ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (!use_vfp_abi (pcs_variant, false))
return NULL;
if (mode == BLKmode || (mode == TImode && !TARGET_NEON))
{
int count;
enum machine_mode ag_mode;
int i;
rtx par;
int shift;
aapcs_vfp_is_call_or_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode, type,
&ag_mode, &count);
if (!TARGET_NEON)
{
if (ag_mode == V2SImode)
ag_mode = DImode;
else if (ag_mode == V4SImode)
{
ag_mode = DImode;
count *= 2;
}
}
shift = GET_MODE_SIZE(ag_mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE(SFmode);
par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (count));
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (ag_mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + i * shift);
tmp = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, tmp,
GEN_INT (i * GET_MODE_SIZE (ag_mode)));
XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = tmp;
}
return par;
}
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FIRST_VFP_REGNUM);
}
static void
aapcs_vfp_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
pcum->aapcs_vfp_regs_free &= ~pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc;
pcum->aapcs_vfp_reg_alloc = 0;
return;
}
#define AAPCS_CP(X) \
{ \
aapcs_ ## X ## _cum_init, \
aapcs_ ## X ## _is_call_candidate, \
aapcs_ ## X ## _allocate, \
aapcs_ ## X ## _is_return_candidate, \
aapcs_ ## X ## _allocate_return_reg, \
aapcs_ ## X ## _advance \
}
/* Table of co-processors that can be used to pass arguments in
registers. Idealy no arugment should be a candidate for more than
one co-processor table entry, but the table is processed in order
and stops after the first match. If that entry then fails to put
the argument into a co-processor register, the argument will go on
the stack. */
static struct
{
/* Initialize co-processor related state in CUMULATIVE_ARGS structure. */
void (*cum_init) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, const_tree, rtx, const_tree);
/* Return true if an argument of mode MODE (or type TYPE if MODE is
BLKmode) is a candidate for this co-processor's registers; this
function should ignore any position-dependent state in
CUMULATIVE_ARGS and only use call-type dependent information. */
bool (*is_call_candidate) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
/* Return true if the argument does get a co-processor register; it
should set aapcs_reg to an RTX of the register allocated as is
required for a return from FUNCTION_ARG. */
bool (*allocate) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
/* Return true if a result of mode MODE (or type TYPE if MODE is
BLKmode) is can be returned in this co-processor's registers. */
bool (*is_return_candidate) (enum arm_pcs, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
/* Allocate and return an RTX element to hold the return type of a
call, this routine must not fail and will only be called if
is_return_candidate returned true with the same parameters. */
rtx (*allocate_return_reg) (enum arm_pcs, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
/* Finish processing this argument and prepare to start processing
the next one. */
void (*advance) (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode, const_tree);
} aapcs_cp_arg_layout[ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS] =
{
AAPCS_CP(vfp)
};
#undef AAPCS_CP
static int
aapcs_select_call_coproc (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_call_candidate (pcum, mode, type))
return i;
return -1;
}
static int
aapcs_select_return_coproc (const_tree type, const_tree fntype)
{
/* We aren't passed a decl, so we can't check that a call is local.
However, it isn't clear that that would be a win anyway, since it
might limit some tail-calling opportunities. */
enum arm_pcs pcs_variant;
if (fntype)
{
const_tree fndecl = NULL_TREE;
if (TREE_CODE (fntype) == FUNCTION_DECL)
{
fndecl = fntype;
fntype = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
}
pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
}
else
pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;
if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_return_candidate (pcs_variant,
TYPE_MODE (type),
type))
return i;
}
return -1;
}
static rtx
aapcs_allocate_return_reg (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
const_tree fntype)
{
/* We aren't passed a decl, so we can't check that a call is local.
However, it isn't clear that that would be a win anyway, since it
might limit some tail-calling opportunities. */
enum arm_pcs pcs_variant;
int unsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
if (fntype)
{
const_tree fndecl = NULL_TREE;
if (TREE_CODE (fntype) == FUNCTION_DECL)
{
fndecl = fntype;
fntype = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
}
pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
}
else
pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;
/* Promote integer types. */
if (type && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
mode = arm_promote_function_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, fntype, 1);
if (pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].is_return_candidate (pcs_variant, mode,
type))
return aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].allocate_return_reg (pcs_variant,
mode, type);
}
/* Promotes small structs returned in a register to full-word size
for big-endian AAPCS. */
if (type && arm_return_in_msb (type))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
if (size % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0)
{
size += UNITS_PER_WORD - size % UNITS_PER_WORD;
mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
}
}
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, R0_REGNUM);
}
static rtx
aapcs_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode)
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
mode = SImode;
return aapcs_allocate_return_reg (mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE);
}
/* Lay out a function argument using the AAPCS rules. The rule
numbers referred to here are those in the AAPCS. */
static void
aapcs_layout_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type, bool named)
{
int nregs, nregs2;
int ncrn;
/* We only need to do this once per argument. */
if (pcum->aapcs_arg_processed)
return;
pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = true;
/* Special case: if named is false then we are handling an incoming
anonymous argument which is on the stack. */
if (!named)
return;
/* Is this a potential co-processor register candidate? */
if (pcum->pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
{
int slot = aapcs_select_call_coproc (pcum, mode, type);
pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = slot;
/* We don't have to apply any of the rules from part B of the
preparation phase, these are handled elsewhere in the
compiler. */
if (slot >= 0)
{
/* A Co-processor register candidate goes either in its own
class of registers or on the stack. */
if (!pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[slot])
{
/* C1.cp - Try to allocate the argument to co-processor
registers. */
if (aapcs_cp_arg_layout[slot].allocate (pcum, mode, type))
return;
/* C2.cp - Put the argument on the stack and note that we
can't assign any more candidates in this slot. We also
need to note that we have allocated stack space, so that
we won't later try to split a non-cprc candidate between
core registers and the stack. */
pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[slot] = true;
pcum->can_split = false;
}
/* We didn't get a register, so this argument goes on the
stack. */
gcc_assert (pcum->can_split == false);
return;
}
}
/* C3 - For double-word aligned arguments, round the NCRN up to the
next even number. */
ncrn = pcum->aapcs_ncrn;
if ((ncrn & 1) && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
ncrn++;
nregs = ARM_NUM_REGS2(mode, type);
/* Sigh, this test should really assert that nregs > 0, but a GCC
extension allows empty structs and then gives them empty size; it
then allows such a structure to be passed by value. For some of
the code below we have to pretend that such an argument has
non-zero size so that we 'locate' it correctly either in
registers or on the stack. */
gcc_assert (nregs >= 0);
nregs2 = nregs ? nregs : 1;
/* C4 - Argument fits entirely in core registers. */
if (ncrn + nregs2 <= NUM_ARG_REGS)
{
pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, ncrn);
pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = ncrn + nregs;
return;
}
/* C5 - Some core registers left and there are no arguments already
on the stack: split this argument between the remaining core
registers and the stack. */
if (ncrn < NUM_ARG_REGS && pcum->can_split)
{
pcum->aapcs_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, ncrn);
pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = NUM_ARG_REGS;
pcum->aapcs_partial = (NUM_ARG_REGS - ncrn) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
return;
}
/* C6 - NCRN is set to 4. */
pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = NUM_ARG_REGS;
/* C7,C8 - arugment goes on the stack. We have nothing to do here. */
return;
}
/* Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
For a library call, FNTYPE is NULL. */
void
arm_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum, tree fntype,
rtx libname,
tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
/* Long call handling. */
if (fntype)
pcum->pcs_variant = arm_get_pcs_model (fntype, fndecl);
else
pcum->pcs_variant = arm_pcs_default;
if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
{
if (arm_libcall_uses_aapcs_base (libname))
pcum->pcs_variant = ARM_PCS_AAPCS;
pcum->aapcs_ncrn = pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn = 0;
pcum->aapcs_reg = NULL_RTX;
pcum->aapcs_partial = 0;
pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = false;
pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = -1;
pcum->can_split = true;
if (pcum->pcs_variant != ARM_PCS_AAPCS)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARM_NUM_COPROC_SLOTS; i++)
{
pcum->aapcs_cprc_failed[i] = false;
aapcs_cp_arg_layout[i].cum_init (pcum, fntype, libname, fndecl);
}
}
return;
}
/* Legacy ABIs */
/* On the ARM, the offset starts at 0. */
pcum->nregs = 0;
pcum->iwmmxt_nregs = 0;
pcum->can_split = true;
/* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
pcum->named_count = 0;
pcum->nargs = 0;
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && fntype)
{
tree fn_arg;
for (fn_arg = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype);
fn_arg;
fn_arg = TREE_CHAIN (fn_arg))
pcum->named_count += 1;
if (! pcum->named_count)
pcum->named_count = INT_MAX;
}
}
/* Return true if mode/type need doubleword alignment. */
static bool
arm_needs_doubleword_align (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
return (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) > PARM_BOUNDARY
|| (type && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > PARM_BOUNDARY));
}
/* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
or a hard register in which to store the argument.
MODE is the argument's machine mode.
TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
This is null for libcalls where that information may
not be available.
CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
the preceding args and about the function being called.
NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
(otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
On the ARM, normally the first 16 bytes are passed in registers r0-r3; all
other arguments are passed on the stack. If (NAMED == 0) (which happens
only in assign_parms, since TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS is
defined), say it is passed in the stack (function_prologue will
indeed make it pass in the stack if necessary). */
static rtx
arm_function_arg (cumulative_args_t pcum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type, bool named)
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum = get_cumulative_args (pcum_v);
int nregs;
/* Handle the special case quickly. Pick an arbitrary value for op2 of
a call insn (op3 of a call_value insn). */
if (mode == VOIDmode)
return const0_rtx;
if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
{
aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);
return pcum->aapcs_reg;
}
/* Varargs vectors are treated the same as long long.
named_count avoids having to change the way arm handles 'named' */
if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI
&& arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode)
&& pcum->named_count > pcum->nargs + 1)
{
if (pcum->iwmmxt_nregs <= 9)
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, pcum->iwmmxt_nregs + FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM);
else
{
pcum->can_split = false;
return NULL_RTX;
}
}
/* Put doubleword aligned quantities in even register pairs. */
if (pcum->nregs & 1
&& ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
pcum->nregs++;
/* Only allow splitting an arg between regs and memory if all preceding
args were allocated to regs. For args passed by reference we only count
the reference pointer. */
if (pcum->can_split)
nregs = 1;
else
nregs = ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type);
if (!named || pcum->nregs + nregs > NUM_ARG_REGS)
return NULL_RTX;
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, pcum->nregs);
}
static unsigned int
arm_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
return (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type)
? DOUBLEWORD_ALIGNMENT
: PARM_BOUNDARY);
}
static int
arm_arg_partial_bytes (cumulative_args_t pcum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
tree type, bool named)
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum = get_cumulative_args (pcum_v);
int nregs = pcum->nregs;
if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
{
aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);
return pcum->aapcs_partial;
}
if (TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI && arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode))
return 0;
if (NUM_ARG_REGS > nregs
&& (NUM_ARG_REGS < nregs + ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type))
&& pcum->can_split)
return (NUM_ARG_REGS - nregs) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
return 0;
}
/* Update the data in PCUM to advance over an argument
of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
(TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available.) */
static void
arm_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t pcum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type, bool named)
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum = get_cumulative_args (pcum_v);
if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
{
aapcs_layout_arg (pcum, mode, type, named);
if (pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot >= 0)
{
aapcs_cp_arg_layout[pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot].advance (pcum, mode,
type);
pcum->aapcs_cprc_slot = -1;
}
/* Generic stuff. */
pcum->aapcs_arg_processed = false;
pcum->aapcs_ncrn = pcum->aapcs_next_ncrn;
pcum->aapcs_reg = NULL_RTX;
pcum->aapcs_partial = 0;
}
else
{
pcum->nargs += 1;
if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode)
&& pcum->named_count > pcum->nargs
&& TARGET_IWMMXT_ABI)
pcum->iwmmxt_nregs += 1;
else
pcum->nregs += ARM_NUM_REGS2 (mode, type);
}
}
/* Variable sized types are passed by reference. This is a GCC
extension to the ARM ABI. */
static bool
arm_pass_by_reference (cumulative_args_t cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const_tree type, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return type && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST;
}
/* Encode the current state of the #pragma [no_]long_calls. */
typedef enum
{
OFF, /* No #pragma [no_]long_calls is in effect. */
LONG, /* #pragma long_calls is in effect. */
SHORT /* #pragma no_long_calls is in effect. */
} arm_pragma_enum;
static arm_pragma_enum arm_pragma_long_calls = OFF;
void
arm_pr_long_calls (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
arm_pragma_long_calls = LONG;
}
void
arm_pr_no_long_calls (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
arm_pragma_long_calls = SHORT;
}
void
arm_pr_long_calls_off (struct cpp_reader * pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
arm_pragma_long_calls = OFF;
}
/* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL;
arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
static tree
arm_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *node, tree name, tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool *no_add_attrs)
{
if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
{
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute only applies to functions",
name);
*no_add_attrs = true;
}
return NULL_TREE;
}
/* Handle an "interrupt" or "isr" attribute;
arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
static tree
arm_handle_isr_attribute (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags,
bool *no_add_attrs)
{
if (DECL_P (*node))
{
if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
{
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute only applies to functions",
name);
*no_add_attrs = true;
}
/* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes;
should it be checked for decl ones? */
}
else
{
if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE
|| TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
{
if (arm_isr_value (args) == ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
{
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored",
name);
*no_add_attrs = true;
}
}
else if (TREE_CODE (*node) == POINTER_TYPE
&& (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
|| TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == METHOD_TYPE)
&& arm_isr_value (args) != ARM_FT_UNKNOWN)
{
*node = build_variant_type_copy (*node);
TREE_TYPE (*node) = build_type_attribute_variant
(TREE_TYPE (*node),
tree_cons (name, args, TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (*node))));
*no_add_attrs = true;
}
else
{
/* Possibly pass this attribute on from the type to a decl. */
if (flags & ((int) ATTR_FLAG_DECL_NEXT
| (int) ATTR_FLAG_FUNCTION_NEXT
| (int) ATTR_FLAG_ARRAY_NEXT))
{
*no_add_attrs = true;
return tree_cons (name, args, NULL_TREE);
}
else
{
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored",
name);
}
}
}
return NULL_TREE;
}
/* Handle a "pcs" attribute; arguments as in struct
attribute_spec.handler. */
static tree
arm_handle_pcs_attribute (tree *node ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree name, tree args,
int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool *no_add_attrs)
{
if (arm_pcs_from_attribute (args) == ARM_PCS_UNKNOWN)
{
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute ignored", name);
*no_add_attrs = true;
}
return NULL_TREE;
}
#if TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
/* Handle the "notshared" attribute. This attribute is another way of
requesting hidden visibility. ARM's compiler supports
"__declspec(notshared)"; we support the same thing via an
attribute. */
static tree
arm_handle_notshared_attribute (tree *node,
tree name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
bool *no_add_attrs)
{
tree decl = TYPE_NAME (*node);
if (decl)
{
DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl) = 1;
*no_add_attrs = false;
}
return NULL_TREE;
}
#endif
/* Return 0 if the attributes for two types are incompatible, 1 if they
are compatible, and 2 if they are nearly compatible (which causes a
warning to be generated). */
static int
arm_comp_type_attributes (const_tree type1, const_tree type2)
{
int l1, l2, s1, s2;
/* Check for mismatch of non-default calling convention. */
if (TREE_CODE (type1) != FUNCTION_TYPE)
return 1;
/* Check for mismatched call attributes. */
l1 = lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
l2 = lookup_attribute ("long_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
s1 = lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
s2 = lookup_attribute ("short_call", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
/* Only bother to check if an attribute is defined. */
if (l1 | l2 | s1 | s2)
{
/* If one type has an attribute, the other must have the same attribute. */
if ((l1 != l2) || (s1 != s2))
return 0;
/* Disallow mixed attributes. */
if ((l1 & s2) || (l2 & s1))
return 0;
}
/* Check for mismatched ISR attribute. */
l1 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
if (! l1)
l1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
l2 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
if (! l2)
l1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
if (l1 != l2)
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Assigns default attributes to newly defined type. This is used to
set short_call/long_call attributes for function types of
functions defined inside corresponding #pragma scopes. */
static void
arm_set_default_type_attributes (tree type)
{
/* Add __attribute__ ((long_call)) to all functions, when
inside #pragma long_calls or __attribute__ ((short_call)),
when inside #pragma no_long_calls. */
if (TREE_CODE (type) == FUNCTION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == METHOD_TYPE)
{
tree type_attr_list, attr_name;
type_attr_list = TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type);
if (arm_pragma_long_calls == LONG)
attr_name = get_identifier ("long_call");
else if (arm_pragma_long_calls == SHORT)
attr_name = get_identifier ("short_call");
else
return;
type_attr_list = tree_cons (attr_name, NULL_TREE, type_attr_list);
TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type) = type_attr_list;
}
}
/* Return true if DECL is known to be linked into section SECTION. */
static bool
arm_function_in_section_p (tree decl, section *section)
{
/* We can only be certain about functions defined in the same
compilation unit. */
if (!TREE_STATIC (decl))
return false;
/* Make sure that SYMBOL always binds to the definition in this
compilation unit. */
if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
return false;
/* If DECL_SECTION_NAME is set, assume it is trustworthy. */
if (!DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
{
/* Make sure that we will not create a unique section for DECL. */
if (flag_function_sections || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl))
return false;
}
return function_section (decl) == section;
}
/* Return nonzero if a 32-bit "long_call" should be generated for
a call from the current function to DECL. We generate a long_call
if the function:
a. has an __attribute__((long call))
or b. is within the scope of a #pragma long_calls
or c. the -mlong-calls command line switch has been specified
However we do not generate a long call if the function:
d. has an __attribute__ ((short_call))
or e. is inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls
or f. is defined in the same section as the current function. */
bool
arm_is_long_call_p (tree decl)
{
tree attrs;
if (!decl)
return TARGET_LONG_CALLS;
attrs = TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
if (lookup_attribute ("short_call", attrs))
return false;
/* For "f", be conservative, and only cater for cases in which the
whole of the current function is placed in the same section. */
if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& arm_function_in_section_p (decl, current_function_section ()))
return false;
if (lookup_attribute ("long_call", attrs))
return true;
return TARGET_LONG_CALLS;
}
/* Return nonzero if it is ok to make a tail-call to DECL. */
static bool
arm_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl, tree exp)
{
unsigned long func_type;
if (cfun->machine->sibcall_blocked)
return false;
/* Never tailcall something for which we have no decl, or if we
are generating code for Thumb-1. */
if (decl == NULL || TARGET_THUMB1)
return false;
/* The PIC register is live on entry to VxWorks PLT entries, so we
must make the call before restoring the PIC register. */
if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP && flag_pic && !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
return false;
/* Cannot tail-call to long calls, since these are out of range of
a branch instruction. */
if (arm_is_long_call_p (decl))
return false;
/* If we are interworking and the function is not declared static
then we can't tail-call it unless we know that it exists in this
compilation unit (since it might be a Thumb routine). */
if (TARGET_INTERWORK && TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
return false;
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
/* Never tailcall from an ISR routine - it needs a special exit sequence. */
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
return false;
if (!VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl))))
{
/* Check that the return value locations are the same. For
example that we aren't returning a value from the sibling in
a VFP register but then need to transfer it to a core
register. */
rtx a, b;
a = arm_function_value (TREE_TYPE (exp), decl, false);
b = arm_function_value (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl)),
cfun->decl, false);
if (!rtx_equal_p (a, b))
return false;
}
/* Never tailcall if function may be called with a misaligned SP. */
if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
return false;
/* The AAPCS says that, on bare-metal, calls to unresolved weak
references should become a NOP. Don't convert such calls into
sibling calls. */
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& arm_abi == ARM_ABI_AAPCS
&& DECL_WEAK (decl))
return false;
/* Everything else is ok. */
return true;
}
/* Addressing mode support functions. */
/* Return nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate operand when compiling
for PIC. We know that X satisfies CONSTANT_P and flag_pic is true. */
int
legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
{
if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF))
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Record that the current function needs a PIC register. Initialize
cfun->machine->pic_reg if we have not already done so. */
static void
require_pic_register (void)
{
/* A lot of the logic here is made obscure by the fact that this
routine gets called as part of the rtx cost estimation process.
We don't want those calls to affect any assumptions about the real
function; and further, we can't call entry_of_function() until we
start the real expansion process. */
if (!crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
{
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
if (arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
{
if (!cfun->machine->pic_reg)
cfun->machine->pic_reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, arm_pic_register);
/* Play games to avoid marking the function as needing pic
if we are being called as part of the cost-estimation
process. */
if (current_ir_type () != IR_GIMPLE || currently_expanding_to_rtl)
crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
}
else
{
rtx seq, insn;
if (!cfun->machine->pic_reg)
cfun->machine->pic_reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
/* Play games to avoid marking the function as needing pic
if we are being called as part of the cost-estimation
process. */
if (current_ir_type () != IR_GIMPLE || currently_expanding_to_rtl)
{
crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
start_sequence ();
arm_load_pic_register (0UL);
seq = get_insns ();
end_sequence ();
for (insn = seq; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
if (INSN_P (insn))
INSN_LOCATOR (insn) = prologue_locator;
/* We can be called during expansion of PHI nodes, where
we can't yet emit instructions directly in the final
insn stream. Queue the insns on the entry edge, they will
be committed after everything else is expanded. */
insert_insn_on_edge (seq, single_succ_edge (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR));
}
}
}
}
rtx
legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode, rtx reg)
{
if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF
|| GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
{
rtx insn;
if (reg == 0)
{
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
}
/* VxWorks does not impose a fixed gap between segments; the run-time
gap can be different from the object-file gap. We therefore can't
use GOTOFF unless we are absolutely sure that the symbol is in the
same segment as the GOT. Unfortunately, the flexibility of linker
scripts means that we can't be sure of that in general, so assume
that GOTOFF is never valid on VxWorks. */
if ((GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF &&
SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (orig)))
&& NEED_GOT_RELOC
&& !TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
insn = arm_pic_static_addr (orig, reg);
else
{
rtx pat;
rtx mem;
/* If this function doesn't have a pic register, create one now. */
require_pic_register ();
pat = gen_calculate_pic_address (reg, cfun->machine->pic_reg, orig);
/* Make the MEM as close to a constant as possible. */
mem = SET_SRC (pat);
gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem) && !MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem));
MEM_READONLY_P (mem) = 1;
MEM_NOTRAP_P (mem) = 1;
insn = emit_insn (pat);
}
/* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
by loop. */
set_unique_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, orig);
return reg;
}
else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
{
rtx base, offset;
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
&& XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == cfun->machine->pic_reg)
return orig;
/* Handle the case where we have: const (UNSPEC_TLS). */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (XEXP (orig, 0), 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return orig;
/* Handle the case where we have:
const (plus (UNSPEC_TLS) (ADDEND)). The ADDEND must be a
CONST_INT. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0)) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
{
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
return orig;
}
if (reg == 0)
{
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
}
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS);
base = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
offset = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
base == reg ? 0 : reg);
if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
{
/* The base register doesn't really matter, we only want to
test the index for the appropriate mode. */
if (!arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, offset, SET, 0))
{
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
}
if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
}
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 4
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|| TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT))
{
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (reg, base, offset));
return reg;
}
return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
}
return orig;
}
/* Find a spare register to use during the prolog of a function. */
static int
thumb_find_work_register (unsigned long pushed_regs_mask)
{
int reg;
/* Check the argument registers first as these are call-used. The
register allocation order means that sometimes r3 might be used
but earlier argument registers might not, so check them all. */
for (reg = LAST_ARG_REGNUM; reg >= 0; reg --)
if (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg))
return reg;
/* Before going on to check the call-saved registers we can try a couple
more ways of deducing that r3 is available. The first is when we are
pushing anonymous arguments onto the stack and we have less than 4
registers worth of fixed arguments(*). In this case r3 will be part of
the variable argument list and so we can be sure that it will be
pushed right at the start of the function. Hence it will be available
for the rest of the prologue.
(*): ie crtl->args.pretend_args_size is greater than 0. */
if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
&& crtl->args.pretend_args_size > 0)
return LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
/* The other case is when we have fixed arguments but less than 4 registers
worth. In this case r3 might be used in the body of the function, but
it is not being used to convey an argument into the function. In theory
we could just check crtl->args.size to see how many bytes are
being passed in argument registers, but it seems that it is unreliable.
Sometimes it will have the value 0 when in fact arguments are being
passed. (See testcase execute/20021111-1.c for an example). So we also
check the args_info.nregs field as well. The problem with this field is
that it makes no allowances for arguments that are passed to the
function but which are not used. Hence we could miss an opportunity
when a function has an unused argument in r3. But it is better to be
safe than to be sorry. */
if (! cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args
&& crtl->args.size >= 0
&& crtl->args.size <= (LAST_ARG_REGNUM * UNITS_PER_WORD)
&& crtl->args.info.nregs < 4)
return LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
/* Otherwise look for a call-saved register that is going to be pushed. */
for (reg = LAST_LO_REGNUM; reg > LAST_ARG_REGNUM; reg --)
if (pushed_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
return reg;
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
/* Thumb-2 can use high regs. */
for (reg = FIRST_HI_REGNUM; reg < 15; reg ++)
if (pushed_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
return reg;
}
/* Something went wrong - thumb_compute_save_reg_mask()
should have arranged for a suitable register to be pushed. */
gcc_unreachable ();
}
static GTY(()) int pic_labelno;
/* Generate code to load the PIC register. In thumb mode SCRATCH is a
low register. */
void
arm_load_pic_register (unsigned long saved_regs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
rtx l1, labelno, pic_tmp, pic_rtx, pic_reg;
if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table == 0 || TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE)
return;
gcc_assert (flag_pic);
pic_reg = cfun->machine->pic_reg;
if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
{
pic_rtx = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, VXWORKS_GOTT_BASE);
pic_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, pic_rtx);
emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_32bit (pic_reg, pic_rtx));
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (Pmode, pic_reg, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, pic_reg)));
pic_tmp = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, VXWORKS_GOTT_INDEX);
emit_insn (gen_pic_offset_arm (pic_reg, pic_reg, pic_tmp));
}
else
{
/* We use an UNSPEC rather than a LABEL_REF because this label
never appears in the code stream. */
labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
l1 = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
l1 = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, l1);
/* On the ARM the PC register contains 'dot + 8' at the time of the
addition, on the Thumb it is 'dot + 4'. */
pic_rtx = plus_constant (l1, TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4);
pic_rtx = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, pic_rtx),
UNSPEC_GOTSYM_OFF);
pic_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, pic_rtx);
if (TARGET_32BIT)
{
emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_unified (pic_reg, pic_rtx, labelno));
}
else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
{
if (arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
&& REGNO (pic_reg) > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
{
/* We will have pushed the pic register, so we should always be
able to find a work register. */
pic_tmp = gen_rtx_REG (SImode,
thumb_find_work_register (saved_regs));
emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_thumb1 (pic_tmp, pic_rtx));
emit_insn (gen_movsi (pic_offset_table_rtx, pic_tmp));
emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (pic_reg, pic_reg, labelno));
}
else
emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_unified (pic_reg, pic_rtx, labelno));
}
}
/* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up. */
emit_use (pic_reg);
}
/* Generate code to load the address of a static var when flag_pic is set. */
static rtx
arm_pic_static_addr (rtx orig, rtx reg)
{
rtx l1, labelno, offset_rtx, insn;
gcc_assert (flag_pic);
/* We use an UNSPEC rather than a LABEL_REF because this label
never appears in the code stream. */
labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
l1 = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
l1 = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, l1);
/* On the ARM the PC register contains 'dot + 8' at the time of the
addition, on the Thumb it is 'dot + 4'. */
offset_rtx = plus_constant (l1, TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4);
offset_rtx = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, orig, offset_rtx),
UNSPEC_SYMBOL_OFFSET);
offset_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, offset_rtx);
insn = emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr_unified (reg, offset_rtx, labelno));
return insn;
}
/* Return nonzero if X is valid as an ARM state addressing register. */
static int
arm_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
{
int regno;
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
return 0;
regno = REGNO (x);
if (strict_p)
return ARM_REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno);
return (regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
|| regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|| regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM);
}
/* Return TRUE if this rtx is the difference of a symbol and a label,
and will reduce to a PC-relative relocation in the object file.
Expressions like this can be left alone when generating PIC, rather
than forced through the GOT. */
static int
pcrel_constant_p (rtx x)
{
if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
return symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0)) && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 1));
return FALSE;
}
/* Return true if X will surely end up in an index register after next
splitting pass. */
static bool
will_be_in_index_register (const_rtx x)
{
/* arm.md: calculate_pic_address will split this into a register. */
return GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_SYM);
}
/* Return nonzero if X is a valid ARM state address operand. */
int
arm_legitimate_address_outer_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, RTX_CODE outer,
int strict_p)
{
bool use_ldrd;
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict_p))
return 1;
use_ldrd = (TARGET_LDRD
&& (mode == DImode
|| (mode == DFmode && (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP))));
if (code == POST_INC || code == PRE_DEC
|| ((code == PRE_INC || code == POST_DEC)
&& (use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)))
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p);
else if ((code == POST_MODIFY || code == PRE_MODIFY)
&& arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), XEXP (x, 0)))
{
rtx addend = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
/* Don't allow ldrd post increment by register because it's hard
to fixup invalid register choices. */
if (use_ldrd
&& GET_CODE (x) == POST_MODIFY
&& GET_CODE (addend) == REG)
return 0;
return ((use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
&& arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, addend, outer, strict_p));
}
/* After reload constants split into minipools will have addresses
from a LABEL_REF. */
else if (reload_completed
&& (code == LABEL_REF
|| (code == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return 1;
else if (mode == TImode || (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
return 0;
else if (code == PLUS)
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
&& ((GET_CODE(xop1) == CONST_INT
&& arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, outer, strict_p))
|| (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (xop1))))
|| (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict_p)
&& arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, outer, strict_p)));
}
#if 0
/* Reload currently can't handle MINUS, so disable this for now */
else if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
&& arm_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, outer, strict_p));
}
#endif
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
&& code == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
&& ! (flag_pic
&& symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
&& ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Return nonzero if X is a valid Thumb-2 address operand. */
static int
thumb2_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict_p)
{
bool use_ldrd;
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict_p))
return 1;
use_ldrd = (TARGET_LDRD
&& (mode == DImode
|| (mode == DFmode && (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP))));
if (code == POST_INC || code == PRE_DEC
|| ((code == PRE_INC || code == POST_DEC)
&& (use_ldrd || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)))
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p);
else if ((code == POST_MODIFY || code == PRE_MODIFY)
&& arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), XEXP (x, 0)))
{
/* Thumb-2 only has autoincrement by constant. */
rtx addend = XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1);
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
if (GET_CODE (addend) != CONST_INT)
return 0;
offset = INTVAL(addend);
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
return (offset > -256 && offset < 256);
return (use_ldrd && offset > -1024 && offset < 1024
&& (offset & 3) == 0);
}
/* After reload constants split into minipools will have addresses
from a LABEL_REF. */
else if (reload_completed
&& (code == LABEL_REF
|| (code == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return 1;
else if (mode == TImode || (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
return 0;
else if (code == PLUS)
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict_p)
&& (thumb2_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, strict_p)
|| (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (xop1))))
|| (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict_p)
&& thumb2_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, strict_p)));
}
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
&& code == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
&& ! (flag_pic
&& symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
&& ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Return nonzero if INDEX is valid for an address index operand in
ARM state. */
static int
arm_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, RTX_CODE outer,
int strict_p)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT range;
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);
/* Standard coprocessor addressing modes. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
&& (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
|| (TARGET_MAVERICK && mode == DImode)))
return (code == CONST_INT && INTVAL (index) < 1024
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
/* For quad modes, we restrict the constant offset to be slightly less
than what the instruction format permits. We do this because for
quad mode moves, we will actually decompose them into two separate
double-mode reads or writes. INDEX must therefore be a valid
(double-mode) offset and so should INDEX+8. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1016
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
/* We have no such constraint on double mode offsets, so we permit the
full range of the instruction format. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode))
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1024
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1024
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p)
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4))
return 1;
if (mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
{
if (code == CONST_INT)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (index);
if (TARGET_LDRD)
return val > -256 && val < 256;
else
return val > -4096 && val < 4092;
}
return TARGET_LDRD && arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p);
}
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4
&& ! (arm_arch4
&& (mode == HImode
|| mode == HFmode
|| (mode == QImode && outer == SIGN_EXTEND))))
{
if (code == MULT)
{
rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);
return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
&& power_of_two_operand (xiop1, SImode))
|| (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
&& power_of_two_operand (xiop0, SImode)));
}
else if (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT
|| code == ASHIFT || code == ROTATERT)
{
rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);
return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (op) > 0
&& INTVAL (op) <= 31);
}
}
/* For ARM v4 we may be doing a sign-extend operation during the
load. */
if (arm_arch4)
{
if (mode == HImode
|| mode == HFmode
|| (outer == SIGN_EXTEND && mode == QImode))
range = 256;
else
range = 4096;
}
else
range = (mode == HImode || mode == HFmode) ? 4095 : 4096;
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < range
&& INTVAL (index) > -range);
}
/* Return true if OP is a valid index scaling factor for Thumb-2 address
index operand. i.e. 1, 2, 4 or 8. */
static bool
thumb2_index_mul_operand (rtx op)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
if (GET_CODE(op) != CONST_INT)
return false;
val = INTVAL(op);
return (val == 1 || val == 2 || val == 4 || val == 8);
}
/* Return nonzero if INDEX is a valid Thumb-2 address index operand. */
static int
thumb2_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, int strict_p)
{
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);
/* ??? Combine arm and thumb2 coprocessor addressing modes. */
/* Standard coprocessor addressing modes. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
&& (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
|| (TARGET_MAVERICK && mode == DImode)))
return (code == CONST_INT && INTVAL (index) < 1024
/* Thumb-2 allows only > -256 index range for it's core register
load/stores. Since we allow SF/DF in core registers, we have
to use the intersection between -256~4096 (core) and -1024~1024
(coprocessor). */
&& INTVAL (index) > -256
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT && VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
{
/* For DImode assume values will usually live in core regs
and only allow LDRD addressing modes. */
if (!TARGET_LDRD || mode != DImode)
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1024
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
}
/* For quad modes, we restrict the constant offset to be slightly less
than what the instruction format permits. We do this because for
quad mode moves, we will actually decompose them into two separate
double-mode reads or writes. INDEX must therefore be a valid
(double-mode) offset and so should INDEX+8. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1016
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
/* We have no such constraint on double mode offsets, so we permit the
full range of the instruction format. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode))
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 1024
&& INTVAL (index) > -1024
&& (INTVAL (index) & 3) == 0);
if (arm_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p)
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4))
return 1;
if (mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
{
if (code == CONST_INT)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (index);
/* ??? Can we assume ldrd for thumb2? */
/* Thumb-2 ldrd only has reg+const addressing modes. */
/* ldrd supports offsets of +-1020.
However the ldr fallback does not. */
return val > -256 && val < 256 && (val & 3) == 0;
}
else
return 0;
}
if (code == MULT)
{
rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);
return ((arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
&& thumb2_index_mul_operand (xiop1))
|| (arm_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
&& thumb2_index_mul_operand (xiop0)));
}
else if (code == ASHIFT)
{
rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);
return (arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (op) > 0
&& INTVAL (op) <= 3);
}
return (code == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (index) < 4096
&& INTVAL (index) > -256);
}
/* Return nonzero if X is valid as a 16-bit Thumb state base register. */
static int
thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, int strict_p)
{
int regno;
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
return 0;
regno = REGNO (x);
if (strict_p)
return THUMB1_REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode);
return (regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM
|| regno > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
|| regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
&& (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|| regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|| x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
|| x == arg_pointer_rtx)));
}
/* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate index register. This is the case
for any base register that can access a QImode object. */
inline static int
thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
{
return thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (x, QImode, strict_p);
}
/* Return nonzero if x is a legitimate 16-bit Thumb-state address.
The AP may be eliminated to either the SP or the FP, so we use the
least common denominator, e.g. SImode, and offsets from 0 to 64.
??? Verify whether the above is the right approach.
??? Also, the FP may be eliminated to the SP, so perhaps that
needs special handling also.
??? Look at how the mips16 port solves this problem. It probably uses
better ways to solve some of these problems.
Although it is not incorrect, we don't accept QImode and HImode
addresses based on the frame pointer or arg pointer until the
reload pass starts. This is so that eliminating such addresses
into stack based ones won't produce impossible code. */
int
thumb1_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict_p)
{
/* ??? Not clear if this is right. Experiment. */
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4
&& !(reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
&& (reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, x)
|| reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, x)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, x)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, x)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, x)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, x)))
return 0;
/* Accept any base register. SP only in SImode or larger. */
else if (thumb1_base_register_rtx_p (x, mode, strict_p))
return 1;
/* This is PC relative data before arm_reorg runs. */
else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4 && CONSTANT_P (x)
&& GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x) && !flag_pic)
return 1;
/* This is PC relative data after arm_reorg runs. */
else if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4 || mode == HFmode)
&& reload_completed
&& (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return 1;
/* Post-inc indexing only supported for SImode and larger. */
else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
&& thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p))
return 1;
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
{
/* REG+REG address can be any two index registers. */
/* We disallow FRAME+REG addressing since we know that FRAME
will be replaced with STACK, and SP relative addressing only
permits SP+OFFSET. */
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4
&& XEXP (x, 0) != frame_pointer_rtx
&& XEXP (x, 1) != frame_pointer_rtx
&& thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
&& (thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 1), strict_p)
|| (!strict_p && will_be_in_index_register (XEXP (x, 1)))))
return 1;
/* REG+const has 5-7 bit offset for non-SP registers. */
else if ((thumb1_index_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
|| XEXP (x, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& thumb_legitimate_offset_p (mode, INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
return 1;
/* REG+const has 10-bit offset for SP, but only SImode and
larger is supported. */
/* ??? Should probably check for DI/DFmode overflow here
just like GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_OFFSET does. */
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
&& INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 1024
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & 3) == 0)
return 1;
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
&& (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|| (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
&& REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))
<= LAST_VIRTUAL_POINTER_REGISTER))
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 4
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) & 3) == 0)
return 1;
}
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 4
&& GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
&& ! (flag_pic
&& symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
&& ! pcrel_constant_p (get_pool_constant (x))))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Return nonzero if VAL can be used as an offset in a Thumb-state address
instruction of mode MODE. */
int
thumb_legitimate_offset_p (enum machine_mode mode, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
{
switch (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
{
case 1:
return val >= 0 && val < 32;
case 2:
return val >= 0 && val < 64 && (val & 1) == 0;
default:
return (val >= 0
&& (val + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) <= 128
&& (val & 3) == 0);
}
}
bool
arm_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict_p)
{
if (TARGET_ARM)
return arm_legitimate_address_outer_p (mode, x, SET, strict_p);
else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
return thumb2_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, strict_p);
else /* if (TARGET_THUMB1) */
return thumb1_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, strict_p);
}
/* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */
static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc;
static rtx
get_tls_get_addr (void)
{
if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc)
tls_get_addr_libfunc = init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
return tls_get_addr_libfunc;
}
static rtx
arm_load_tp (rtx target)
{
if (!target)
target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
if (TARGET_HARD_TP)
{
/* Can return in any reg. */
emit_insn (gen_load_tp_hard (target));
}
else
{
/* Always returned in r0. Immediately copy the result into a pseudo,
otherwise other uses of r0 (e.g. setting up function arguments) may
clobber the value. */
rtx tmp;
emit_insn (gen_load_tp_soft ());
tmp = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0);
emit_move_insn (target, tmp);
}
return target;
}
static rtx
load_tls_operand (rtx x, rtx reg)
{
rtx tmp;
if (reg == NULL_RTX)
reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
tmp = gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (reg, tmp);
return reg;
}
static rtx
arm_call_tls_get_addr (rtx x, rtx reg, rtx *valuep, int reloc)
{
rtx insns, label, labelno, sum;
gcc_assert (reloc != TLS_DESCSEQ);
start_sequence ();
labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
label = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
label = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, label);
sum = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
gen_rtvec (4, x, GEN_INT (reloc), label,
GEN_INT (TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4)),
UNSPEC_TLS);
reg = load_tls_operand (sum, reg);
if (TARGET_ARM)
emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_eight (reg, reg, labelno));
else
emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
*valuep = emit_library_call_value (get_tls_get_addr (), NULL_RTX,
LCT_PURE, /* LCT_CONST? */
Pmode, 1, reg, Pmode);
insns = get_insns ();
end_sequence ();
return insns;
}
static rtx
arm_tls_descseq_addr (rtx x, rtx reg)
{
rtx labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
rtx label = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
rtx sum = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
gen_rtvec (4, x, GEN_INT (TLS_DESCSEQ),
gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, label),
GEN_INT (!TARGET_ARM)),
UNSPEC_TLS);
rtx reg0 = load_tls_operand (sum, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0));
emit_insn (gen_tlscall (x, labelno));
if (!reg)
reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
else
gcc_assert (REGNO (reg) != 0);
emit_move_insn (reg, reg0);
return reg;
}
rtx
legitimize_tls_address (rtx x, rtx reg)
{
rtx dest, tp, label, labelno, sum, insns, ret, eqv, addend;
unsigned int model = SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x);
switch (model)
{
case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC:
if (TARGET_GNU2_TLS)
{
reg = arm_tls_descseq_addr (x, reg);
tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);
dest = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);
}
else
{
/* Original scheme */
insns = arm_call_tls_get_addr (x, reg, &ret, TLS_GD32);
dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, ret, x);
}
return dest;
case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC:
if (TARGET_GNU2_TLS)
{
reg = arm_tls_descseq_addr (x, reg);
tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);
dest = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);
}
else
{
insns = arm_call_tls_get_addr (x, reg, &ret, TLS_LDM32);
/* Attach a unique REG_EQUIV, to allow the RTL optimizers to
share the LDM result with other LD model accesses. */
eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const1_rtx),
UNSPEC_TLS);
dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, ret, eqv);
/* Load the addend. */
addend = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, x,
GEN_INT (TLS_LDO32)),
UNSPEC_TLS);
addend = force_reg (SImode, gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, addend));
dest = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, dest, addend);
}
return dest;
case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC:
labelno = GEN_INT (pic_labelno++);
label = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, labelno), UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL);
label = gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, label);
sum = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
gen_rtvec (4, x, GEN_INT (TLS_IE32), label,
GEN_INT (TARGET_ARM ? 8 : 4)),
UNSPEC_TLS);
reg = load_tls_operand (sum, reg);
if (TARGET_ARM)
emit_insn (gen_tls_load_dot_plus_eight (reg, reg, labelno));
else if (TARGET_THUMB2)
emit_insn (gen_tls_load_dot_plus_four (reg, NULL, reg, labelno));
else
{
emit_insn (gen_pic_add_dot_plus_four (reg, reg, labelno));
emit_move_insn (reg, gen_const_mem (SImode, reg));
}
tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);
return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);
case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC:
tp = arm_load_tp (NULL_RTX);
reg = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
gen_rtvec (2, x, GEN_INT (TLS_LE32)),
UNSPEC_TLS);
reg = force_reg (SImode, gen_rtx_CONST (SImode, reg));
return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, tp, reg);
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
rtx
arm_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx orig_x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (!TARGET_ARM)
{
/* TODO: legitimize_address for Thumb2. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
return x;
return thumb_legitimize_address (x, orig_x, mode);
}
if (arm_tls_symbol_p (x))
return legitimize_tls_address (x, NULL_RTX);
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
if (CONSTANT_P (xop0) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop0))
xop0 = force_reg (SImode, xop0);
if (CONSTANT_P (xop1) && !symbol_mentioned_p (xop1))
xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);
if (ARM_BASE_REGISTER_RTX_P (xop0)
&& GET_CODE (xop1) == CONST_INT)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT n, low_n;
rtx base_reg, val;
n = INTVAL (xop1);
/* VFP addressing modes actually allow greater offsets, but for
now we just stick with the lowest common denominator. */
if (mode == DImode
|| ((TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_VFP) && mode == DFmode))
{
low_n = n & 0x0f;
n &= ~0x0f;
if (low_n > 4)
{
n += 16;
low_n -= 16;
}
}
else
{
low_n = ((mode) == TImode ? 0
: n >= 0 ? (n & 0xfff) : -((-n) & 0xfff));
n -= low_n;
}
base_reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
val = force_operand (plus_constant (xop0, n), NULL_RTX);
emit_move_insn (base_reg, val);
x = plus_constant (base_reg, low_n);
}
else if (xop0 != XEXP (x, 0) || xop1 != XEXP (x, 1))
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
}
/* XXX We don't allow MINUS any more -- see comment in
arm_legitimate_address_outer_p (). */
else if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
if (CONSTANT_P (xop0))
xop0 = force_reg (SImode, xop0);
if (CONSTANT_P (xop1) && ! symbol_mentioned_p (xop1))
xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);
if (xop0 != XEXP (x, 0) || xop1 != XEXP (x, 1))
x = gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
}
/* Make sure to take full advantage of the pre-indexed addressing mode
with absolute addresses which often allows for the base register to
be factorized for multiple adjacent memory references, and it might
even allows for the mini pool to be avoided entirely. */
else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && optimize > 0)
{
unsigned int bits;
HOST_WIDE_INT mask, base, index;
rtx base_reg;
/* ldr and ldrb can use a 12-bit index, ldrsb and the rest can only
use a 8-bit index. So let's use a 12-bit index for SImode only and
hope that arm_gen_constant will enable ldrb to use more bits. */
bits = (mode == SImode) ? 12 : 8;
mask = (1 << bits) - 1;
base = INTVAL (x) & ~mask;
index = INTVAL (x) & mask;
if (bit_count (base & 0xffffffff) > (32 - bits)/2)
{
/* It'll most probably be more efficient to generate the base
with more bits set and use a negative index instead. */
base |= mask;
index -= mask;
}
base_reg = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (base));
x = plus_constant (base_reg, index);
}
if (flag_pic)
{
/* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
references; so go back to the original address expression. */
rtx new_x = legitimize_pic_address (orig_x, mode, NULL_RTX);
if (new_x != orig_x)
x = new_x;
}
return x;
}
/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate Thumb address
to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
rtx
thumb_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx orig_x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (arm_tls_symbol_p (x))
return legitimize_tls_address (x, NULL_RTX);
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
|| INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0))
{
rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = INTVAL (xop1);
/* Try and fold the offset into a biasing of the base register and
then offsetting that. Don't do this when optimizing for space
since it can cause too many CSEs. */
if (optimize_size && offset >= 0
&& offset < 256 + 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
if (offset >= 256)
delta = offset - (256 - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
else if (offset < 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + 8)
delta = 31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
else
delta = offset & (~31 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
xop0 = force_operand (plus_constant (xop0, offset - delta),
NULL_RTX);
x = plus_constant (xop0, delta);
}
else if (offset < 0 && offset > -256)
/* Small negative offsets are best done with a subtract before the
dereference, forcing these into a register normally takes two
instructions. */
x = force_operand (x, NULL_RTX);
else
{
/* For the remaining cases, force the constant into a register. */
xop1 = force_reg (SImode, xop1);
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, xop1);
}
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
&& s_register_operand (XEXP (x, 1), SImode)
&& !s_register_operand (XEXP (x, 0), SImode))
{
rtx xop0 = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX);
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, xop0, XEXP (x, 1));
}
if (flag_pic)
{
/* We need to find and carefully transform any SYMBOL and LABEL
references; so go back to the original address expression. */
rtx new_x = legitimize_pic_address (orig_x, mode, NULL_RTX);
if (new_x != orig_x)
x = new_x;
}
return x;
}
bool
arm_legitimize_reload_address (rtx *p,
enum machine_mode mode,
int opnum, int type,
int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
/* We must recognize output that we have already generated ourselves. */
if (GET_CODE (*p) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 0)) == REG
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (*p, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
push_reload (XEXP (*p, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (*p, 0), NULL,
MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), GET_MODE (*p),
VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
return true;
}
if (GET_CODE (*p) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 0)) == REG
&& ARM_REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (XEXP (*p, 0)))
/* If the base register is equivalent to a constant, let the generic
code handle it. Otherwise we will run into problems if a future
reload pass decides to rematerialize the constant. */
&& !reg_equiv_constant (ORIGINAL_REGNO (XEXP (*p, 0)))
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (*p, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (XEXP (*p, 1));
HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;
/* Detect coprocessor load/stores. */
bool coproc_p = ((TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (TARGET_VFP || TARGET_FPA || TARGET_MAVERICK)
&& (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode
|| (mode == DImode && TARGET_MAVERICK)))
|| (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
&& VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode))
|| (TARGET_NEON
&& (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)
|| VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))));
/* For some conditions, bail out when lower two bits are unaligned. */
if ((val & 0x3) != 0
/* Coprocessor load/store indexes are 8-bits + '00' appended. */
&& (coproc_p
/* For DI, and DF under soft-float: */
|| ((mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
/* Without ldrd, we use stm/ldm, which does not
fair well with unaligned bits. */
&& (! TARGET_LDRD
/* Thumb-2 ldrd/strd is [-1020,+1020] in steps of 4. */
|| TARGET_THUMB2))))
return false;
/* When breaking down a [reg+index] reload address into [(reg+high)+low],
of which the (reg+high) gets turned into a reload add insn,
we try to decompose the index into high/low values that can often
also lead to better reload CSE.
For example:
ldr r0, [r2, #4100] // Offset too large
ldr r1, [r2, #4104] // Offset too large
is best reloaded as:
add t1, r2, #4096
ldr r0, [t1, #4]
add t2, r2, #4096
ldr r1, [t2, #8]
which post-reload CSE can simplify in most cases to eliminate the
second add instruction:
add t1, r2, #4096
ldr r0, [t1, #4]
ldr r1, [t1, #8]
The idea here is that we want to split out the bits of the constant
as a mask, rather than as subtracting the maximum offset that the
respective type of load/store used can handle.
When encountering negative offsets, we can still utilize it even if
the overall offset is positive; sometimes this may lead to an immediate
that can be constructed with fewer instructions.
For example:
ldr r0, [r2, #0x3FFFFC]
This is best reloaded as:
add t1, r2, #0x400000
ldr r0, [t1, #-4]
The trick for spotting this for a load insn with N bits of offset
(i.e. bits N-1:0) is to look at bit N; if it is set, then chose a
negative offset that is going to make bit N and all the bits below
it become zero in the remainder part.
The SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS macro below implements this, with respect
to sign-magnitude addressing (i.e. separate +- bit, or 1's complement),
used in most cases of ARM load/store instructions. */
#define SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS(VAL, N) \
(((VAL) & ((1 << (N)) - 1)) \
? (((VAL) & ((1 << ((N) + 1)) - 1)) ^ (1 << (N))) - (1 << (N)) \
: 0)
if (coproc_p)
{
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 10);
/* NEON quad-word load/stores are made of two double-word accesses,
so the valid index range is reduced by 8. Treat as 9-bit range if
we go over it. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode) && low >= 1016)
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 9);
}
else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
low = (TARGET_THUMB2
? SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 10)
: SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8));
else
/* For pre-ARMv5TE (without ldrd), we use ldm/stm(db/da/ib)
to access doublewords. The supported load/store offsets are
-8, -4, and 4, which we try to produce here. */
low = ((val & 0xf) ^ 0x8) - 0x8;
}
else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 8)
{
/* NEON element load/stores do not have an offset. */
if (TARGET_NEON_FP16 && mode == HFmode)
return false;
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
/* Thumb-2 has an asymmetrical index range of (-256,4096).
Try the wider 12-bit range first, and re-try if the result
is out of range. */
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
if (low < -255)
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8);
}
else
{
if (mode == HImode || mode == HFmode)
{
if (arm_arch4)
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 8);
else
{
/* The storehi/movhi_bytes fallbacks can use only
[-4094,+4094] of the full ldrb/strb index range. */
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
if (low == 4095 || low == -4095)
return false;
}
}
else
low = SIGN_MAG_LOW_ADDR_BITS (val, 12);
}
}
else
return false;
high = ((((val - low) & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
^ (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
- (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);
/* Check for overflow or zero */
if (low == 0 || high == 0 || (high + low != val))
return false;
/* Reload the high part into a base reg; leave the low part
in the mem. */
*p = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (*p),
gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (*p), XEXP (*p, 0),
GEN_INT (high)),
GEN_INT (low));
push_reload (XEXP (*p, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (*p, 0), NULL,
MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), GET_MODE (*p),
VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
return true;
}
return false;
}
rtx
thumb_legitimize_reload_address (rtx *x_p,
enum machine_mode mode,
int opnum, int type,
int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
rtx x = *x_p;
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4
&& REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& XEXP (x, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& !thumb_legitimate_offset_p (mode, INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
{
rtx orig_x = x;
x = copy_rtx (x);
push_reload (orig_x, NULL_RTX, x_p, NULL, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
Pmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
return x;
}
/* If both registers are hi-regs, then it's better to reload the
entire expression rather than each register individually. That
only requires one reload register rather than two. */
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
&& REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& REG_P (XEXP (x, 1))
&& !REG_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (XEXP (x, 0), mode)
&& !REG_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (XEXP (x, 1), mode))
{
rtx orig_x = x;
x = copy_rtx (x);
push_reload (orig_x, NULL_RTX, x_p, NULL, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
Pmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, (enum reload_type) type);
return x;
}
return NULL;
}
/* Test for various thread-local symbols. */
/* Return TRUE if X is a thread-local symbol. */
static bool
arm_tls_symbol_p (rtx x)
{
if (! TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
return false;
if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
return false;
return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) != 0;
}
/* Helper for arm_tls_referenced_p. */
static int
arm_tls_operand_p_1 (rtx *x, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (GET_CODE (*x) == SYMBOL_REF)
return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (*x) != 0;
/* Don't recurse into UNSPEC_TLS looking for TLS symbols; these are
TLS offsets, not real symbol references. */
if (GET_CODE (*x) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (*x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return -1;
return 0;
}
/* Return TRUE if X contains any TLS symbol references. */
bool
arm_tls_referenced_p (rtx x)
{
if (! TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
return false;
return for_each_rtx (&x, arm_tls_operand_p_1, NULL);
}
/* Implement TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P.
On the ARM, allow any integer (invalid ones are removed later by insn
patterns), nice doubles and symbol_refs which refer to the function's
constant pool XXX.
When generating pic allow anything. */
static bool
arm_legitimate_constant_p_1 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
{
/* At present, we have no support for Neon structure constants, so forbid
them here. It might be possible to handle simple cases like 0 and -1
in future. */
if (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode))
return false;
return flag_pic || !label_mentioned_p (x);
}
static bool
thumb_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx x)
{
return (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|| CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x)
|| flag_pic);
}
static bool
arm_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
{
return (!arm_cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x)
&& (TARGET_32BIT
? arm_legitimate_constant_p_1 (mode, x)
: thumb_legitimate_constant_p (mode, x)));
}
/* Implement TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM. */
static bool
arm_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx x)
{
rtx base, offset;
if (ARM_OFFSETS_MUST_BE_WITHIN_SECTIONS_P)
{
split_const (x, &base, &offset);
if (GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF
&& !offset_within_block_p (base, INTVAL (offset)))
return true;
}
return arm_tls_referenced_p (x);
}
#define REG_OR_SUBREG_REG(X) \
(GET_CODE (X) == REG \
|| (GET_CODE (X) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (X)) == REG))
#define REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX(X) \
(GET_CODE (X) == REG ? (X) : SUBREG_REG (X))
static inline int
thumb1_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
int total;
switch (code)
{
case ASHIFT:
case ASHIFTRT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ROTATERT:
case PLUS:
case MINUS:
case COMPARE:
case NEG:
case NOT:
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
case MULT:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
int cycles = 0;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
while (i)
{
i >>= 2;
cycles++;
}
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + cycles;
}
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 16;
case SET:
return (COSTS_N_INSNS (1)
+ 4 * ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == MEM)
+ GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == MEM));
case CONST_INT:
if (outer == SET)
{
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) < 256)
return 0;
if (thumb_shiftable_const (INTVAL (x)))
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
}
else if ((outer == PLUS || outer == COMPARE)
&& INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) > -256)
return 0;
else if ((outer == IOR || outer == XOR || outer == AND)
&& INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) >= -256)
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else if (outer == AND)
{
int i;
/* This duplicates the tests in the andsi3 expander. */
for (i = 9; i <= 31; i++)
if ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == INTVAL (x)
|| (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == ~INTVAL (x))
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
}
else if (outer == ASHIFT || outer == ASHIFTRT
|| outer == LSHIFTRT)
return 0;
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
case CONST:
case CONST_DOUBLE:
case LABEL_REF:
case SYMBOL_REF:
return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
case UDIV:
case UMOD:
case DIV:
case MOD:
return 100;
case TRUNCATE:
return 99;
case AND:
case XOR:
case IOR:
/* XXX guess. */
return 8;
case MEM:
/* XXX another guess. */
/* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
+ ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
? 4 : 0));
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
/* XXX a guess. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
return 14;
return 2;
case SIGN_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTEND:
total = mode == DImode ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : 0;
total += thumb1_rtx_costs (XEXP (x, 0), GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)), code);
if (mode == SImode)
return total;
if (arm_arch6)
return total + COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
/* Assume a two-shift sequence. Increase the cost slightly so
we prefer actual shifts over an extend operation. */
return total + 1 + COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
default:
return 99;
}
}
static inline bool
arm_rtx_costs_1 (rtx x, enum rtx_code outer, int* total, bool speed)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
enum rtx_code subcode;
rtx operand;
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
*total = 0;
switch (code)
{
case MEM:
/* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return true;
case DIV:
case MOD:
case UDIV:
case UMOD:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && mode == SFmode)
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
else if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
case ROTATE:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1); /* Need to subtract from 32 */
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
*total = rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
/* Fall through */
case ROTATERT:
if (mode != SImode)
{
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case ASHIFT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return true;
}
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
/* Increase the cost of complex shifts because they aren't any faster,
and reduce dual issue opportunities. */
if (arm_tune_cortex_a9
&& outer != SET && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
++*total;
return true;
case MINUS:
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0))))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
return false;
}
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
&& arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 0)))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
&& arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 1)))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0))))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
}
subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1));
if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
|| subcode == LSHIFTRT
|| subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
/* A shift as a part of RSB costs no more than RSB itself. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), code, 0, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
}
if (subcode == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1), SImode))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) == RTX_COMPARE
|| GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1))) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case PLUS:
if (code == PLUS && arm_arch6 && mode == SImode
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
0, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
}
/* MLA: All arguments must be registers. We filter out
multiplication by a power of two, so that we fall down into
the code below. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
&& !power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
{
/* The cost comes from the cost of the multiply. */
return false;
}
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
&& arm_const_double_rtx (XEXP (x, 1)))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
}
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == RTX_COMPARE
|| GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case AND: case XOR: case IOR:
/* Normally the frame registers will be spilt into reg+const during
reload, so it is a bad idea to combine them with other instructions,
since then they might not be moved outside of loops. As a compromise
we allow integration with ops that have a constant as their second
operand. */
if (REG_OR_SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))
&& ARM_FRAME_RTX (REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (XEXP (x, 0)))
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
return false;
}
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
|| subcode == LSHIFTRT
|| subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
if (subcode == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
if (subcode == UMIN || subcode == UMAX
|| subcode == SMIN || subcode == SMAX)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return true;
}
return false;
case MULT:
/* This should have been handled by the CPU specific routines. */
gcc_unreachable ();
case TRUNCATE:
if (arm_arch3m && mode == SImode
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == LSHIFTRT
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == MULT
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0))
== GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1)))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
{
*total = rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), LSHIFTRT, 0, speed);
return true;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2); /* Plus the cost of the MULT */
return false;
case NEG:
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
}
/* Fall through */
case NOT:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS(mode));
if (mode == SImode && code == NOT)
{
subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
|| subcode == LSHIFTRT
|| subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT
|| (subcode == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode)))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
/* Register shifts cost an extra cycle. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1),
subcode, 1, speed);
return true;
}
}
return false;
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return true;
}
operand = XEXP (x, 0);
if (!((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == RTX_COMPARE
|| GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == RTX_COMM_COMPARE)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0)) == CC_REGNUM))
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
*total += (rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed)
+ rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 2), code, 2, speed));
return true;
case NE:
if (mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
goto scc_insn;
case GE:
if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
&& mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
goto scc_insn;
case LT:
if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG || REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) != CC_REGNUM)
&& mode == SImode && XEXP (x, 1) == const0_rtx)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
goto scc_insn;
case EQ:
case GT:
case LE:
case GEU:
case LTU:
case GTU:
case LEU:
case UNORDERED:
case ORDERED:
case UNEQ:
case UNGE:
case UNLT:
case UNGT:
case UNLE:
scc_insn:
/* SCC insns. In the case where the comparison has already been
performed, then they cost 2 instructions. Otherwise they need
an additional comparison before them. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == CC_REGNUM)
{
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case COMPARE:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == CC_REGNUM)
{
*total = 0;
return true;
}
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& const_ok_for_op (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), code))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
if (subcode == ASHIFT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
|| subcode == LSHIFTRT
|| subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT)
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
if (subcode == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
{
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), subcode, 0, speed);
return true;
}
return false;
case UMIN:
case UMAX:
case SMIN:
case SMAX:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT
|| !const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))))
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, speed);
return true;
case ABS:
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (mode == DImode)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return false;
case SIGN_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTEND:
*total = 0;
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
{
rtx op = XEXP (x, 0);
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op);
if (mode == DImode)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
if (opmode != SImode)
{
if (MEM_P (op))
{
/* If !arm_arch4, we use one of the extendhisi2_mem
or movhi_bytes patterns for HImode. For a QImode
sign extension, we first zero-extend from memory
and then perform a shift sequence. */
if (!arm_arch4 && (opmode != QImode || code == SIGN_EXTEND))
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
}
else if (arm_arch6)
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
/* We don't have the necessary insn, so we need to perform some
other operation. */
else if (TARGET_ARM && code == ZERO_EXTEND && mode == QImode)
/* An and with constant 255. */
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else
/* A shift sequence. Increase costs slightly to avoid
combining two shifts into an extend operation. */
*total += COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + 1;
}
return false;
}
switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
{
case V8QImode:
case V4HImode:
case V2SImode:
case V4QImode:
case V2HImode:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
gcc_unreachable ();
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
case CONST_INT:
if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x))
|| const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x)))
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (arm_gen_constant (SET, mode, NULL_RTX,
INTVAL (x), NULL_RTX,
NULL_RTX, 0, 0));
return true;
case CONST:
case LABEL_REF:
case SYMBOL_REF:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return true;
case HIGH:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return true;
case LO_SUM:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
case CONST_DOUBLE:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && vfp3_const_double_rtx (x)
&& (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return true;
case SET:
return false;
case UNSPEC:
/* We cost this as high as our memory costs to allow this to
be hoisted from loops. */
if (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_UNIFIED)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
}
return true;
default:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return false;
}
}
/* Estimates the size cost of thumb1 instructions.
For now most of the code is copied from thumb1_rtx_costs. We need more
fine grain tuning when we have more related test cases. */
static inline int
thumb1_size_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
switch (code)
{
case ASHIFT:
case ASHIFTRT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ROTATERT:
case PLUS:
case MINUS:
case COMPARE:
case NEG:
case NOT:
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
case MULT:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
/* Thumb1 mul instruction can't operate on const. We must Load it
into a register first. */
int const_size = thumb1_size_rtx_costs (XEXP (x, 1), CONST_INT, SET);
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + const_size;
}
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
case SET:
return (COSTS_N_INSNS (1)
+ 4 * ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == MEM)
+ GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == MEM));
case CONST_INT:
if (outer == SET)
{
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (x) < 256)
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
/* See split "TARGET_THUMB1 && satisfies_constraint_J". */
if (INTVAL (x) >= -255 && INTVAL (x) <= -1)
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
/* See split "TARGET_THUMB1 && satisfies_constraint_K". */
if (thumb_shiftable_const (INTVAL (x)))
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
}
else if ((outer == PLUS || outer == COMPARE)
&& INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) > -256)
return 0;
else if ((outer == IOR || outer == XOR || outer == AND)
&& INTVAL (x) < 256 && INTVAL (x) >= -256)
return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else if (outer == AND)
{
int i;
/* This duplicates the tests in the andsi3 expander. */
for (i = 9; i <= 31; i++)
if ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == INTVAL (x)
|| (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << i) - 1 == ~INTVAL (x))
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
}
else if (outer == ASHIFT || outer == ASHIFTRT
|| outer == LSHIFTRT)
return 0;
return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
case CONST:
case CONST_DOUBLE:
case LABEL_REF:
case SYMBOL_REF:
return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
case UDIV:
case UMOD:
case DIV:
case MOD:
return 100;
case TRUNCATE:
return 99;
case AND:
case XOR:
case IOR:
/* XXX guess. */
return 8;
case MEM:
/* XXX another guess. */
/* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
return (10 + 4 * ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
+ ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
? 4 : 0));
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
/* XXX a guess. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
return 14;
return 2;
case ZERO_EXTEND:
/* XXX still guessing. */
switch (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
{
case QImode:
return (1 + (mode == DImode ? 4 : 0)
+ (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));
case HImode:
return (4 + (mode == DImode ? 4 : 0)
+ (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));
case SImode:
return (1 + (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 10 : 0));
default:
return 99;
}
default:
return 99;
}
}
/* RTX costs when optimizing for size. */
static bool
arm_size_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
int *total)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
*total = thumb1_size_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
return true;
}
/* FIXME: This makes no attempt to prefer narrow Thumb-2 instructions. */
switch (code)
{
case MEM:
/* A memory access costs 1 insn if the mode is small, or the address is
a single register, otherwise it costs one insn per word. */
if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else if (flag_pic
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& will_be_in_index_register (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
/* This will be split into two instructions.
See arm.md:calculate_pic_address. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return true;
case DIV:
case MOD:
case UDIV:
case UMOD:
/* Needs a libcall, so it costs about this. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
case ROTATE:
if (mode == SImode && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, false);
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case ROTATERT:
case ASHIFT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ASHIFTRT:
if (mode == DImode && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, false);
return true;
}
else if (mode == SImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, false);
/* Slightly disparage register shifts, but not by much. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
*total += 1 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, false);
return true;
}
/* Needs a libcall. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
case MINUS:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
if (mode == SImode)
{
enum rtx_code subcode0 = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
enum rtx_code subcode1 = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1));
if (subcode0 == ROTATE || subcode0 == ROTATERT || subcode0 == ASHIFT
|| subcode0 == LSHIFTRT || subcode0 == ASHIFTRT
|| subcode1 == ROTATE || subcode1 == ROTATERT
|| subcode1 == ASHIFT || subcode1 == LSHIFTRT
|| subcode1 == ASHIFTRT)
{
/* It's just the cost of the two operands. */
*total = 0;
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return false;
case PLUS:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
/* A shift as a part of ADD costs nothing. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
&& power_of_two_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), SImode))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (TARGET_THUMB2 ? 2 : 1);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), code, 0, false);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 1), code, 1, false);
return true;
}
/* Fall through */
case AND: case XOR: case IOR:
if (mode == SImode)
{
enum rtx_code subcode = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0));
if (subcode == ROTATE || subcode == ROTATERT || subcode == ASHIFT
|| subcode == LSHIFTRT || subcode == ASHIFTRT
|| (code == AND && subcode == NOT))
{
/* It's just the cost of the two operands. */
*total = 0;
return false;
}
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return false;
case MULT:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return false;
case NEG:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
/* Fall through */
case NOT:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return false;
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
*total = 0;
return false;
case COMPARE:
if (cc_register (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode))
* total = 0;
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
case ABS:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode || !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE))
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
return false;
case SIGN_EXTEND:
case ZERO_EXTEND:
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, 0);
case CONST_INT:
if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (x)))
/* A multiplication by a constant requires another instruction
to load the constant to a register. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((outer_code == SET || outer_code == MULT)
? 1 : 0);
else if (const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (x)))
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code == AND ? 0 : 1);
else if (const_ok_for_arm (-INTVAL (x)))
{
if (outer_code == COMPARE || outer_code == PLUS
|| outer_code == MINUS)
*total = 0;
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
}
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return true;
case CONST:
case LABEL_REF:
case SYMBOL_REF:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return true;
case CONST_DOUBLE:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return true;
case HIGH:
case LO_SUM:
/* We prefer constant pool entries to MOVW/MOVT pairs, so bump the
cost of these slightly. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1;
return true;
case SET:
return false;
default:
if (mode != VOIDmode)
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode));
else
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4); /* How knows? */
return false;
}
}
/* RTX costs when optimizing for size. */
static bool
arm_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int *total, bool speed)
{
if (!speed)
return arm_size_rtx_costs (x, (enum rtx_code) code,
(enum rtx_code) outer_code, total);
else
return current_tune->rtx_costs (x, (enum rtx_code) code,
(enum rtx_code) outer_code,
total, speed);
}
/* RTX costs for cores with a slow MUL implementation. Thumb-2 is not
supported on any "slowmul" cores, so it can be ignored. */
static bool
arm_slowmul_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
int *total, bool speed)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (TARGET_THUMB)
{
*total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
return true;
}
switch (code)
{
case MULT:
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|| mode == DImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff);
int cost, const_ok = const_ok_for_arm (i);
int j, booth_unit_size;
/* Tune as appropriate. */
cost = const_ok ? 4 : 8;
booth_unit_size = 2;
for (j = 0; i && j < 32; j += booth_unit_size)
{
i >>= booth_unit_size;
cost++;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (cost);
*total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, 0), code, 0, speed);
return true;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
default:
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);;
}
}
/* RTX cost for cores with a fast multiply unit (M variants). */
static bool
arm_fastmul_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
int *total, bool speed)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
*total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
return true;
}
/* ??? should thumb2 use different costs? */
switch (code)
{
case MULT:
/* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
fast variant if it exists at all. */
if (mode == DImode
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS(2);
return false;
}
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
return false;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))
& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff);
int cost, const_ok = const_ok_for_arm (i);
int j, booth_unit_size;
/* Tune as appropriate. */
cost = const_ok ? 4 : 8;
booth_unit_size = 8;
for (j = 0; i && j < 32; j += booth_unit_size)
{
i >>= booth_unit_size;
cost++;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS(cost);
return false;
}
if (mode == SImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
return false;
}
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
}
/* Requires a lib call */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
default:
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
}
}
/* RTX cost for XScale CPUs. Thumb-2 is not supported on any xscale cores,
so it can be ignored. */
static bool
arm_xscale_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
int *total, bool speed)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (TARGET_THUMB)
{
*total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
return true;
}
switch (code)
{
case COMPARE:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != MULT)
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
/* A COMPARE of a MULT is slow on XScale; the muls instruction
will stall until the multiplication is complete. */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return false;
case MULT:
/* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
fast variant if it exists at all. */
if (mode == DImode
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
}
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
return false;
}
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
/* If operand 1 is a constant we can more accurately
calculate the cost of the multiply. The multiplier can
retire 15 bits on the first cycle and a further 12 on the
second. We do, of course, have to load the constant into
a register first. */
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
/* There's a general overhead of one cycle. */
int cost = 1;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT masked_const;
if (i & 0x80000000)
i = ~i;
i &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff;
masked_const = i & 0xffff8000;
if (masked_const != 0)
{
cost++;
masked_const = i & 0xf8000000;
if (masked_const != 0)
cost++;
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (cost);
return false;
}
if (mode == SImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return false;
}
/* Requires a lib call */
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
default:
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
}
}
/* RTX costs for 9e (and later) cores. */
static bool
arm_9e_rtx_costs (rtx x, enum rtx_code code, enum rtx_code outer_code,
int *total, bool speed)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
switch (code)
{
case MULT:
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
return true;
default:
*total = thumb1_rtx_costs (x, code, outer_code);
return true;
}
}
switch (code)
{
case MULT:
/* There is no point basing this on the tuning, since it is always the
fast variant if it exists at all. */
if (mode == DImode
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
}
if (mode == DImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
return false;
}
if (mode == SImode)
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
return false;
}
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
&& (mode == SFmode
|| (mode == DFmode && !TARGET_VFP_SINGLE)))
{
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
return false;
}
}
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (20);
return false;
default:
return arm_rtx_costs_1 (x, outer_code, total, speed);
}
}
/* All address computations that can be done are free, but rtx cost returns
the same for practically all of them. So we weight the different types
of address here in the order (most pref first):
PRE/POST_INC/DEC, SHIFT or NON-INT sum, INT sum, REG, MEM or LABEL. */
static inline int
arm_arm_address_cost (rtx x)
{
enum rtx_code c = GET_CODE (x);
if (c == PRE_INC || c == PRE_DEC || c == POST_INC || c == POST_DEC)
return 0;
if (c == MEM || c == LABEL_REF || c == SYMBOL_REF)
return 10;
if (c == PLUS)
{
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
return 2;
if (ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x, 0)) || ARITHMETIC_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
return 3;
return 4;
}
return 6;
}
static inline int
arm_thumb_address_cost (rtx x)
{
enum rtx_code c = GET_CODE (x);
if (c == REG)
return 1;
if (c == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
return 1;
return 2;
}
static int
arm_address_cost (rtx x, bool speed ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return TARGET_32BIT ? arm_arm_address_cost (x) : arm_thumb_address_cost (x);
}
/* Adjust cost hook for XScale. */
static bool
xscale_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
/* Some true dependencies can have a higher cost depending
on precisely how certain input operands are used. */
if (REG_NOTE_KIND(link) == 0
&& recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
&& recog_memoized (dep) >= 0)
{
int shift_opnum = get_attr_shift (insn);
enum attr_type attr_type = get_attr_type (dep);
/* If nonzero, SHIFT_OPNUM contains the operand number of a shifted
operand for INSN. If we have a shifted input operand and the
instruction we depend on is another ALU instruction, then we may
have to account for an additional stall. */
if (shift_opnum != 0
&& (attr_type == TYPE_ALU_SHIFT || attr_type == TYPE_ALU_SHIFT_REG))
{
rtx shifted_operand;
int opno;
/* Get the shifted operand. */
extract_insn (insn);
shifted_operand = recog_data.operand[shift_opnum];
/* Iterate over all the operands in DEP. If we write an operand
that overlaps with SHIFTED_OPERAND, then we have increase the
cost of this dependency. */
extract_insn (dep);
preprocess_constraints ();
for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
{
/* We can ignore strict inputs. */
if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] == OP_IN)
continue;
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (recog_data.operand[opno],
shifted_operand))
{
*cost = 2;
return false;
}
}
}
}
return true;
}
/* Adjust cost hook for Cortex A9. */
static bool
cortex_a9_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
{
case REG_DEP_ANTI:
*cost = 0;
return false;
case REG_DEP_TRUE:
case REG_DEP_OUTPUT:
if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
&& recog_memoized (dep) >= 0)
{
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
{
if (GET_MODE_CLASS
(GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))) == MODE_FLOAT
|| GET_MODE_CLASS
(GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)))) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
enum attr_type attr_type_insn = get_attr_type (insn);
enum attr_type attr_type_dep = get_attr_type (dep);
/* By default all dependencies of the form
s0 = s0 s1
s0 = s0 s2
have an extra latency of 1 cycle because
of the input and output dependency in this
case. However this gets modeled as an true
dependency and hence all these checks. */
if (REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))
&& REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (dep)))
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)),
SET_DEST (PATTERN (dep))))
{
/* FMACS is a special case where the dependant
instruction can be issued 3 cycles before
the normal latency in case of an output
dependency. */
if ((attr_type_insn == TYPE_FMACS
|| attr_type_insn == TYPE_FMACD)
&& (attr_type_dep == TYPE_FMACS
|| attr_type_dep == TYPE_FMACD))
{
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
*cost = insn_default_latency (dep) - 3;
else
*cost = insn_default_latency (dep);
return false;
}
else
{
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
*cost = insn_default_latency (dep) + 1;
else
*cost = insn_default_latency (dep);
}
return false;
}
}
}
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return true;
}
/* Adjust cost hook for FA726TE. */
static bool
fa726te_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int * cost)
{
/* For FA726TE, true dependency on CPSR (i.e. set cond followed by predicated)
have penalty of 3. */
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_TRUE
&& recog_memoized (insn) >= 0
&& recog_memoized (dep) >= 0
&& get_attr_conds (dep) == CONDS_SET)
{
/* Use of carry (e.g. 64-bit arithmetic) in ALU: 3-cycle latency. */
if (get_attr_conds (insn) == CONDS_USE
&& get_attr_type (insn) != TYPE_BRANCH)
{
*cost = 3;
return false;
}
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC
|| get_attr_conds (insn) == CONDS_USE)
{
*cost = 0;
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
/* Implement TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST.
Moves between FPA_REGS and GENERAL_REGS are two memory insns.
Moves between VFP_REGS and GENERAL_REGS are a single insn, but
it is typically more expensive than a single memory access. We set
the cost to less than two memory accesses so that floating
point to integer conversion does not go through memory. */
int
arm_register_move_cost (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to)
{
if (TARGET_32BIT)
{
if ((from == FPA_REGS && to != FPA_REGS)
|| (from != FPA_REGS && to == FPA_REGS))
return 20;
else if ((IS_VFP_CLASS (from) && !IS_VFP_CLASS (to))
|| (!IS_VFP_CLASS (from) && IS_VFP_CLASS (to)))
return 15;
else if ((from == IWMMXT_REGS && to != IWMMXT_REGS)
|| (from != IWMMXT_REGS && to == IWMMXT_REGS))
return 4;
else if (from == IWMMXT_GR_REGS || to == IWMMXT_GR_REGS)
return 20;
else if ((from == CIRRUS_REGS && to != CIRRUS_REGS)
|| (from != CIRRUS_REGS && to == CIRRUS_REGS))
return 20;
else
return 2;
}
else
{
if (from == HI_REGS || to == HI_REGS)
return 4;
else
return 2;
}
}
/* Implement TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST. */
int
arm_memory_move_cost (enum machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass,
bool in ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (TARGET_32BIT)
return 10;
else
{
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4)
return 8;
else
return ((2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) * (rclass == LO_REGS ? 1 : 2));
}
}
/* This function implements the target macro TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST.
It corrects the value of COST based on the relationship between
INSN and DEP through the dependence LINK. It returns the new
value. There is a per-core adjust_cost hook to adjust scheduler costs
and the per-core hook can choose to completely override the generic
adjust_cost function. Only put bits of code into arm_adjust_cost that
are common across all cores. */
static int
arm_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int cost)
{
rtx i_pat, d_pat;
/* When generating Thumb-1 code, we want to place flag-setting operations
close to a conditional branch which depends on them, so that we can
omit the comparison. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1
&& REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0
&& recog_memoized (insn) == CODE_FOR_cbranchsi4_insn
&& recog_memoized (dep) >= 0
&& get_attr_conds (dep) == CONDS_SET)
return 0;
if (current_tune->sched_adjust_cost != NULL)
{
if (!current_tune->sched_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, &cost))
return cost;
}
/* XXX This is not strictly true for the FPA. */
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_ANTI
|| REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEP_OUTPUT)
return 0;
/* Call insns don't incur a stall, even if they follow a load. */
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0
&& GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
return 1;
if ((i_pat = single_set (insn)) != NULL
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (i_pat)) == MEM
&& (d_pat = single_set (dep)) != NULL
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (d_pat)) == MEM)
{
rtx src_mem = XEXP (SET_SRC (i_pat), 0);
/* This is a load after a store, there is no conflict if the load reads
from a cached area. Assume that loads from the stack, and from the
constant pool are cached, and that others will miss. This is a
hack. */
if ((GET_CODE (src_mem) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (src_mem))
|| reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, src_mem)
|| reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, src_mem)
|| reg_mentioned_p (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, src_mem))
return 1;
}
return cost;
}
static int
arm_default_branch_cost (bool speed_p, bool predictable_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (TARGET_32BIT)
return (TARGET_THUMB2 && !speed_p) ? 1 : 4;
else
return (optimize > 0) ? 2 : 0;
}
static int
arm_cortex_a5_branch_cost (bool speed_p, bool predictable_p)
{
return speed_p ? 0 : arm_default_branch_cost (speed_p, predictable_p);
}
static int fp_consts_inited = 0;
/* Only zero is valid for VFP. Other values are also valid for FPA. */
static const char * const strings_fp[8] =
{
"0", "1", "2", "3",
"4", "5", "0.5", "10"
};
static REAL_VALUE_TYPE values_fp[8];
static void
init_fp_table (void)
{
int i;
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
if (TARGET_VFP)
fp_consts_inited = 1;
else
fp_consts_inited = 8;
for (i = 0; i < fp_consts_inited; i++)
{
r = REAL_VALUE_ATOF (strings_fp[i], DFmode);
values_fp[i] = r;
}
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FP constant. */
int
arm_const_double_rtx (rtx x)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
int i;
if (!fp_consts_inited)
init_fp_table ();
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < fp_consts_inited; i++)
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate FPA constant. */
int
neg_const_double_rtx_ok_for_fpa (rtx x)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
int i;
if (!fp_consts_inited)
init_fp_table ();
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
r = real_value_negate (&r);
if (REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* VFPv3 has a fairly wide range of representable immediates, formed from
"quarter-precision" floating-point values. These can be evaluated using this
formula (with ^ for exponentiation):
-1^s * n * 2^-r
Where 's' is a sign bit (0/1), 'n' and 'r' are integers such that
16 <= n <= 31 and 0 <= r <= 7.
These values are mapped onto an 8-bit integer ABCDEFGH s.t.
- A (most-significant) is the sign bit.
- BCD are the exponent (encoded as r XOR 3).
- EFGH are the mantissa (encoded as n - 16).
*/
/* Return an integer index for a VFPv3 immediate operand X suitable for the
fconst[sd] instruction, or -1 if X isn't suitable. */
static int
vfp3_const_double_index (rtx x)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r, m;
int sign, exponent;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mantissa, mant_hi;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask;
HOST_WIDE_INT m1, m2;
int point_pos = 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1;
if (!TARGET_VFP3 || GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE)
return -1;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
/* We can't represent these things, so detect them first. */
if (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (r) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (r) || REAL_VALUE_MINUS_ZERO (r))
return -1;
/* Extract sign, exponent and mantissa. */
sign = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (r) ? 1 : 0;
r = real_value_abs (&r);
exponent = REAL_EXP (&r);
/* For the mantissa, we expand into two HOST_WIDE_INTS, apart from the
highest (sign) bit, with a fixed binary point at bit point_pos.
WARNING: If there's ever a VFP version which uses more than 2 * H_W_I - 1
bits for the mantissa, this may fail (low bits would be lost). */
real_ldexp (&m, &r, point_pos - exponent);
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&m1, &m2, m);
mantissa = m1;
mant_hi = m2;
/* If there are bits set in the low part of the mantissa, we can't
represent this value. */
if (mantissa != 0)
return -1;
/* Now make it so that mantissa contains the most-significant bits, and move
the point_pos to indicate that the least-significant bits have been
discarded. */
point_pos -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
mantissa = mant_hi;
/* We can permit four significant bits of mantissa only, plus a high bit
which is always 1. */
mask = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << (point_pos - 5)) - 1;
if ((mantissa & mask) != 0)
return -1;
/* Now we know the mantissa is in range, chop off the unneeded bits. */
mantissa >>= point_pos - 5;
/* The mantissa may be zero. Disallow that case. (It's possible to load the
floating-point immediate zero with Neon using an integer-zero load, but
that case is handled elsewhere.) */
if (mantissa == 0)
return -1;
gcc_assert (mantissa >= 16 && mantissa <= 31);
/* The value of 5 here would be 4 if GCC used IEEE754-like encoding (where
normalized significands are in the range [1, 2). (Our mantissa is shifted
left 4 places at this point relative to normalized IEEE754 values). GCC
internally uses [0.5, 1) (see real.c), so the exponent returned from
REAL_EXP must be altered. */
exponent = 5 - exponent;
if (exponent < 0 || exponent > 7)
return -1;
/* Sign, mantissa and exponent are now in the correct form to plug into the
formula described in the comment above. */
return (sign << 7) | ((exponent ^ 3) << 4) | (mantissa - 16);
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx X is a valid immediate VFPv3 constant. */
int
vfp3_const_double_rtx (rtx x)
{
if (!TARGET_VFP3)
return 0;
return vfp3_const_double_index (x) != -1;
}
/* Recognize immediates which can be used in various Neon instructions. Legal
immediates are described by the following table (for VMVN variants, the
bitwise inverse of the constant shown is recognized. In either case, VMOV
is output and the correct instruction to use for a given constant is chosen
by the assembler). The constant shown is replicated across all elements of
the destination vector.
insn elems variant constant (binary)
---- ----- ------- -----------------
vmov i32 0 00000000 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh
vmov i32 1 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000
vmov i32 2 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000
vmov i32 3 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000 00000000
vmov i16 4 00000000 abcdefgh
vmov i16 5 abcdefgh 00000000
vmvn i32 6 00000000 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh
vmvn i32 7 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000
vmvn i32 8 00000000 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000
vmvn i32 9 abcdefgh 00000000 00000000 00000000
vmvn i16 10 00000000 abcdefgh
vmvn i16 11 abcdefgh 00000000
vmov i32 12 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111
vmvn i32 13 00000000 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111
vmov i32 14 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111 11111111
vmvn i32 15 00000000 abcdefgh 11111111 11111111
vmov i8 16 abcdefgh
vmov i64 17 aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb cccccccc dddddddd
eeeeeeee ffffffff gggggggg hhhhhhhh
vmov f32 18 aBbbbbbc defgh000 00000000 00000000
For case 18, B = !b. Representable values are exactly those accepted by
vfp3_const_double_index, but are output as floating-point numbers rather
than indices.
Variants 0-5 (inclusive) may also be used as immediates for the second
operand of VORR/VBIC instructions.
The INVERSE argument causes the bitwise inverse of the given operand to be
recognized instead (used for recognizing legal immediates for the VAND/VORN
pseudo-instructions). If INVERSE is true, the value placed in *MODCONST is
*not* inverted (i.e. the pseudo-instruction forms vand/vorn should still be
output, rather than the real insns vbic/vorr).
INVERSE makes no difference to the recognition of float vectors.
The return value is the variant of immediate as shown in the above table, or
-1 if the given value doesn't match any of the listed patterns.
*/
static int
neon_valid_immediate (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode, int inverse,
rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
#define CHECK(STRIDE, ELSIZE, CLASS, TEST) \
matches = 1; \
for (i = 0; i < idx; i += (STRIDE)) \
if (!(TEST)) \
matches = 0; \
if (matches) \
{ \
immtype = (CLASS); \
elsize = (ELSIZE); \
break; \
}
unsigned int i, elsize = 0, idx = 0, n_elts = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op);
unsigned int innersize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
unsigned char bytes[16];
int immtype = -1, matches;
unsigned int invmask = inverse ? 0xff : 0;
/* Vectors of float constants. */
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT)
{
rtx el0 = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r0;
if (!vfp3_const_double_rtx (el0))
return -1;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r0, el0);
for (i = 1; i < n_elts; i++)
{
rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i);
REAL_VALUE_TYPE re;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (re, elt);
if (!REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r0, re))
return -1;
}
if (modconst)
*modconst = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
if (elementwidth)
*elementwidth = 0;
return 18;
}
/* Splat vector constant out into a byte vector. */
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
{
rtx el = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i);
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elpart;
unsigned int part, parts;
if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_INT)
{
elpart = INTVAL (el);
parts = 1;
}
else if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_DOUBLE)
{
elpart = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el);
parts = 2;
}
else
gcc_unreachable ();
for (part = 0; part < parts; part++)
{
unsigned int byte;
for (byte = 0; byte < innersize; byte++)
{
bytes[idx++] = (elpart & 0xff) ^ invmask;
elpart >>= BITS_PER_UNIT;
}
if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_DOUBLE)
elpart = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el);
}
}
/* Sanity check. */
gcc_assert (idx == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
do
{
CHECK (4, 32, 0, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);
CHECK (4, 32, 1, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);
CHECK (4, 32, 2, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
&& bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0);
CHECK (4, 32, 3, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == bytes[3]);
CHECK (2, 16, 4, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0);
CHECK (2, 16, 5, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]);
CHECK (4, 32, 6, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);
CHECK (4, 32, 7, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);
CHECK (4, 32, 8, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
&& bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);
CHECK (4, 32, 9, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == bytes[3]);
CHECK (2, 16, 10, bytes[i] == bytes[0] && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff);
CHECK (2, 16, 11, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]);
CHECK (4, 32, 12, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0 && bytes[i + 3] == 0);
CHECK (4, 32, 13, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == bytes[1]
&& bytes[i + 2] == 0xff && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);
CHECK (4, 32, 14, bytes[i] == 0xff && bytes[i + 1] == 0xff
&& bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0);
CHECK (4, 32, 15, bytes[i] == 0 && bytes[i + 1] == 0
&& bytes[i + 2] == bytes[2] && bytes[i + 3] == 0xff);
CHECK (1, 8, 16, bytes[i] == bytes[0]);
CHECK (1, 64, 17, (bytes[i] == 0 || bytes[i] == 0xff)
&& bytes[i] == bytes[(i + 8) % idx]);
}
while (0);
if (immtype == -1)
return -1;
if (elementwidth)
*elementwidth = elsize;
if (modconst)
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT imm = 0;
/* Un-invert bytes of recognized vector, if necessary. */
if (invmask != 0)
for (i = 0; i < idx; i++)
bytes[i] ^= invmask;
if (immtype == 17)
{
/* FIXME: Broken on 32-bit H_W_I hosts. */
gcc_assert (sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) == 8);
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
imm |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (bytes[i] ? 0xff : 0)
<< (i * BITS_PER_UNIT);
*modconst = GEN_INT (imm);
}
else
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT imm = 0;
for (i = 0; i < elsize / BITS_PER_UNIT; i++)
imm |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bytes[i] << (i * BITS_PER_UNIT);
*modconst = GEN_INT (imm);
}
}
return immtype;
#undef CHECK
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx X is legal for use as either a Neon VMOV (or, implicitly,
VMVN) immediate. Write back width per element to *ELEMENTWIDTH (or zero for
float elements), and a modified constant (whatever should be output for a
VMOV) in *MODCONST. */
int
neon_immediate_valid_for_move (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode,
rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
rtx tmpconst;
int tmpwidth;
int retval = neon_valid_immediate (op, mode, 0, &tmpconst, &tmpwidth);
if (retval == -1)
return 0;
if (modconst)
*modconst = tmpconst;
if (elementwidth)
*elementwidth = tmpwidth;
return 1;
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx X is legal for use in a VORR or VBIC instruction. If
the immediate is valid, write a constant suitable for using as an operand
to VORR/VBIC/VAND/VORN to *MODCONST and the corresponding element width to
*ELEMENTWIDTH. See neon_valid_immediate for description of INVERSE. */
int
neon_immediate_valid_for_logic (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode, int inverse,
rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth)
{
rtx tmpconst;
int tmpwidth;
int retval = neon_valid_immediate (op, mode, inverse, &tmpconst, &tmpwidth);
if (retval < 0 || retval > 5)
return 0;
if (modconst)
*modconst = tmpconst;
if (elementwidth)
*elementwidth = tmpwidth;
return 1;
}
/* Return TRUE if rtx OP is legal for use in a VSHR or VSHL instruction. If
the immediate is valid, write a constant suitable for using as an operand
to VSHR/VSHL to *MODCONST and the corresponding element width to
*ELEMENTWIDTH. ISLEFTSHIFT is for determine left or right shift,
because they have different limitations. */
int
neon_immediate_valid_for_shift (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode,
rtx *modconst, int *elementwidth,
bool isleftshift)
{
unsigned int innersize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
unsigned int n_elts = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op), i;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT last_elt = 0;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT maxshift;
/* Split vector constant out into a byte vector. */
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
{
rtx el = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i);
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elpart;
if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_INT)
elpart = INTVAL (el);
else if (GET_CODE (el) == CONST_DOUBLE)
return 0;
else
gcc_unreachable ();
if (i != 0 && elpart != last_elt)
return 0;
last_elt = elpart;
}
/* Shift less than element size. */
maxshift = innersize * 8;
if (isleftshift)
{
/* Left shift immediate value can be from 0 to -1. */
if (last_elt >= maxshift)
return 0;
}
else
{
/* Right shift immediate value can be from 1 to . */
if (last_elt == 0 || last_elt > maxshift)
return 0;
}
if (elementwidth)
*elementwidth = innersize * 8;
if (modconst)
*modconst = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
return 1;
}
/* Return a string suitable for output of Neon immediate logic operation
MNEM. */
char *
neon_output_logic_immediate (const char *mnem, rtx *op2, enum machine_mode mode,
int inverse, int quad)
{
int width, is_valid;
static char templ[40];
is_valid = neon_immediate_valid_for_logic (*op2, mode, inverse, op2, &width);
gcc_assert (is_valid != 0);
if (quad)
sprintf (templ, "%s.i%d\t%%q0, %%2", mnem, width);
else
sprintf (templ, "%s.i%d\t%%P0, %%2", mnem, width);
return templ;
}
/* Return a string suitable for output of Neon immediate shift operation
(VSHR or VSHL) MNEM. */
char *
neon_output_shift_immediate (const char *mnem, char sign, rtx *op2,
enum machine_mode mode, int quad,
bool isleftshift)
{
int width, is_valid;
static char templ[40];
is_valid = neon_immediate_valid_for_shift (*op2, mode, op2, &width, isleftshift);
gcc_assert (is_valid != 0);
if (quad)
sprintf (templ, "%s.%c%d\t%%q0, %%q1, %%2", mnem, sign, width);
else
sprintf (templ, "%s.%c%d\t%%P0, %%P1, %%2", mnem, sign, width);
return templ;
}
/* Output a sequence of pairwise operations to implement a reduction.
NOTE: We do "too much work" here, because pairwise operations work on two
registers-worth of operands in one go. Unfortunately we can't exploit those
extra calculations to do the full operation in fewer steps, I don't think.
Although all vector elements of the result but the first are ignored, we
actually calculate the same result in each of the elements. An alternative
such as initially loading a vector with zero to use as each of the second
operands would use up an additional register and take an extra instruction,
for no particular gain. */
void
neon_pairwise_reduce (rtx op0, rtx op1, enum machine_mode mode,
rtx (*reduc) (rtx, rtx, rtx))
{
enum machine_mode inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
unsigned int i, parts = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
rtx tmpsum = op1;
for (i = parts / 2; i >= 1; i /= 2)
{
rtx dest = (i == 1) ? op0 : gen_reg_rtx (mode);
emit_insn (reduc (dest, tmpsum, tmpsum));
tmpsum = dest;
}
}
/* If VALS is a vector constant that can be loaded into a register
using VDUP, generate instructions to do so and return an RTX to
assign to the register. Otherwise return NULL_RTX. */
static rtx
neon_vdup_constant (rtx vals)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (vals);
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
bool all_same = true;
rtx x;
int i;
if (GET_CODE (vals) != CONST_VECTOR || GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) > 4)
return NULL_RTX;
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
{
x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
if (i > 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)))
all_same = false;
}
if (!all_same)
/* The elements are not all the same. We could handle repeating
patterns of a mode larger than INNER_MODE here (e.g. int8x8_t
{0, C, 0, C, 0, C, 0, C} which can be loaded using
vdup.i16). */
return NULL_RTX;
/* We can load this constant by using VDUP and a constant in a
single ARM register. This will be cheaper than a vector
load. */
x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
return gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode, x);
}
/* Generate code to load VALS, which is a PARALLEL containing only
constants (for vec_init) or CONST_VECTOR, efficiently into a
register. Returns an RTX to copy into the register, or NULL_RTX
for a PARALLEL that can not be converted into a CONST_VECTOR. */
rtx
neon_make_constant (rtx vals)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (vals);
rtx target;
rtx const_vec = NULL_RTX;
int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
int n_const = 0;
int i;
if (GET_CODE (vals) == CONST_VECTOR)
const_vec = vals;
else if (GET_CODE (vals) == PARALLEL)
{
/* A CONST_VECTOR must contain only CONST_INTs and
CONST_DOUBLEs, but CONSTANT_P allows more (e.g. SYMBOL_REF).
Only store valid constants in a CONST_VECTOR. */
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
{
rtx x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
n_const++;
}
if (n_const == n_elts)
const_vec = gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, XVEC (vals, 0));
}
else
gcc_unreachable ();
if (const_vec != NULL
&& neon_immediate_valid_for_move (const_vec, mode, NULL, NULL))
/* Load using VMOV. On Cortex-A8 this takes one cycle. */
return const_vec;
else if ((target = neon_vdup_constant (vals)) != NULL_RTX)
/* Loaded using VDUP. On Cortex-A8 the VDUP takes one NEON
pipeline cycle; creating the constant takes one or two ARM
pipeline cycles. */
return target;
else if (const_vec != NULL_RTX)
/* Load from constant pool. On Cortex-A8 this takes two cycles
(for either double or quad vectors). We can not take advantage
of single-cycle VLD1 because we need a PC-relative addressing
mode. */
return const_vec;
else
/* A PARALLEL containing something not valid inside CONST_VECTOR.
We can not construct an initializer. */
return NULL_RTX;
}
/* Initialize vector TARGET to VALS. */
void
neon_expand_vector_init (rtx target, rtx vals)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target);
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
int n_var = 0, one_var = -1;
bool all_same = true;
rtx x, mem;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; ++i)
{
x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
if (!CONSTANT_P (x))
++n_var, one_var = i;
if (i > 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)))
all_same = false;
}
if (n_var == 0)
{
rtx constant = neon_make_constant (vals);
if (constant != NULL_RTX)
{
emit_move_insn (target, constant);
return;
}
}
/* Splat a single non-constant element if we can. */
if (all_same && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) <= 4)
{
x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, target,
gen_rtx_VEC_DUPLICATE (mode, x)));
return;
}
/* One field is non-constant. Load constant then overwrite varying
field. This is more efficient than using the stack. */
if (n_var == 1)
{
rtx copy = copy_rtx (vals);
rtx index = GEN_INT (one_var);
/* Load constant part of vector, substitute neighboring value for
varying element. */
XVECEXP (copy, 0, one_var) = XVECEXP (vals, 0, (one_var + 1) % n_elts);
neon_expand_vector_init (target, copy);
/* Insert variable. */
x = copy_to_mode_reg (inner_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, one_var));
switch (mode)
{
case V8QImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev8qi (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V16QImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev16qi (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V4HImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4hi (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V8HImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev8hi (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V2SImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2si (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V4SImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4si (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V2SFmode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2sf (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V4SFmode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev4sf (target, x, target, index));
break;
case V2DImode:
emit_insn (gen_neon_vset_lanev2di (target, x, target, index));
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return;
}
/* Construct the vector in memory one field at a time
and load the whole vector. */
mem = assign_stack_temp (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
emit_move_insn (adjust_address_nv (mem, inner_mode,
i * GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode)),
XVECEXP (vals, 0, i));
emit_move_insn (target, mem);
}
/* Ensure OPERAND lies between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (exclusive). Raise
ERR if it doesn't. FIXME: NEON bounds checks occur late in compilation, so
reported source locations are bogus. */
static void
bounds_check (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high,
const char *err)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT lane;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT);
lane = INTVAL (operand);
if (lane < low || lane >= high)
error (err);
}
/* Bounds-check lanes. */
void
neon_lane_bounds (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high)
{
bounds_check (operand, low, high, "lane out of range");
}
/* Bounds-check constants. */
void
neon_const_bounds (rtx operand, HOST_WIDE_INT low, HOST_WIDE_INT high)
{
bounds_check (operand, low, high, "constant out of range");
}
HOST_WIDE_INT
neon_element_bits (enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (mode == DImode)
return GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
else
return GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
}
/* Predicates for `match_operand' and `match_operator'. */
/* Return nonzero if OP is a valid Cirrus memory address pattern. */
int
cirrus_memory_offset (rtx op)
{
/* Reject eliminable registers. */
if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
&& ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
return 0;
if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
{
rtx ind;
ind = XEXP (op, 0);
/* Match: (mem (reg)). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
return 1;
/* Match:
(mem (plus (reg)
(const))). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
&& REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/* Return TRUE if OP is a valid coprocessor memory address pattern.
WB is true if full writeback address modes are allowed and is false
if limited writeback address modes (POST_INC and PRE_DEC) are
allowed. */
int
arm_coproc_mem_operand (rtx op, bool wb)
{
rtx ind;
/* Reject eliminable registers. */
if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
&& ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
return FALSE;
/* Constants are converted into offsets from labels. */
if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
return FALSE;
ind = XEXP (op, 0);
if (reload_completed
&& (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return TRUE;
/* Match: (mem (reg)). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);
/* Autoincremment addressing modes. POST_INC and PRE_DEC are
acceptable in any case (subject to verification by
arm_address_register_rtx_p). We need WB to be true to accept
PRE_INC and POST_DEC. */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC
|| GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC
|| (wb
&& (GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_INC
|| GET_CODE (ind) == POST_DEC)))
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);
if (wb
&& (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_MODIFY || GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_MODIFY)
&& arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == PLUS
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 1), 0), XEXP (ind, 0)))
ind = XEXP (ind, 1);
/* Match:
(plus (reg)
(const)). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
&& REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) > -1024
&& INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) < 1024
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) & 3) == 0)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/* Return TRUE if OP is a memory operand which we can load or store a vector
to/from. TYPE is one of the following values:
0 - Vector load/stor (vldr)
1 - Core registers (ldm)
2 - Element/structure loads (vld1)
*/
int
neon_vector_mem_operand (rtx op, int type)
{
rtx ind;
/* Reject eliminable registers. */
if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
&& ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
return FALSE;
/* Constants are converted into offsets from labels. */
if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
return FALSE;
ind = XEXP (op, 0);
if (reload_completed
&& (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return TRUE;
/* Match: (mem (reg)). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);
/* Allow post-increment with Neon registers. */
if ((type != 1 && GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC)
|| (type == 0 && GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC))
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);
/* FIXME: vld1 allows register post-modify. */
/* Match:
(plus (reg)
(const)). */
if (type == 0
&& GET_CODE (ind) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == REG
&& REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ind, 0), VOIDmode)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 1)) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) > -1024
&& INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) < 1016
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (ind, 1)) & 3) == 0)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/* Return TRUE if OP is a mem suitable for loading/storing a Neon struct
type. */
int
neon_struct_mem_operand (rtx op)
{
rtx ind;
/* Reject eliminable registers. */
if (! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
&& ( reg_mentioned_p (frame_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (arg_pointer_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, op)
|| reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, op)))
return FALSE;
/* Constants are converted into offsets from labels. */
if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
return FALSE;
ind = XEXP (op, 0);
if (reload_completed
&& (GET_CODE (ind) == LABEL_REF
|| (GET_CODE (ind) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (ind, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (ind, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
return TRUE;
/* Match: (mem (reg)). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == REG)
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (ind, 0);
/* vldm/vstm allows POST_INC (ia) and PRE_DEC (db). */
if (GET_CODE (ind) == POST_INC
|| GET_CODE (ind) == PRE_DEC)
return arm_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (ind, 0), 0);
return FALSE;
}
/* Return true if X is a register that will be eliminated later on. */
int
arm_eliminable_register (rtx x)
{
return REG_P (x) && (REGNO (x) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| REGNO (x) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|| (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
&& REGNO (x) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER));
}
/* Return GENERAL_REGS if a scratch register required to reload x to/from
coprocessor registers. Otherwise return NO_REGS. */
enum reg_class
coproc_secondary_reload_class (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool wb)
{
if (mode == HFmode)
{
if (!TARGET_NEON_FP16)
return GENERAL_REGS;
if (s_register_operand (x, mode) || neon_vector_mem_operand (x, 2))
return NO_REGS;
return GENERAL_REGS;
}
/* The neon move patterns handle all legitimate vector and struct
addresses. */
if (TARGET_NEON
&& (MEM_P (x) || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR)
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
|| VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode)))
return NO_REGS;
if (arm_coproc_mem_operand (x, wb) || s_register_operand (x, mode))
return NO_REGS;
return GENERAL_REGS;
}
/* Values which must be returned in the most-significant end of the return
register. */
static bool
arm_return_in_msb (const_tree valtype)
{
return (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
&& (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (valtype)
|| TREE_CODE (valtype) == COMPLEX_TYPE
|| FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (valtype)));
}
/* Returns TRUE if INSN is an "LDR REG, ADDR" instruction.
Use by the Cirrus Maverick code which has to workaround
a hardware bug triggered by such instructions. */
static bool
arm_memory_load_p (rtx insn)
{
rtx body, lhs, rhs;;
if (insn == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (insn) != INSN)
return false;
body = PATTERN (insn);
if (GET_CODE (body) != SET)
return false;
lhs = XEXP (body, 0);
rhs = XEXP (body, 1);
lhs = REG_OR_SUBREG_RTX (lhs);
/* If the destination is not a general purpose
register we do not have to worry. */
if (GET_CODE (lhs) != REG
|| REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (lhs)) != GENERAL_REGS)
return false;
/* As well as loads from memory we also have to react
to loads of invalid constants which will be turned
into loads from the minipool. */
return (GET_CODE (rhs) == MEM
|| GET_CODE (rhs) == SYMBOL_REF
|| note_invalid_constants (insn, -1, false));
}
/* Return TRUE if INSN is a Cirrus instruction. */
static bool
arm_cirrus_insn_p (rtx insn)
{
enum attr_cirrus attr;
/* get_attr cannot accept USE or CLOBBER. */
if (!insn
|| GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
return 0;
attr = get_attr_cirrus (insn);
return attr != CIRRUS_NOT;
}
/* Cirrus reorg for invalid instruction combinations. */
static void
cirrus_reorg (rtx first)
{
enum attr_cirrus attr;
rtx body = PATTERN (first);
rtx t;
int nops;
/* Any branch must be followed by 2 non Cirrus instructions. */
if (GET_CODE (first) == JUMP_INSN && GET_CODE (body) != RETURN)
{
nops = 0;
t = next_nonnote_insn (first);
if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t))
++ nops;
if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t)))
++ nops;
while (nops --)
emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);
return;
}
/* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber. */
if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0) > 0)
body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);
if (GET_CODE (body) == SET)
{
rtx lhs = XEXP (body, 0), rhs = XEXP (body, 1);
/* cfldrd, cfldr64, cfstrd, cfstr64 must
be followed by a non Cirrus insn. */
if (get_attr_cirrus (first) == CIRRUS_DOUBLE)
{
if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (first)))
emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);
return;
}
else if (arm_memory_load_p (first))
{
unsigned int arm_regno;
/* Any ldr/cfmvdlr, ldr/cfmvdhr, ldr/cfmvsr, ldr/cfmv64lr,
ldr/cfmv64hr combination where the Rd field is the same
in both instructions must be split with a non Cirrus
insn. Example:
ldr r0, blah
nop
cfmvsr mvf0, r0. */
/* Get Arm register number for ldr insn. */
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == REG)
arm_regno = REGNO (lhs);
else
{
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (rhs) == REG);
arm_regno = REGNO (rhs);
}
/* Next insn. */
first = next_nonnote_insn (first);
if (! arm_cirrus_insn_p (first))
return;
body = PATTERN (first);
/* (float (blah)) is in parallel with a clobber. */
if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0))
body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);
if (GET_CODE (body) == FLOAT)
body = XEXP (body, 0);
if (get_attr_cirrus (first) == CIRRUS_MOVE
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (body, 1)) == REG
&& arm_regno == REGNO (XEXP (body, 1)))
emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);
return;
}
}
/* get_attr cannot accept USE or CLOBBER. */
if (!first
|| GET_CODE (first) != INSN
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (first)) == USE
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (first)) == CLOBBER)
return;
attr = get_attr_cirrus (first);
/* Any coprocessor compare instruction (cfcmps, cfcmpd, ...)
must be followed by a non-coprocessor instruction. */
if (attr == CIRRUS_COMPARE)
{
nops = 0;
t = next_nonnote_insn (first);
if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (t))
++ nops;
if (arm_cirrus_insn_p (next_nonnote_insn (t)))
++ nops;
while (nops --)
emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), first);
return;
}
}
/* Return TRUE if X references a SYMBOL_REF. */
int
symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
const char * fmt;
int i;
if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
return 1;
/* UNSPEC_TLS entries for a symbol include the SYMBOL_REF, but they
are constant offsets, not symbols. */
if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return 0;
fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
if (fmt[i] == 'E')
{
int j;
for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
if (symbol_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
return 1;
}
else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/* Return TRUE if X references a LABEL_REF. */
int
label_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
const char * fmt;
int i;
if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
return 1;
/* UNSPEC_TLS entries for a symbol include a LABEL_REF for the referencing
instruction, but they are constant offsets, not symbols. */
if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return 0;
fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
if (fmt[i] == 'E')
{
int j;
for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
if (label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
return 1;
}
else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
int
tls_mentioned_p (rtx x)
{
switch (GET_CODE (x))
{
case CONST:
return tls_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0));
case UNSPEC:
if (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return 1;
default:
return 0;
}
}
/* Must not copy any rtx that uses a pc-relative address. */
static int
arm_note_pic_base (rtx *x, void *date ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (GET_CODE (*x) == UNSPEC
&& (XINT (*x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_BASE
|| XINT (*x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_UNIFIED))
return 1;
return 0;
}
static bool
arm_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx insn)
{
/* The tls call insn cannot be copied, as it is paired with a data
word. */
if (recog_memoized (insn) == CODE_FOR_tlscall)
return true;
return for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), arm_note_pic_base, NULL);
}
enum rtx_code
minmax_code (rtx x)
{
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
switch (code)
{
case SMAX:
return GE;
case SMIN:
return LE;
case UMIN:
return LEU;
case UMAX:
return GEU;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Return 1 if memory locations are adjacent. */
int
adjacent_mem_locations (rtx a, rtx b)
{
/* We don't guarantee to preserve the order of these memory refs. */
if (volatile_refs_p (a) || volatile_refs_p (b))
return 0;
if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == REG
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == REG
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val0 = 0, val1 = 0;
rtx reg0, reg1;
int val_diff;
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (a, 0)) == PLUS)
{
reg0 = XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 0);
val0 = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (a, 0), 1));
}
else
reg0 = XEXP (a, 0);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (b, 0)) == PLUS)
{
reg1 = XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 0);
val1 = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (b, 0), 1));
}
else
reg1 = XEXP (b, 0);
/* Don't accept any offset that will require multiple
instructions to handle, since this would cause the
arith_adjacentmem pattern to output an overlong sequence. */
if (!const_ok_for_op (val0, PLUS) || !const_ok_for_op (val1, PLUS))
return 0;
/* Don't allow an eliminable register: register elimination can make
the offset too large. */
if (arm_eliminable_register (reg0))
return 0;
val_diff = val1 - val0;
if (arm_ld_sched)
{
/* If the target has load delay slots, then there's no benefit
to using an ldm instruction unless the offset is zero and
we are optimizing for size. */
return (optimize_size && (REGNO (reg0) == REGNO (reg1))
&& (val0 == 0 || val1 == 0 || val0 == 4 || val1 == 4)
&& (val_diff == 4 || val_diff == -4));
}
return ((REGNO (reg0) == REGNO (reg1))
&& (val_diff == 4 || val_diff == -4));
}
return 0;
}
/* Return true iff it would be profitable to turn a sequence of NOPS loads
or stores (depending on IS_STORE) into a load-multiple or store-multiple
instruction. ADD_OFFSET is nonzero if the base address register needs
to be modified with an add instruction before we can use it. */
static bool
multiple_operation_profitable_p (bool is_store ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int nops, HOST_WIDE_INT add_offset)
{
/* For ARM8,9 & StrongARM, 2 ldr instructions are faster than an ldm
if the offset isn't small enough. The reason 2 ldrs are faster
is because these ARMs are able to do more than one cache access
in a single cycle. The ARM9 and StrongARM have Harvard caches,
whilst the ARM8 has a double bandwidth cache. This means that
these cores can do both an instruction fetch and a data fetch in
a single cycle, so the trick of calculating the address into a
scratch register (one of the result regs) and then doing a load
multiple actually becomes slower (and no smaller in code size).
That is the transformation
ldr rd1, [rbase + offset]
ldr rd2, [rbase + offset + 4]
to
add rd1, rbase, offset
ldmia rd1, {rd1, rd2}
produces worse code -- '3 cycles + any stalls on rd2' instead of
'2 cycles + any stalls on rd2'. On ARMs with only one cache
access per cycle, the first sequence could never complete in less
than 6 cycles, whereas the ldm sequence would only take 5 and
would make better use of sequential accesses if not hitting the
cache.
We cheat here and test 'arm_ld_sched' which we currently know to
only be true for the ARM8, ARM9 and StrongARM. If this ever
changes, then the test below needs to be reworked. */
if (nops == 2 && arm_ld_sched && add_offset != 0)
return false;
/* XScale has load-store double instructions, but they have stricter
alignment requirements than load-store multiple, so we cannot
use them.
For XScale ldm requires 2 + NREGS cycles to complete and blocks
the pipeline until completion.
NREGS CYCLES
1 3
2 4
3 5
4 6
An ldr instruction takes 1-3 cycles, but does not block the
pipeline.
NREGS CYCLES
1 1-3
2 2-6
3 3-9
4 4-12
Best case ldr will always win. However, the more ldr instructions
we issue, the less likely we are to be able to schedule them well.
Using ldr instructions also increases code size.
As a compromise, we use ldr for counts of 1 or 2 regs, and ldm
for counts of 3 or 4 regs. */
if (nops <= 2 && arm_tune_xscale && !optimize_size)
return false;
return true;
}
/* Subroutine of load_multiple_sequence and store_multiple_sequence.
Given an array of UNSORTED_OFFSETS, of which there are NOPS, compute
an array ORDER which describes the sequence to use when accessing the
offsets that produces an ascending order. In this sequence, each
offset must be larger by exactly 4 than the previous one. ORDER[0]
must have been filled in with the lowest offset by the caller.
If UNSORTED_REGS is nonnull, it is an array of register numbers that
we use to verify that ORDER produces an ascending order of registers.
Return true if it was possible to construct such an order, false if
not. */
static bool
compute_offset_order (int nops, HOST_WIDE_INT *unsorted_offsets, int *order,
int *unsorted_regs)
{
int i;
for (i = 1; i < nops; i++)
{
int j;
order[i] = order[i - 1];
for (j = 0; j < nops; j++)
if (unsorted_offsets[j] == unsorted_offsets[order[i - 1]] + 4)
{
/* We must find exactly one offset that is higher than the
previous one by 4. */
if (order[i] != order[i - 1])
return false;
order[i] = j;
}
if (order[i] == order[i - 1])
return false;
/* The register numbers must be ascending. */
if (unsorted_regs != NULL
&& unsorted_regs[order[i]] <= unsorted_regs[order[i - 1]])
return false;
}
return true;
}
/* Used to determine in a peephole whether a sequence of load
instructions can be changed into a load-multiple instruction.
NOPS is the number of separate load instructions we are examining. The
first NOPS entries in OPERANDS are the destination registers, the
next NOPS entries are memory operands. If this function is
successful, *BASE is set to the common base register of the memory
accesses; *LOAD_OFFSET is set to the first memory location's offset
from that base register.
REGS is an array filled in with the destination register numbers.
SAVED_ORDER (if nonnull), is an array filled in with an order that maps
insn numbers to an ascending order of stores. If CHECK_REGS is true,
the sequence of registers in REGS matches the loads from ascending memory
locations, and the function verifies that the register numbers are
themselves ascending. If CHECK_REGS is false, the register numbers
are stored in the order they are found in the operands. */
static int
load_multiple_sequence (rtx *operands, int nops, int *regs, int *saved_order,
int *base, HOST_WIDE_INT *load_offset, bool check_regs)
{
int unsorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx base_reg_rtx = NULL;
int base_reg = -1;
int i, ldm_case;
/* Can only handle up to MAX_LDM_STM_OPS insns at present, though could be
easily extended if required. */
gcc_assert (nops >= 2 && nops <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);
memset (order, 0, MAX_LDM_STM_OPS * sizeof (int));
/* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register). At
the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
offsets. */
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
rtx reg;
rtx offset;
/* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself. */
if (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == SUBREG)
operands[nops + i] = alter_subreg (operands + (nops + i));
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == MEM);
/* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
looking for the case where the order is ok anyway. */
if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[nops + i]))
return 0;
offset = const0_rtx;
if ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == REG
|| (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == PLUS
&& ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 0))
== REG)
|| (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
&& (GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 1))
== CONST_INT)))
{
if (i == 0)
{
base_reg = REGNO (reg);
base_reg_rtx = reg;
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && base_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
return 0;
}
else if (base_reg != (int) REGNO (reg))
/* Not addressed from the same base register. */
return 0;
unsorted_regs[i] = (GET_CODE (operands[i]) == REG
? REGNO (operands[i])
: REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operands[i])));
/* If it isn't an integer register, or if it overwrites the
base register but isn't the last insn in the list, then
we can't do this. */
if (unsorted_regs[i] < 0
|| (TARGET_THUMB1 && unsorted_regs[i] > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
|| unsorted_regs[i] > 14
|| (i != nops - 1 && unsorted_regs[i] == base_reg))
return 0;
unsorted_offsets[i] = INTVAL (offset);
if (i == 0 || unsorted_offsets[i] < unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
order[0] = i;
}
else
/* Not a suitable memory address. */
return 0;
}
/* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
order[0] has been set to the lowest offset in the list. Sort
the offsets into order, verifying that they are adjacent, and
check that the register numbers are ascending. */
if (!compute_offset_order (nops, unsorted_offsets, order,
check_regs ? unsorted_regs : NULL))
return 0;
if (saved_order)
memcpy (saved_order, order, sizeof order);
if (base)
{
*base = base_reg;
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
regs[i] = unsorted_regs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];
*load_offset = unsorted_offsets[order[0]];
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1
&& !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx))
return 0;
if (unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 0)
ldm_case = 1; /* ldmia */
else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 4)
ldm_case = 2; /* ldmib */
else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == 0)
ldm_case = 3; /* ldmda */
else if (TARGET_32BIT && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == -4)
ldm_case = 4; /* ldmdb */
else if (const_ok_for_arm (unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
|| const_ok_for_arm (-unsorted_offsets[order[0]]))
ldm_case = 5;
else
return 0;
if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, nops,
ldm_case == 5
? unsorted_offsets[order[0]] : 0))
return 0;
return ldm_case;
}
/* Used to determine in a peephole whether a sequence of store instructions can
be changed into a store-multiple instruction.
NOPS is the number of separate store instructions we are examining.
NOPS_TOTAL is the total number of instructions recognized by the peephole
pattern.
The first NOPS entries in OPERANDS are the source registers, the next
NOPS entries are memory operands. If this function is successful, *BASE is
set to the common base register of the memory accesses; *LOAD_OFFSET is set
to the first memory location's offset from that base register. REGS is an
array filled in with the source register numbers, REG_RTXS (if nonnull) is
likewise filled with the corresponding rtx's.
SAVED_ORDER (if nonnull), is an array filled in with an order that maps insn
numbers to an ascending order of stores.
If CHECK_REGS is true, the sequence of registers in *REGS matches the stores
from ascending memory locations, and the function verifies that the register
numbers are themselves ascending. If CHECK_REGS is false, the register
numbers are stored in the order they are found in the operands. */
static int
store_multiple_sequence (rtx *operands, int nops, int nops_total,
int *regs, rtx *reg_rtxs, int *saved_order, int *base,
HOST_WIDE_INT *load_offset, bool check_regs)
{
int unsorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx unsorted_reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
HOST_WIDE_INT unsorted_offsets[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int base_reg = -1;
rtx base_reg_rtx = NULL;
int i, stm_case;
/* Write back of base register is currently only supported for Thumb 1. */
int base_writeback = TARGET_THUMB1;
/* Can only handle up to MAX_LDM_STM_OPS insns at present, though could be
easily extended if required. */
gcc_assert (nops >= 2 && nops <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);
memset (order, 0, MAX_LDM_STM_OPS * sizeof (int));
/* Loop over the operands and check that the memory references are
suitable (i.e. immediate offsets from the same base register). At
the same time, extract the target register, and the memory
offsets. */
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
rtx reg;
rtx offset;
/* Convert a subreg of a mem into the mem itself. */
if (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == SUBREG)
operands[nops + i] = alter_subreg (operands + (nops + i));
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[nops + i]) == MEM);
/* Don't reorder volatile memory references; it doesn't seem worth
looking for the case where the order is ok anyway. */
if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[nops + i]))
return 0;
offset = const0_rtx;
if ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == REG
|| (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0)) == PLUS
&& ((GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 0))
== REG)
|| (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (reg = SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG))
&& (GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (XEXP (operands[nops + i], 0), 1))
== CONST_INT)))
{
unsorted_reg_rtxs[i] = (GET_CODE (operands[i]) == REG
? operands[i] : SUBREG_REG (operands[i]));
unsorted_regs[i] = REGNO (unsorted_reg_rtxs[i]);
if (i == 0)
{
base_reg = REGNO (reg);
base_reg_rtx = reg;
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && base_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
return 0;
}
else if (base_reg != (int) REGNO (reg))
/* Not addressed from the same base register. */
return 0;
/* If it isn't an integer register, then we can't do this. */
if (unsorted_regs[i] < 0
|| (TARGET_THUMB1 && unsorted_regs[i] > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
/* The effects are unpredictable if the base register is
both updated and stored. */
|| (base_writeback && unsorted_regs[i] == base_reg)
|| (TARGET_THUMB2 && unsorted_regs[i] == SP_REGNUM)
|| unsorted_regs[i] > 14)
return 0;
unsorted_offsets[i] = INTVAL (offset);
if (i == 0 || unsorted_offsets[i] < unsorted_offsets[order[0]])
order[0] = i;
}
else
/* Not a suitable memory address. */
return 0;
}
/* All the useful information has now been extracted from the
operands into unsorted_regs and unsorted_offsets; additionally,
order[0] has been set to the lowest offset in the list. Sort
the offsets into order, verifying that they are adjacent, and
check that the register numbers are ascending. */
if (!compute_offset_order (nops, unsorted_offsets, order,
check_regs ? unsorted_regs : NULL))
return 0;
if (saved_order)
memcpy (saved_order, order, sizeof order);
if (base)
{
*base = base_reg;
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
regs[i] = unsorted_regs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];
if (reg_rtxs)
reg_rtxs[i] = unsorted_reg_rtxs[check_regs ? order[i] : i];
}
*load_offset = unsorted_offsets[order[0]];
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1
&& !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops_total, base_reg_rtx))
return 0;
if (unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 0)
stm_case = 1; /* stmia */
else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[0]] == 4)
stm_case = 2; /* stmib */
else if (TARGET_ARM && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == 0)
stm_case = 3; /* stmda */
else if (TARGET_32BIT && unsorted_offsets[order[nops - 1]] == -4)
stm_case = 4; /* stmdb */
else
return 0;
if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, nops, 0))
return 0;
return stm_case;
}
/* Routines for use in generating RTL. */
/* Generate a load-multiple instruction. COUNT is the number of loads in
the instruction; REGS and MEMS are arrays containing the operands.
BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands.
WBACK_OFFSET is nonzero if the instruction should update the base
register. */
static rtx
arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (int count, int *regs, rtx *mems, rtx basereg,
HOST_WIDE_INT wback_offset)
{
int i = 0, j;
rtx result;
if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, count, 0))
{
rtx seq;
start_sequence ();
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[i]), mems[i]);
if (wback_offset != 0)
emit_move_insn (basereg, plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
seq = get_insns ();
end_sequence ();
return seq;
}
result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
rtvec_alloc (count + (wback_offset != 0 ? 1 : 0)));
if (wback_offset != 0)
{
XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, basereg,
plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
i = 1;
count++;
}
for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[j]), mems[j]);
return result;
}
/* Generate a store-multiple instruction. COUNT is the number of stores in
the instruction; REGS and MEMS are arrays containing the operands.
BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands.
WBACK_OFFSET is nonzero if the instruction should update the base
register. */
static rtx
arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (int count, int *regs, rtx *mems, rtx basereg,
HOST_WIDE_INT wback_offset)
{
int i = 0, j;
rtx result;
if (GET_CODE (basereg) == PLUS)
basereg = XEXP (basereg, 0);
if (!multiple_operation_profitable_p (false, count, 0))
{
rtx seq;
start_sequence ();
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
emit_move_insn (mems[i], gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[i]));
if (wback_offset != 0)
emit_move_insn (basereg, plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
seq = get_insns ();
end_sequence ();
return seq;
}
result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
rtvec_alloc (count + (wback_offset != 0 ? 1 : 0)));
if (wback_offset != 0)
{
XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, basereg,
plus_constant (basereg, wback_offset));
i = 1;
count++;
}
for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mems[j], gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[j]));
return result;
}
/* Generate either a load-multiple or a store-multiple instruction. This
function can be used in situations where we can start with a single MEM
rtx and adjust its address upwards.
COUNT is the number of operations in the instruction, not counting a
possible update of the base register. REGS is an array containing the
register operands.
BASEREG is the base register to be used in addressing the memory operands,
which are constructed from BASEMEM.
WRITE_BACK specifies whether the generated instruction should include an
update of the base register.
OFFSETP is used to pass an offset to and from this function; this offset
is not used when constructing the address (instead BASEMEM should have an
appropriate offset in its address), it is used only for setting
MEM_OFFSET. It is updated only if WRITE_BACK is true.*/
static rtx
arm_gen_multiple_op (bool is_load, int *regs, int count, rtx basereg,
bool write_back, rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = *offsetp;
int i;
gcc_assert (count <= MAX_LDM_STM_OPS);
if (GET_CODE (basereg) == PLUS)
basereg = XEXP (basereg, 0);
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
rtx addr = plus_constant (basereg, i * 4);
mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (basemem, SImode, addr, offset);
offset += 4;
}
if (write_back)
*offsetp = offset;
if (is_load)
return arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (count, regs, mems, basereg,
write_back ? 4 * count : 0);
else
return arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (count, regs, mems, basereg,
write_back ? 4 * count : 0);
}
rtx
arm_gen_load_multiple (int *regs, int count, rtx basereg, int write_back,
rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
return arm_gen_multiple_op (TRUE, regs, count, basereg, write_back, basemem,
offsetp);
}
rtx
arm_gen_store_multiple (int *regs, int count, rtx basereg, int write_back,
rtx basemem, HOST_WIDE_INT *offsetp)
{
return arm_gen_multiple_op (FALSE, regs, count, basereg, write_back, basemem,
offsetp);
}
/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of loads into an
LDM instruction. OPERANDS are the operands found by the peephole matcher;
NOPS indicates how many separate loads we are trying to combine. SORT_REGS
is true if we can reorder the registers because they are used commutatively
subsequently.
Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction. */
bool
gen_ldm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops, bool sort_regs)
{
int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int i, j, base_reg;
rtx base_reg_rtx;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
int write_back = FALSE;
int ldm_case;
rtx addr;
ldm_case = load_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, regs, mem_order,
&base_reg, &offset, !sort_regs);
if (ldm_case == 0)
return false;
if (sort_regs)
for (i = 0; i < nops - 1; i++)
for (j = i + 1; j < nops; j++)
if (regs[i] > regs[j])
{
int t = regs[i];
regs[i] = regs[j];
regs[j] = t;
}
base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
gcc_assert (peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx));
gcc_assert (ldm_case == 1 || ldm_case == 5);
write_back = TRUE;
}
if (ldm_case == 5)
{
rtx newbase = TARGET_THUMB1 ? base_reg_rtx : gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regs[0]);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (newbase, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
offset = 0;
if (!TARGET_THUMB1)
{
base_reg = regs[0];
base_reg_rtx = newbase;
}
}
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
SImode, addr, 0);
}
emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple_1 (nops, regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
return true;
}
/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of stores into an
STM instruction. OPERANDS are the operands found by the peephole matcher;
NOPS indicates how many separate stores we are trying to combine.
Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction. */
bool
gen_stm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops)
{
int i;
int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int base_reg;
rtx base_reg_rtx;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
int write_back = FALSE;
int stm_case;
rtx addr;
bool base_reg_dies;
stm_case = store_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, nops, regs, NULL,
mem_order, &base_reg, &offset, true);
if (stm_case == 0)
return false;
base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);
base_reg_dies = peep2_reg_dead_p (nops, base_reg_rtx);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
write_back = TRUE;
}
if (stm_case == 5)
{
gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_reg_rtx, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
offset = 0;
}
addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset);
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
SImode, addr, 0);
}
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (nops, regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
return true;
}
/* Called from a peephole2 expander to turn a sequence of stores that are
preceded by constant loads into an STM instruction. OPERANDS are the
operands found by the peephole matcher; NOPS indicates how many
separate stores we are trying to combine; there are 2 * NOPS
instructions in the peephole.
Returns true iff we could generate a new instruction. */
bool
gen_const_stm_seq (rtx *operands, int nops)
{
int regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], sorted_regs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int reg_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], mem_order[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS], orig_reg_rtxs[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
rtx mems[MAX_LDM_STM_OPS];
int base_reg;
rtx base_reg_rtx;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
int write_back = FALSE;
int stm_case;
rtx addr;
bool base_reg_dies;
int i, j;
HARD_REG_SET allocated;
stm_case = store_multiple_sequence (operands, nops, 2 * nops, regs, reg_rtxs,
mem_order, &base_reg, &offset, false);
if (stm_case == 0)
return false;
memcpy (orig_reg_rtxs, reg_rtxs, sizeof orig_reg_rtxs);
/* If the same register is used more than once, try to find a free
register. */
CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (allocated);
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
for (j = i + 1; j < nops; j++)
if (regs[i] == regs[j])
{
rtx t = peep2_find_free_register (0, nops * 2,
TARGET_THUMB1 ? "l" : "r",
SImode, &allocated);
if (t == NULL_RTX)
return false;
reg_rtxs[i] = t;
regs[i] = REGNO (t);
}
}
/* Compute an ordering that maps the register numbers to an ascending
sequence. */
reg_order[0] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
if (regs[i] < regs[reg_order[0]])
reg_order[0] = i;
for (i = 1; i < nops; i++)
{
int this_order = reg_order[i - 1];
for (j = 0; j < nops; j++)
if (regs[j] > regs[reg_order[i - 1]]
&& (this_order == reg_order[i - 1]
|| regs[j] < regs[this_order]))
this_order = j;
reg_order[i] = this_order;
}
/* Ensure that registers that must be live after the instruction end
up with the correct value. */
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
int this_order = reg_order[i];
if ((this_order != mem_order[i]
|| orig_reg_rtxs[this_order] != reg_rtxs[this_order])
&& !peep2_reg_dead_p (nops * 2, orig_reg_rtxs[this_order]))
return false;
}
/* Load the constants. */
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
rtx op = operands[2 * nops + mem_order[i]];
sorted_regs[i] = regs[reg_order[i]];
emit_move_insn (reg_rtxs[reg_order[i]], op);
}
base_reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, base_reg);
base_reg_dies = peep2_reg_dead_p (nops * 2, base_reg_rtx);
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
write_back = TRUE;
}
if (stm_case == 5)
{
gcc_assert (base_reg_dies);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_reg_rtx, base_reg_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)));
offset = 0;
}
addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset);
for (i = 0; i < nops; i++)
{
addr = plus_constant (base_reg_rtx, offset + i * 4);
mems[i] = adjust_automodify_address_nv (operands[nops + mem_order[i]],
SImode, addr, 0);
}
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple_1 (nops, sorted_regs, mems, base_reg_rtx,
write_back ? offset + i * 4 : 0));
return true;
}
/* Copy a block of memory using plain ldr/str/ldrh/strh instructions, to permit
unaligned copies on processors which support unaligned semantics for those
instructions. INTERLEAVE_FACTOR can be used to attempt to hide load latency
(using more registers) by doing e.g. load/load/store/store for a factor of 2.
An interleave factor of 1 (the minimum) will perform no interleaving.
Load/store multiple are used for aligned addresses where possible. */
static void
arm_block_move_unaligned_straight (rtx dstbase, rtx srcbase,
HOST_WIDE_INT length,
unsigned int interleave_factor)
{
rtx *regs = XALLOCAVEC (rtx, interleave_factor);
int *regnos = XALLOCAVEC (int, interleave_factor);
HOST_WIDE_INT block_size_bytes = interleave_factor * UNITS_PER_WORD;
HOST_WIDE_INT i, j;
HOST_WIDE_INT remaining = length, words;
rtx halfword_tmp = NULL, byte_tmp = NULL;
rtx dst, src;
bool src_aligned = MEM_ALIGN (srcbase) >= BITS_PER_WORD;
bool dst_aligned = MEM_ALIGN (dstbase) >= BITS_PER_WORD;
HOST_WIDE_INT srcoffset, dstoffset;
HOST_WIDE_INT src_autoinc, dst_autoinc;
rtx mem, addr;
gcc_assert (1 <= interleave_factor && interleave_factor <= 4);
/* Use hard registers if we have aligned source or destination so we can use
load/store multiple with contiguous registers. */
if (dst_aligned || src_aligned)
for (i = 0; i < interleave_factor; i++)
regs[i] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, i);
else
for (i = 0; i < interleave_factor; i++)
regs[i] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
dst = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (dstbase, 0));
src = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (srcbase, 0));
srcoffset = dstoffset = 0;
/* Calls to arm_gen_load_multiple and arm_gen_store_multiple update SRC/DST.
For copying the last bytes we want to subtract this offset again. */
src_autoinc = dst_autoinc = 0;
for (i = 0; i < interleave_factor; i++)
regnos[i] = i;
/* Copy BLOCK_SIZE_BYTES chunks. */
for (i = 0; i + block_size_bytes <= length; i += block_size_bytes)
{
/* Load words. */
if (src_aligned && interleave_factor > 1)
{
emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (regnos, interleave_factor, src,
TRUE, srcbase, &srcoffset));
src_autoinc += UNITS_PER_WORD * interleave_factor;
}
else
{
for (j = 0; j < interleave_factor; j++)
{
addr = plus_constant (src, srcoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD
- src_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, addr,
srcoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_loadsi (regs[j], mem));
}
srcoffset += block_size_bytes;
}
/* Store words. */
if (dst_aligned && interleave_factor > 1)
{
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (regnos, interleave_factor, dst,
TRUE, dstbase, &dstoffset));
dst_autoinc += UNITS_PER_WORD * interleave_factor;
}
else
{
for (j = 0; j < interleave_factor; j++)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst, dstoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD
- dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, addr,
dstoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_storesi (mem, regs[j]));
}
dstoffset += block_size_bytes;
}
remaining -= block_size_bytes;
}
/* Copy any whole words left (note these aren't interleaved with any
subsequent halfword/byte load/stores in the interests of simplicity). */
words = remaining / UNITS_PER_WORD;
gcc_assert (words < interleave_factor);
if (src_aligned && words > 1)
{
emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (regnos, words, src, TRUE, srcbase,
&srcoffset));
src_autoinc += UNITS_PER_WORD * words;
}
else
{
for (j = 0; j < words; j++)
{
addr = plus_constant (src,
srcoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD - src_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, addr,
srcoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_loadsi (regs[j], mem));
}
srcoffset += words * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}
if (dst_aligned && words > 1)
{
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (regnos, words, dst, TRUE, dstbase,
&dstoffset));
dst_autoinc += words * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}
else
{
for (j = 0; j < words; j++)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst,
dstoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD - dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, addr,
dstoffset + j * UNITS_PER_WORD);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_storesi (mem, regs[j]));
}
dstoffset += words * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}
remaining -= words * UNITS_PER_WORD;
gcc_assert (remaining < 4);
/* Copy a halfword if necessary. */
if (remaining >= 2)
{
halfword_tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
addr = plus_constant (src, srcoffset - src_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, HImode, addr, srcoffset);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_loadhiu (halfword_tmp, mem));
/* Either write out immediately, or delay until we've loaded the last
byte, depending on interleave factor. */
if (interleave_factor == 1)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst, dstoffset - dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, HImode, addr, dstoffset);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_storehi (mem,
gen_lowpart (HImode, halfword_tmp)));
halfword_tmp = NULL;
dstoffset += 2;
}
remaining -= 2;
srcoffset += 2;
}
gcc_assert (remaining < 2);
/* Copy last byte. */
if ((remaining & 1) != 0)
{
byte_tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
addr = plus_constant (src, srcoffset - src_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, QImode, addr, srcoffset);
emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (QImode, byte_tmp), mem);
if (interleave_factor == 1)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst, dstoffset - dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode, addr, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, byte_tmp));
byte_tmp = NULL;
dstoffset++;
}
remaining--;
srcoffset++;
}
/* Store last halfword if we haven't done so already. */
if (halfword_tmp)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst, dstoffset - dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, HImode, addr, dstoffset);
emit_insn (gen_unaligned_storehi (mem,
gen_lowpart (HImode, halfword_tmp)));
dstoffset += 2;
}
/* Likewise for last byte. */
if (byte_tmp)
{
addr = plus_constant (dst, dstoffset - dst_autoinc);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode, addr, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, byte_tmp));
dstoffset++;
}
gcc_assert (remaining == 0 && srcoffset == dstoffset);
}
/* From mips_adjust_block_mem:
Helper function for doing a loop-based block operation on memory
reference MEM. Each iteration of the loop will operate on LENGTH
bytes of MEM.
Create a new base register for use within the loop and point it to
the start of MEM. Create a new memory reference that uses this
register. Store them in *LOOP_REG and *LOOP_MEM respectively. */
static void
arm_adjust_block_mem (rtx mem, HOST_WIDE_INT length, rtx *loop_reg,
rtx *loop_mem)
{
*loop_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (mem, 0));
/* Although the new mem does not refer to a known location,
it does keep up to LENGTH bytes of alignment. */
*loop_mem = change_address (mem, BLKmode, *loop_reg);
set_mem_align (*loop_mem, MIN (MEM_ALIGN (mem), length * BITS_PER_UNIT));
}
/* From mips_block_move_loop:
Move LENGTH bytes from SRC to DEST using a loop that moves BYTES_PER_ITER
bytes at a time. LENGTH must be at least BYTES_PER_ITER. Assume that
the memory regions do not overlap. */
static void
arm_block_move_unaligned_loop (rtx dest, rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT length,
unsigned int interleave_factor,
HOST_WIDE_INT bytes_per_iter)
{
rtx label, src_reg, dest_reg, final_src, test;
HOST_WIDE_INT leftover;
leftover = length % bytes_per_iter;
length -= leftover;
/* Create registers and memory references for use within the loop. */
arm_adjust_block_mem (src, bytes_per_iter, &src_reg, &src);
arm_adjust_block_mem (dest, bytes_per_iter, &dest_reg, &dest);
/* Calculate the value that SRC_REG should have after the last iteration of
the loop. */
final_src = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, src_reg, GEN_INT (length),
0, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN);
/* Emit the start of the loop. */
label = gen_label_rtx ();
emit_label (label);
/* Emit the loop body. */
arm_block_move_unaligned_straight (dest, src, bytes_per_iter,
interleave_factor);
/* Move on to the next block. */
emit_move_insn (src_reg, plus_constant (src_reg, bytes_per_iter));
emit_move_insn (dest_reg, plus_constant (dest_reg, bytes_per_iter));
/* Emit the loop condition. */
test = gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, src_reg, final_src);
emit_jump_insn (gen_cbranchsi4 (test, src_reg, final_src, label));
/* Mop up any left-over bytes. */
if (leftover)
arm_block_move_unaligned_straight (dest, src, leftover, interleave_factor);
}
/* Emit a block move when either the source or destination is unaligned (not
aligned to a four-byte boundary). This may need further tuning depending on
core type, optimize_size setting, etc. */
static int
arm_movmemqi_unaligned (rtx *operands)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT length = INTVAL (operands[2]);
if (optimize_size)
{
bool src_aligned = MEM_ALIGN (operands[1]) >= BITS_PER_WORD;
bool dst_aligned = MEM_ALIGN (operands[0]) >= BITS_PER_WORD;
/* Inlined memcpy using ldr/str/ldrh/strh can be quite big: try to limit
size of code if optimizing for size. We'll use ldm/stm if src_aligned
or dst_aligned though: allow more interleaving in those cases since the
resulting code can be smaller. */
unsigned int interleave_factor = (src_aligned || dst_aligned) ? 2 : 1;
HOST_WIDE_INT bytes_per_iter = (src_aligned || dst_aligned) ? 8 : 4;
if (length > 12)
arm_block_move_unaligned_loop (operands[0], operands[1], length,
interleave_factor, bytes_per_iter);
else
arm_block_move_unaligned_straight (operands[0], operands[1], length,
interleave_factor);
}
else
{
/* Note that the loop created by arm_block_move_unaligned_loop may be
subject to loop unrolling, which makes tuning this condition a little
redundant. */
if (length > 32)
arm_block_move_unaligned_loop (operands[0], operands[1], length, 4, 16);
else
arm_block_move_unaligned_straight (operands[0], operands[1], length, 4);
}
return 1;
}
int
arm_gen_movmemqi (rtx *operands)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT in_words_to_go, out_words_to_go, last_bytes;
HOST_WIDE_INT srcoffset, dstoffset;
int i;
rtx src, dst, srcbase, dstbase;
rtx part_bytes_reg = NULL;
rtx mem;
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (operands[3]) != CONST_INT
|| INTVAL (operands[2]) > 64)
return 0;
if (unaligned_access && (INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3) != 0)
return arm_movmemqi_unaligned (operands);
if (INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3)
return 0;
dstbase = operands[0];
srcbase = operands[1];
dst = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (dstbase, 0));
src = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (srcbase, 0));
in_words_to_go = ARM_NUM_INTS (INTVAL (operands[2]));
out_words_to_go = INTVAL (operands[2]) / 4;
last_bytes = INTVAL (operands[2]) & 3;
dstoffset = srcoffset = 0;
if (out_words_to_go != in_words_to_go && ((in_words_to_go - 1) & 3) != 0)
part_bytes_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, (in_words_to_go - 1) & 3);
for (i = 0; in_words_to_go >= 2; i+=4)
{
if (in_words_to_go > 4)
emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, 4, src,
TRUE, srcbase, &srcoffset));
else
emit_insn (arm_gen_load_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, in_words_to_go,
src, FALSE, srcbase,
&srcoffset));
if (out_words_to_go)
{
if (out_words_to_go > 4)
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence, 4, dst,
TRUE, dstbase, &dstoffset));
else if (out_words_to_go != 1)
emit_insn (arm_gen_store_multiple (arm_regs_in_sequence,
out_words_to_go, dst,
(last_bytes == 0
? FALSE : TRUE),
dstbase, &dstoffset));
else
{
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, dst, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0));
if (last_bytes != 0)
{
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst, dst, GEN_INT (4)));
dstoffset += 4;
}
}
}
in_words_to_go -= in_words_to_go < 4 ? in_words_to_go : 4;
out_words_to_go -= out_words_to_go < 4 ? out_words_to_go : 4;
}
/* OUT_WORDS_TO_GO will be zero here if there are byte stores to do. */
if (out_words_to_go)
{
rtx sreg;
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, src, srcoffset);
sreg = copy_to_reg (mem);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, SImode, dst, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, sreg);
in_words_to_go--;
gcc_assert (!in_words_to_go); /* Sanity check */
}
if (in_words_to_go)
{
gcc_assert (in_words_to_go > 0);
mem = adjust_automodify_address (srcbase, SImode, src, srcoffset);
part_bytes_reg = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, mem);
}
gcc_assert (!last_bytes || part_bytes_reg);
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && last_bytes)
{
rtx tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
/* The bytes we want are in the top end of the word. */
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg,
GEN_INT (8 * (4 - last_bytes))));
part_bytes_reg = tmp;
while (last_bytes)
{
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode,
plus_constant (dst, last_bytes - 1),
dstoffset + last_bytes - 1);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, part_bytes_reg));
if (--last_bytes)
{
tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg, GEN_INT (8)));
part_bytes_reg = tmp;
}
}
}
else
{
if (last_bytes > 1)
{
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, HImode, dst, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (HImode, part_bytes_reg));
last_bytes -= 2;
if (last_bytes)
{
rtx tmp = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst, dst, const2_rtx));
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (tmp, part_bytes_reg, GEN_INT (16)));
part_bytes_reg = tmp;
dstoffset += 2;
}
}
if (last_bytes)
{
mem = adjust_automodify_address (dstbase, QImode, dst, dstoffset);
emit_move_insn (mem, gen_lowpart (QImode, part_bytes_reg));
}
}
return 1;
}
/* Select a dominance comparison mode if possible for a test of the general
form (OP (COND_OR (X) (Y)) (const_int 0)). We support three forms.
COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y => (X && Y)
COND_OR == DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y => ((! X) || Y)
COND_OR == DOM_CC_X_OR_Y => (X || Y)
In all cases OP will be either EQ or NE, but we don't need to know which
here. If we are unable to support a dominance comparison we return
CC mode. This will then fail to match for the RTL expressions that
generate this call. */
enum machine_mode
arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (rtx x, rtx y, HOST_WIDE_INT cond_or)
{
enum rtx_code cond1, cond2;
int swapped = 0;
/* Currently we will probably get the wrong result if the individual
comparisons are not simple. This also ensures that it is safe to
reverse a comparison if necessary. */
if ((arm_select_cc_mode (cond1 = GET_CODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1))
!= CCmode)
|| (arm_select_cc_mode (cond2 = GET_CODE (y), XEXP (y, 0), XEXP (y, 1))
!= CCmode))
return CCmode;
/* The if_then_else variant of this tests the second condition if the
first passes, but is true if the first fails. Reverse the first
condition to get a true "inclusive-or" expression. */
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_NX_OR_Y)
cond1 = reverse_condition (cond1);
/* If the comparisons are not equal, and one doesn't dominate the other,
then we can't do this. */
if (cond1 != cond2
&& !comparison_dominates_p (cond1, cond2)
&& (swapped = 1, !comparison_dominates_p (cond2, cond1)))
return CCmode;
if (swapped)
{
enum rtx_code temp = cond1;
cond1 = cond2;
cond2 = temp;
}
switch (cond1)
{
case EQ:
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
return CC_DEQmode;
switch (cond2)
{
case EQ: return CC_DEQmode;
case LE: return CC_DLEmode;
case LEU: return CC_DLEUmode;
case GE: return CC_DGEmode;
case GEU: return CC_DGEUmode;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
case LT:
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
return CC_DLTmode;
switch (cond2)
{
case LT:
return CC_DLTmode;
case LE:
return CC_DLEmode;
case NE:
return CC_DNEmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
case GT:
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
return CC_DGTmode;
switch (cond2)
{
case GT:
return CC_DGTmode;
case GE:
return CC_DGEmode;
case NE:
return CC_DNEmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
case LTU:
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
return CC_DLTUmode;
switch (cond2)
{
case LTU:
return CC_DLTUmode;
case LEU:
return CC_DLEUmode;
case NE:
return CC_DNEmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
case GTU:
if (cond_or == DOM_CC_X_AND_Y)
return CC_DGTUmode;
switch (cond2)
{
case GTU:
return CC_DGTUmode;
case GEU:
return CC_DGEUmode;
case NE:
return CC_DNEmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* The remaining cases only occur when both comparisons are the
same. */
case NE:
gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
return CC_DNEmode;
case LE:
gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
return CC_DLEmode;
case GE:
gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
return CC_DGEmode;
case LEU:
gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
return CC_DLEUmode;
case GEU:
gcc_assert (cond1 == cond2);
return CC_DGEUmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
enum machine_mode
arm_select_cc_mode (enum rtx_code op, rtx x, rtx y)
{
/* All floating point compares return CCFP if it is an equality
comparison, and CCFPE otherwise. */
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
{
switch (op)
{
case EQ:
case NE:
case UNORDERED:
case ORDERED:
case UNLT:
case UNLE:
case UNGT:
case UNGE:
case UNEQ:
case LTGT:
return CCFPmode;
case LT:
case LE:
case GT:
case GE:
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
return CCFPmode;
return CCFPEmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* A compare with a shifted operand. Because of canonicalization, the
comparison will have to be swapped when we emit the assembler. */
if (GET_MODE (y) == SImode
&& (REG_P (y) || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG))
&& (GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFTRT
|| GET_CODE (x) == LSHIFTRT || GET_CODE (x) == ROTATE
|| GET_CODE (x) == ROTATERT))
return CC_SWPmode;
/* This operation is performed swapped, but since we only rely on the Z
flag we don't need an additional mode. */
if (GET_MODE (y) == SImode
&& (REG_P (y) || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG))
&& GET_CODE (x) == NEG
&& (op == EQ || op == NE))
return CC_Zmode;
/* This is a special case that is used by combine to allow a
comparison of a shifted byte load to be split into a zero-extend
followed by a comparison of the shifted integer (only valid for
equalities and unsigned inequalities). */
if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode
&& GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 24
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == MEM
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0))) == QImode
&& (op == EQ || op == NE
|| op == GEU || op == GTU || op == LTU || op == LEU)
&& GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
return CC_Zmode;
/* A construct for a conditional compare, if the false arm contains
0, then both conditions must be true, otherwise either condition
must be true. Not all conditions are possible, so CCmode is
returned if it can't be done. */
if (GET_CODE (x) == IF_THEN_ELSE
&& (XEXP (x, 2) == const0_rtx
|| XEXP (x, 2) == const1_rtx)
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2)));
/* Alternate canonicalizations of the above. These are somewhat cleaner. */
if (GET_CODE (x) == AND
&& (op == EQ || op == NE)
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
DOM_CC_X_AND_Y);
if (GET_CODE (x) == IOR
&& (op == EQ || op == NE)
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 0))
&& COMPARISON_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
return arm_select_dominance_cc_mode (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
DOM_CC_X_OR_Y);
/* An operation (on Thumb) where we want to test for a single bit.
This is done by shifting that bit up into the top bit of a
scratch register; we can then branch on the sign bit. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1
&& GET_MODE (x) == SImode
&& (op == EQ || op == NE)
&& GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT
&& XEXP (x, 1) == const1_rtx)
return CC_Nmode;
/* An operation that sets the condition codes as a side-effect, the
V flag is not set correctly, so we can only use comparisons where
this doesn't matter. (For LT and GE we can use "mi" and "pl"
instead.) */
/* ??? Does the ZERO_EXTRACT case really apply to thumb2? */
if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode
&& y == const0_rtx
&& (op == EQ || op == NE || op == LT || op == GE)
&& (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
|| GET_CODE (x) == AND || GET_CODE (x) == IOR
|| GET_CODE (x) == XOR || GET_CODE (x) == MULT
|| GET_CODE (x) == NOT || GET_CODE (x) == NEG
|| GET_CODE (x) == LSHIFTRT
|| GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFTRT
|| GET_CODE (x) == ROTATERT
|| (TARGET_32BIT && GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT)))
return CC_NOOVmode;
if (GET_MODE (x) == QImode && (op == EQ || op == NE))
return CC_Zmode;
if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode && (op == LTU || op == GEU)
&& GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), y) || rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 1), y)))
return CC_Cmode;
if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (y) == DImode)
{
/* To keep things simple, always use the Cirrus cfcmp64 if it is
available. */
if (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
return CCmode;
switch (op)
{
case EQ:
case NE:
/* A DImode comparison against zero can be implemented by
or'ing the two halves together. */
if (y == const0_rtx)
return CC_Zmode;
/* We can do an equality test in three Thumb instructions. */
if (!TARGET_32BIT)
return CC_Zmode;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case LTU:
case LEU:
case GTU:
case GEU:
/* DImode unsigned comparisons can be implemented by cmp +
cmpeq without a scratch register. Not worth doing in
Thumb-2. */
if (TARGET_32BIT)
return CC_CZmode;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case LT:
case LE:
case GT:
case GE:
/* DImode signed and unsigned comparisons can be implemented
by cmp + sbcs with a scratch register, but that does not
set the Z flag - we must reverse GT/LE/GTU/LEU. */
gcc_assert (op != EQ && op != NE);
return CC_NCVmode;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_CC)
return GET_MODE (x);
return CCmode;
}
/* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
return the rtx for register 0 in the proper mode. FP means this is a
floating point compare: I don't think that it is needed on the arm. */
rtx
arm_gen_compare_reg (enum rtx_code code, rtx x, rtx y, rtx scratch)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
rtx cc_reg;
int dimode_comparison = GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (y) == DImode;
/* We might have X as a constant, Y as a register because of the predicates
used for cmpdi. If so, force X to a register here. */
if (dimode_comparison && !REG_P (x))
x = force_reg (DImode, x);
mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, CC_REGNUM);
if (dimode_comparison
&& !(TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK)
&& mode != CC_CZmode)
{
rtx clobber, set;
/* To compare two non-zero values for equality, XOR them and
then compare against zero. Not used for ARM mode; there
CC_CZmode is cheaper. */
if (mode == CC_Zmode && y != const0_rtx)
{
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
x = expand_binop (DImode, xor_optab, x, y, NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN);
y = const0_rtx;
}
/* A scratch register is required. */
if (reload_completed)
gcc_assert (scratch != NULL && GET_MODE (scratch) == SImode);
else
scratch = gen_rtx_SCRATCH (SImode);
clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, scratch);
set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y));
emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, set, clobber)));
}
else
emit_set_insn (cc_reg, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y));
return cc_reg;
}
/* Generate a sequence of insns that will generate the correct return
address mask depending on the physical architecture that the program
is running on. */
rtx
arm_gen_return_addr_mask (void)
{
rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
emit_insn (gen_return_addr_mask (reg));
return reg;
}
void
arm_reload_in_hi (rtx *operands)
{
rtx ref = operands[1];
rtx base, scratch;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
if (GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG)
{
offset = SUBREG_BYTE (ref);
ref = SUBREG_REG (ref);
}
if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG)
{
/* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
out of range, or is used as a subreg. */
if (reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref)))
{
ref = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref));
base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
}
else
/* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG. */
base = reg_equiv_address (REGNO (ref));
}
else
base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
/* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1. */
if (GET_CODE (base) == MINUS
|| (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) != CONST_INT))
{
rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
emit_set_insn (base_plus, base);
base = base_plus;
}
else if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
{
/* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above. */
HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
base = XEXP (base, 0);
/* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns. */
/* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
lo = (offset >= 0
? (offset & 0xfff)
: -((-offset) & 0xfff));
/* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
pre-loading insn(s). */
if (lo == 4095)
lo &= 0x7ff;
hi = ((((offset - lo) & (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
^ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
- (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);
gcc_assert (hi + lo == offset);
if (hi != 0)
{
rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
/* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
that require more than one insn. */
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus, base, GEN_INT (hi)));
base = base_plus;
offset = lo;
}
}
/* Operands[2] may overlap operands[0] (though it won't overlap
operands[1]), that's why we asked for a DImode reg -- so we can
use the bit that does not overlap. */
if (REGNO (operands[2]) == REGNO (operands[0]))
scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
else
scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]));
emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (scratch,
gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
plus_constant (base,
offset))));
emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqisi2 (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
plus_constant (base,
offset + 1))));
if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
gen_rtx_IOR (SImode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT
(SImode,
gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
GEN_INT (8)),
scratch));
else
emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0),
gen_rtx_IOR (SImode,
gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, scratch,
GEN_INT (8)),
gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, operands[0], 0)));
}
/* Handle storing a half-word to memory during reload by synthesizing as two
byte stores. Take care not to clobber the input values until after we
have moved them somewhere safe. This code assumes that if the DImode
scratch in operands[2] overlaps either the input value or output address
in some way, then that value must die in this insn (we absolutely need
two scratch registers for some corner cases). */
void
arm_reload_out_hi (rtx *operands)
{
rtx ref = operands[0];
rtx outval = operands[1];
rtx base, scratch;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
if (GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG)
{
offset = SUBREG_BYTE (ref);
ref = SUBREG_REG (ref);
}
if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG)
{
/* We have a pseudo which has been spilt onto the stack; there
are two cases here: the first where there is a simple
stack-slot replacement and a second where the stack-slot is
out of range, or is used as a subreg. */
if (reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref)))
{
ref = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (ref));
base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
}
else
/* The slot is out of range, or was dressed up in a SUBREG. */
base = reg_equiv_address (REGNO (ref));
}
else
base = find_replacement (&XEXP (ref, 0));
scratch = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]));
/* Handle the case where the address is too complex to be offset by 1. */
if (GET_CODE (base) == MINUS
|| (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) != CONST_INT))
{
rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
/* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL. */
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus, outval))
{
/* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we can
swap the scratch and base_plus. */
if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch, outval))
{
rtx tmp = scratch;
scratch = base_plus;
base_plus = tmp;
}
else
{
rtx scratch_hi = gen_rtx_REG (HImode, REGNO (operands[2]));
/* Be conservative and copy OUTVAL into the scratch now,
this should only be necessary if outval is a subreg
of something larger than a word. */
/* XXX Might this clobber base? I can't see how it can,
since scratch is known to overlap with OUTVAL, and
must be wider than a word. */
emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi, outval));
outval = scratch_hi;
}
}
emit_set_insn (base_plus, base);
base = base_plus;
}
else if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
{
/* The addend must be CONST_INT, or we would have dealt with it above. */
HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
offset += INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
base = XEXP (base, 0);
/* Rework the address into a legal sequence of insns. */
/* Valid range for lo is -4095 -> 4095 */
lo = (offset >= 0
? (offset & 0xfff)
: -((-offset) & 0xfff));
/* Corner case, if lo is the max offset then we would be out of range
once we have added the additional 1 below, so bump the msb into the
pre-loading insn(s). */
if (lo == 4095)
lo &= 0x7ff;
hi = ((((offset - lo) & (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffffffff)
^ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000)
- (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0x80000000);
gcc_assert (hi + lo == offset);
if (hi != 0)
{
rtx base_plus = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[2]) + 1);
/* Be careful not to destroy OUTVAL. */
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (base_plus, outval))
{
/* Updating base_plus might destroy outval, see if we
can swap the scratch and base_plus. */
if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (scratch, outval))
{
rtx tmp = scratch;
scratch = base_plus;
base_plus = tmp;
}
else
{
rtx scratch_hi = gen_rtx_REG (HImode, REGNO (operands[2]));
/* Be conservative and copy outval into scratch now,
this should only be necessary if outval is a
subreg of something larger than a word. */
/* XXX Might this clobber base? I can't see how it
can, since scratch is known to overlap with
outval. */
emit_insn (gen_movhi (scratch_hi, outval));
outval = scratch_hi;
}
}
/* Get the base address; addsi3 knows how to handle constants
that require more than one insn. */
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (base_plus, base, GEN_INT (hi)));
base = base_plus;
offset = lo;
}
}
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
plus_constant (base, offset + 1)),
gen_lowpart (QImode, outval)));
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch,
gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, outval, 0),
GEN_INT (8)));
emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (base, offset)),
gen_lowpart (QImode, scratch)));
}
else
{
emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (base, offset)),
gen_lowpart (QImode, outval)));
emit_insn (gen_lshrsi3 (scratch,
gen_rtx_SUBREG (SImode, outval, 0),
GEN_INT (8)));
emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
plus_constant (base, offset + 1)),
gen_lowpart (QImode, scratch)));
}
}
/* Return true if a type must be passed in memory. For AAPCS, small aggregates
(padded to the size of a word) should be passed in a register. */
static bool
arm_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
{
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return must_pass_in_stack_var_size (mode, type);
else
return must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad (mode, type);
}
/* For use by FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE).
Return true if an argument passed on the stack should be padded upwards,
i.e. if the least-significant byte has useful data.
For legacy APCS ABIs we use the default. For AAPCS based ABIs small
aggregate types are placed in the lowest memory address. */
bool
arm_pad_arg_upward (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const_tree type)
{
if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return DEFAULT_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING(mode, type) == upward;
if (type && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
return false;
return true;
}
/* Similarly, for use by BLOCK_REG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE, FIRST).
Return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN if the least significant byte of the
register has useful data, and return the opposite if the most
significant byte does. */
bool
arm_pad_reg_upward (enum machine_mode mode,
tree type, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
/* For AAPCS, small aggregates, small fixed-point types,
and small complex types are always padded upwards. */
if (type)
{
if ((AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
|| TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE
|| FIXED_POINT_TYPE_P (type))
&& int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 4)
return true;
}
else
{
if ((COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode) || ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
return true;
}
}
/* Otherwise, use default padding. */
return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN;
}
/* Print a symbolic form of X to the debug file, F. */
static void
arm_print_value (FILE *f, rtx x)
{
switch (GET_CODE (x))
{
case CONST_INT:
fprintf (f, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, INTVAL (x));
return;
case CONST_DOUBLE:
fprintf (f, "<0x%lx,0x%lx>", (long)XWINT (x, 2), (long)XWINT (x, 3));
return;
case CONST_VECTOR:
{
int i;
fprintf (f, "<");
for (i = 0; i < CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i++)
{
fprintf (f, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i)));
if (i < (CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x) - 1))
fputc (',', f);
}
fprintf (f, ">");
}
return;
case CONST_STRING:
fprintf (f, "\"%s\"", XSTR (x, 0));
return;
case SYMBOL_REF:
fprintf (f, "`%s'", XSTR (x, 0));
return;
case LABEL_REF:
fprintf (f, "L%d", INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0)));
return;
case CONST:
arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
return;
case PLUS:
arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
fprintf (f, "+");
arm_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 1));
return;
case PC:
fprintf (f, "pc");
return;
default:
fprintf (f, "????");
return;
}
}
/* Routines for manipulation of the constant pool. */
/* Arm instructions cannot load a large constant directly into a
register; they have to come from a pc relative load. The constant
must therefore be placed in the addressable range of the pc
relative load. Depending on the precise pc relative load
instruction the range is somewhere between 256 bytes and 4k. This
means that we often have to dump a constant inside a function, and
generate code to branch around it.
It is important to minimize this, since the branches will slow
things down and make the code larger.
Normally we can hide the table after an existing unconditional
branch so that there is no interruption of the flow, but in the
worst case the code looks like this:
ldr rn, L1
...
b L2
align
L1: .long value
L2:
...
ldr rn, L3
...
b L4
align
L3: .long value
L4:
...
We fix this by performing a scan after scheduling, which notices
which instructions need to have their operands fetched from the
constant table and builds the table.
The algorithm starts by building a table of all the constants that
need fixing up and all the natural barriers in the function (places
where a constant table can be dropped without breaking the flow).
For each fixup we note how far the pc-relative replacement will be
able to reach and the offset of the instruction into the function.
Having built the table we then group the fixes together to form
tables that are as large as possible (subject to addressing
constraints) and emit each table of constants after the last
barrier that is within range of all the instructions in the group.
If a group does not contain a barrier, then we forcibly create one
by inserting a jump instruction into the flow. Once the table has
been inserted, the insns are then modified to reference the
relevant entry in the pool.
Possible enhancements to the algorithm (not implemented) are:
1) For some processors and object formats, there may be benefit in
aligning the pools to the start of cache lines; this alignment
would need to be taken into account when calculating addressability
of a pool. */
/* These typedefs are located at the start of this file, so that
they can be used in the prototypes there. This comment is to
remind readers of that fact so that the following structures
can be understood more easily.
typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix; */
struct minipool_node
{
/* Doubly linked chain of entries. */
Mnode * next;
Mnode * prev;
/* The maximum offset into the code that this entry can be placed. While
pushing fixes for forward references, all entries are sorted in order
of increasing max_address. */
HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
/* Similarly for an entry inserted for a backwards ref. */
HOST_WIDE_INT min_address;
/* The number of fixes referencing this entry. This can become zero
if we "unpush" an entry. In this case we ignore the entry when we
come to emit the code. */
int refcount;
/* The offset from the start of the minipool. */
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
/* The value in table. */
rtx value;
/* The mode of value. */
enum machine_mode mode;
/* The size of the value. With iWMMXt enabled
sizes > 4 also imply an alignment of 8-bytes. */
int fix_size;
};
struct minipool_fixup
{
Mfix * next;
rtx insn;
HOST_WIDE_INT address;
rtx * loc;
enum machine_mode mode;
int fix_size;
rtx value;
Mnode * minipool;
HOST_WIDE_INT forwards;
HOST_WIDE_INT backwards;
};
/* Fixes less than a word need padding out to a word boundary. */
#define MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE(mode) \
(GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) >= 4 ? GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) : 4)
static Mnode * minipool_vector_head;
static Mnode * minipool_vector_tail;
static rtx minipool_vector_label;
static int minipool_pad;
/* The linked list of all minipool fixes required for this function. */
Mfix * minipool_fix_head;
Mfix * minipool_fix_tail;
/* The fix entry for the current minipool, once it has been placed. */
Mfix * minipool_barrier;
/* Determines if INSN is the start of a jump table. Returns the end
of the TABLE or NULL_RTX. */
static rtx
is_jump_table (rtx insn)
{
rtx table;
if (jump_to_label_p (insn)
&& ((table = next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn)))
== next_real_insn (insn))
&& table != NULL
&& GET_CODE (table) == JUMP_INSN
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_VEC
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
return table;
return NULL_RTX;
}
#ifndef JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
#define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION 0
#endif
static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_jump_table_size (rtx insn)
{
/* ADDR_VECs only take room if read-only data does into the text
section. */
if (JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION || readonly_data_section == text_section)
{
rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
int elt = GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC ? 1 : 0;
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
HOST_WIDE_INT modesize;
modesize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body));
size = modesize * XVECLEN (body, elt);
switch (modesize)
{
case 1:
/* Round up size of TBB table to a halfword boundary. */
size = (size + 1) & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)1;
break;
case 2:
/* No padding necessary for TBH. */
break;
case 4:
/* Add two bytes for alignment on Thumb. */
if (TARGET_THUMB)
size += 2;
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return size;
}
return 0;
}
/* Return the maximum amount of padding that will be inserted before
label LABEL. */
static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_label_padding (rtx label)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT align, min_insn_size;
align = 1 << label_to_alignment (label);
min_insn_size = TARGET_THUMB ? 2 : 4;
return align > min_insn_size ? align - min_insn_size : 0;
}
/* Move a minipool fix MP from its current location to before MAX_MP.
If MAX_MP is NULL, then MP doesn't need moving, but the addressing
constraints may need updating. */
static Mnode *
move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode *mp, Mnode *max_mp,
HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
{
/* The code below assumes these are different. */
gcc_assert (mp != max_mp);
if (max_mp == NULL)
{
if (max_address < mp->max_address)
mp->max_address = max_address;
}
else
{
if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
else
mp->max_address = max_address;
/* Unlink MP from its current position. Since max_mp is non-null,
mp->prev must be non-null. */
mp->prev->next = mp->next;
if (mp->next != NULL)
mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
else
minipool_vector_tail = mp->prev;
/* Re-insert it before MAX_MP. */
mp->next = max_mp;
mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
max_mp->prev = mp;
if (mp->prev != NULL)
mp->prev->next = mp;
else
minipool_vector_head = mp;
}
/* Save the new entry. */
max_mp = mp;
/* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
required. */
while (mp->prev != NULL
&& mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
{
mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
mp = mp->prev;
}
return max_mp;
}
/* Add a constant to the minipool for a forward reference. Returns the
node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool. */
static Mnode *
add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix *fix)
{
/* If set, max_mp is the first pool_entry that has a lower
constraint than the one we are trying to add. */
Mnode * max_mp = NULL;
HOST_WIDE_INT max_address = fix->address + fix->forwards - minipool_pad;
Mnode * mp;
/* If the minipool starts before the end of FIX->INSN then this FIX
can not be placed into the current pool. Furthermore, adding the
new constant pool entry may cause the pool to start FIX_SIZE bytes
earlier. */
if (minipool_vector_head &&
(fix->address + get_attr_length (fix->insn)
>= minipool_vector_head->max_address - fix->fix_size))
return NULL;
/* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
already been added. While we are doing this, also note the
location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
exist. */
for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
{
if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
&& fix->mode == mp->mode
&& (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
|| (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
== CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
&& rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value))
{
/* More than one fix references this entry. */
mp->refcount++;
return move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (mp, max_mp, max_address);
}
/* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
if (max_mp == NULL
&& mp->max_address > max_address)
max_mp = mp;
/* If we are inserting an 8-bytes aligned quantity and
we have not already found an insertion point, then
make sure that all such 8-byte aligned quantities are
placed at the start of the pool. */
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& max_mp == NULL
&& fix->fix_size >= 8
&& mp->fix_size < 8)
{
max_mp = mp;
max_address = mp->max_address;
}
}
/* The value is not currently in the minipool, so we need to create
a new entry for it. If MAX_MP is NULL, the entry will be put on
the end of the list since the placement is less constrained than
any existing entry. Otherwise, we insert the new fix before
MAX_MP and, if necessary, adjust the constraints on the other
entries. */
mp = XNEW (Mnode);
mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
mp->mode = fix->mode;
mp->value = fix->value;
mp->refcount = 1;
/* Not yet required for a backwards ref. */
mp->min_address = -65536;
if (max_mp == NULL)
{
mp->max_address = max_address;
mp->next = NULL;
mp->prev = minipool_vector_tail;
if (mp->prev == NULL)
{
minipool_vector_head = mp;
minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
}
else
mp->prev->next = mp;
minipool_vector_tail = mp;
}
else
{
if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
else
mp->max_address = max_address;
mp->next = max_mp;
mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
max_mp->prev = mp;
if (mp->prev != NULL)
mp->prev->next = mp;
else
minipool_vector_head = mp;
}
/* Save the new entry. */
max_mp = mp;
/* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as
required. */
while (mp->prev != NULL
&& mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
{
mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
mp = mp->prev;
}
return max_mp;
}
static Mnode *
move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode *mp, Mnode *min_mp,
HOST_WIDE_INT min_address)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
/* The code below assumes these are different. */
gcc_assert (mp != min_mp);
if (min_mp == NULL)
{
if (min_address > mp->min_address)
mp->min_address = min_address;
}
else
{
/* We will adjust this below if it is too loose. */
mp->min_address = min_address;
/* Unlink MP from its current position. Since min_mp is non-null,
mp->next must be non-null. */
mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
if (mp->prev != NULL)
mp->prev->next = mp->next;
else
minipool_vector_head = mp->next;
/* Reinsert it after MIN_MP. */
mp->prev = min_mp;
mp->next = min_mp->next;
min_mp->next = mp;
if (mp->next != NULL)
mp->next->prev = mp;
else
minipool_vector_tail = mp;
}
min_mp = mp;
offset = 0;
for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
{
mp->offset = offset;
if (mp->refcount > 0)
offset += mp->fix_size;
if (mp->next && mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
}
return min_mp;
}
/* Add a constant to the minipool for a backward reference. Returns the
node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.
Note that the code for insertion for a backwards reference can be
somewhat confusing because the calculated offsets for each fix do
not take into account the size of the pool (which is still under
construction. */
static Mnode *
add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix *fix)
{
/* If set, min_mp is the last pool_entry that has a lower constraint
than the one we are trying to add. */
Mnode *min_mp = NULL;
/* This can be negative, since it is only a constraint. */
HOST_WIDE_INT min_address = fix->address - fix->backwards;
Mnode *mp;
/* If we can't reach the current pool from this insn, or if we can't
insert this entry at the end of the pool without pushing other
fixes out of range, then we don't try. This ensures that we
can't fail later on. */
if (min_address >= minipool_barrier->address
|| (minipool_vector_tail->min_address + fix->fix_size
>= minipool_barrier->address))
return NULL;
/* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has
already been added. While we are doing this, also note the
location where we must insert the constant if it doesn't already
exist. */
for (mp = minipool_vector_tail; mp != NULL; mp = mp->prev)
{
if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
&& fix->mode == mp->mode
&& (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
|| (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
== CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
&& rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value)
/* Check that there is enough slack to move this entry to the
end of the table (this is conservative). */
&& (mp->max_address
> (minipool_barrier->address
+ minipool_vector_tail->offset
+ minipool_vector_tail->fix_size)))
{
mp->refcount++;
return move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (mp, min_mp, min_address);
}
if (min_mp != NULL)
mp->min_address += fix->fix_size;
else
{
/* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
if (mp->min_address < min_address)
{
/* For now, we do not allow the insertion of 8-byte alignment
requiring nodes anywhere but at the start of the pool. */
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& fix->fix_size >= 8 && mp->fix_size < 8)
return NULL;
else
min_mp = mp;
}
else if (mp->max_address
< minipool_barrier->address + mp->offset + fix->fix_size)
{
/* Inserting before this entry would push the fix beyond
its maximum address (which can happen if we have
re-located a forwards fix); force the new fix to come
after it. */
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& fix->fix_size >= 8 && mp->fix_size < 8)
return NULL;
else
{
min_mp = mp;
min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
}
}
/* Do not insert a non-8-byte aligned quantity before 8-byte
aligned quantities. */
else if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& fix->fix_size < 8
&& mp->fix_size >= 8)
{
min_mp = mp;
min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
}
}
}
/* We need to create a new entry. */
mp = XNEW (Mnode);
mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
mp->mode = fix->mode;
mp->value = fix->value;
mp->refcount = 1;
mp->max_address = minipool_barrier->address + 65536;
mp->min_address = min_address;
if (min_mp == NULL)
{
mp->prev = NULL;
mp->next = minipool_vector_head;
if (mp->next == NULL)
{
minipool_vector_tail = mp;
minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
}
else
mp->next->prev = mp;
minipool_vector_head = mp;
}
else
{
mp->next = min_mp->next;
mp->prev = min_mp;
min_mp->next = mp;
if (mp->next != NULL)
mp->next->prev = mp;
else
minipool_vector_tail = mp;
}
/* Save the new entry. */
min_mp = mp;
if (mp->prev)
mp = mp->prev;
else
mp->offset = 0;
/* Scan over the following entries and adjust their offsets. */
while (mp->next != NULL)
{
if (mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
if (mp->refcount)
mp->next->offset = mp->offset + mp->fix_size;
else
mp->next->offset = mp->offset;
mp = mp->next;
}
return min_mp;
}
static void
assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix *barrier)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
Mnode *mp;
minipool_barrier = barrier;
for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
{
mp->offset = offset;
if (mp->refcount > 0)
offset += mp->fix_size;
}
}
/* Output the literal table */
static void
dump_minipool (rtx scan)
{
Mnode * mp;
Mnode * nmp;
int align64 = 0;
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
if (mp->refcount > 0 && mp->fix_size >= 8)
{
align64 = 1;
break;
}
if (dump_file)
fprintf (dump_file,
";; Emitting minipool after insn %u; address %ld; align %d (bytes)\n",
INSN_UID (scan), (unsigned long) minipool_barrier->address, align64 ? 8 : 4);
scan = emit_label_after (gen_label_rtx (), scan);
scan = emit_insn_after (align64 ? gen_align_8 () : gen_align_4 (), scan);
scan = emit_label_after (minipool_vector_label, scan);
for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = nmp)
{
if (mp->refcount > 0)
{
if (dump_file)
{
fprintf (dump_file,
";; Offset %u, min %ld, max %ld ",
(unsigned) mp->offset, (unsigned long) mp->min_address,
(unsigned long) mp->max_address);
arm_print_value (dump_file, mp->value);
fputc ('\n', dump_file);
}
switch (mp->fix_size)
{
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_1
case 1:
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_1 (mp->value), scan);
break;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_2
case 2:
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_2 (mp->value), scan);
break;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_4
case 4:
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_4 (mp->value), scan);
break;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_8
case 8:
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_8 (mp->value), scan);
break;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_consttable_16
case 16:
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_16 (mp->value), scan);
break;
#endif
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
nmp = mp->next;
free (mp);
}
minipool_vector_head = minipool_vector_tail = NULL;
scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_end (), scan);
scan = emit_barrier_after (scan);
}
/* Return the cost of forcibly inserting a barrier after INSN. */
static int
arm_barrier_cost (rtx insn)
{
/* Basing the location of the pool on the loop depth is preferable,
but at the moment, the basic block information seems to be
corrupt by this stage of the compilation. */
int base_cost = 50;
rtx next = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
if (next != NULL && GET_CODE (next) == CODE_LABEL)
base_cost -= 20;
switch (GET_CODE (insn))
{
case CODE_LABEL:
/* It will always be better to place the table before the label, rather
than after it. */
return 50;
case INSN:
case CALL_INSN:
return base_cost;
case JUMP_INSN:
return base_cost - 10;
default:
return base_cost + 10;
}
}
/* Find the best place in the insn stream in the range
(FIX->address,MAX_ADDRESS) to forcibly insert a minipool barrier.
Create the barrier by inserting a jump and add a new fix entry for
it. */
static Mfix *
create_fix_barrier (Mfix *fix, HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0;
rtx barrier;
rtx from = fix->insn;
/* The instruction after which we will insert the jump. */
rtx selected = NULL;
int selected_cost;
/* The address at which the jump instruction will be placed. */
HOST_WIDE_INT selected_address;
Mfix * new_fix;
HOST_WIDE_INT max_count = max_address - fix->address;
rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
selected_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);
selected_address = fix->address;
while (from && count < max_count)
{
rtx tmp;
int new_cost;
/* This code shouldn't have been called if there was a natural barrier
within range. */
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (from) != BARRIER);
/* Count the length of this insn. This must stay in sync with the
code that pushes minipool fixes. */
if (LABEL_P (from))
count += get_label_padding (from);
else
count += get_attr_length (from);
/* If there is a jump table, add its length. */
tmp = is_jump_table (from);
if (tmp != NULL)
{
count += get_jump_table_size (tmp);
/* Jump tables aren't in a basic block, so base the cost on
the dispatch insn. If we select this location, we will
still put the pool after the table. */
new_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);
if (count < max_count
&& (!selected || new_cost <= selected_cost))
{
selected = tmp;
selected_cost = new_cost;
selected_address = fix->address + count;
}
/* Continue after the dispatch table. */
from = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
continue;
}
new_cost = arm_barrier_cost (from);
if (count < max_count
&& (!selected || new_cost <= selected_cost))
{
selected = from;
selected_cost = new_cost;
selected_address = fix->address + count;
}
from = NEXT_INSN (from);
}
/* Make sure that we found a place to insert the jump. */
gcc_assert (selected);
/* Make sure we do not split a call and its corresponding
CALL_ARG_LOCATION note. */
if (CALL_P (selected))
{
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (selected);
if (next && NOTE_P (next)
&& NOTE_KIND (next) == NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION)
selected = next;
}
/* Create a new JUMP_INSN that branches around a barrier. */
from = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label), selected);
JUMP_LABEL (from) = label;
barrier = emit_barrier_after (from);
emit_label_after (label, barrier);
/* Create a minipool barrier entry for the new barrier. */
new_fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* new_fix));
new_fix->insn = barrier;
new_fix->address = selected_address;
new_fix->next = fix->next;
fix->next = new_fix;
return new_fix;
}
/* Record that there is a natural barrier in the insn stream at
ADDRESS. */
static void
push_minipool_barrier (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address)
{
Mfix * fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* fix));
fix->insn = insn;
fix->address = address;
fix->next = NULL;
if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
else
minipool_fix_head = fix;
minipool_fix_tail = fix;
}
/* Record INSN, which will need fixing up to load a value from the
minipool. ADDRESS is the offset of the insn since the start of the
function; LOC is a pointer to the part of the insn which requires
fixing; VALUE is the constant that must be loaded, which is of type
MODE. */
static void
push_minipool_fix (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, rtx *loc,
enum machine_mode mode, rtx value)
{
Mfix * fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (* fix));
fix->insn = insn;
fix->address = address;
fix->loc = loc;
fix->mode = mode;
fix->fix_size = MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE (mode);
fix->value = value;
fix->forwards = get_attr_pool_range (insn);
fix->backwards = get_attr_neg_pool_range (insn);
fix->minipool = NULL;
/* If an insn doesn't have a range defined for it, then it isn't
expecting to be reworked by this code. Better to stop now than
to generate duff assembly code. */
gcc_assert (fix->forwards || fix->backwards);
/* If an entry requires 8-byte alignment then assume all constant pools
require 4 bytes of padding. Trying to do this later on a per-pool
basis is awkward because existing pool entries have to be modified. */
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN && fix->fix_size >= 8)
minipool_pad = 4;
if (dump_file)
{
fprintf (dump_file,
";; %smode fixup for i%d; addr %lu, range (%ld,%ld): ",
GET_MODE_NAME (mode),
INSN_UID (insn), (unsigned long) address,
-1 * (long)fix->backwards, (long)fix->forwards);
arm_print_value (dump_file, fix->value);
fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
}
/* Add it to the chain of fixes. */
fix->next = NULL;
if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
else
minipool_fix_head = fix;
minipool_fix_tail = fix;
}
/* Return the cost of synthesizing a 64-bit constant VAL inline.
Returns the number of insns needed, or 99 if we don't know how to
do it. */
int
arm_const_double_inline_cost (rtx val)
{
rtx lowpart, highpart;
enum machine_mode mode;
mode = GET_MODE (val);
if (mode == VOIDmode)
mode = DImode;
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8);
lowpart = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);
highpart = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (lowpart) == CONST_INT);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (highpart) == CONST_INT);
return (arm_gen_constant (SET, SImode, NULL_RTX, INTVAL (lowpart),
NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, 0, 0)
+ arm_gen_constant (SET, SImode, NULL_RTX, INTVAL (highpart),
NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, 0, 0));
}
/* Return true if it is worthwhile to split a 64-bit constant into two
32-bit operations. This is the case if optimizing for size, or
if we have load delay slots, or if one 32-bit part can be done with
a single data operation. */
bool
arm_const_double_by_parts (rtx val)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (val);
rtx part;
if (optimize_size || arm_ld_sched)
return true;
if (mode == VOIDmode)
mode = DImode;
part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);
if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part))
|| const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (part)))
return true;
part = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);
if (const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part))
|| const_ok_for_arm (~INTVAL (part)))
return true;
return false;
}
/* Return true if it is possible to inline both the high and low parts
of a 64-bit constant into 32-bit data processing instructions. */
bool
arm_const_double_by_immediates (rtx val)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (val);
rtx part;
if (mode == VOIDmode)
mode = DImode;
part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, val);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);
if (!const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part)))
return false;
part = gen_lowpart (SImode, val);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (part) == CONST_INT);
if (!const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (part)))
return false;
return true;
}
/* Scan INSN and note any of its operands that need fixing.
If DO_PUSHES is false we do not actually push any of the fixups
needed. The function returns TRUE if any fixups were needed/pushed.
This is used by arm_memory_load_p() which needs to know about loads
of constants that will be converted into minipool loads. */
static bool
note_invalid_constants (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, int do_pushes)
{
bool result = false;
int opno;
extract_insn (insn);
if (!constrain_operands (1))
fatal_insn_not_found (insn);
if (recog_data.n_alternatives == 0)
return false;
/* Fill in recog_op_alt with information about the constraints of
this insn. */
preprocess_constraints ();
for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
{
/* Things we need to fix can only occur in inputs. */
if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] != OP_IN)
continue;
/* If this alternative is a memory reference, then any mention
of constants in this alternative is really to fool reload
into allowing us to accept one there. We need to fix them up
now so that we output the right code. */
if (recog_op_alt[opno][which_alternative].memory_ok)
{
rtx op = recog_data.operand[opno];
if (CONSTANT_P (op))
{
if (do_pushes)
push_minipool_fix (insn, address, recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
recog_data.operand_mode[opno], op);
result = true;
}
else if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (op, 0)))
{
if (do_pushes)
{
rtx cop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
/* Casting the address of something to a mode narrower
than a word can cause avoid_constant_pool_reference()
to return the pool reference itself. That's no good to
us here. Lets just hope that we can use the
constant pool value directly. */
if (op == cop)
cop = get_pool_constant (XEXP (op, 0));
push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
recog_data.operand_mode[opno], cop);
}
result = true;
}
}
}
return result;
}
/* Convert instructions to their cc-clobbering variant if possible, since
that allows us to use smaller encodings. */
static void
thumb2_reorg (void)
{
basic_block bb;
regset_head live;
INIT_REG_SET (&live);
/* We are freeing block_for_insn in the toplev to keep compatibility
with old MDEP_REORGS that are not CFG based. Recompute it now. */
compute_bb_for_insn ();
df_analyze ();
FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
{
rtx insn;
COPY_REG_SET (&live, DF_LR_OUT (bb));
df_simulate_initialize_backwards (bb, &live);
FOR_BB_INSNS_REVERSE (bb, insn)
{
if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
&& !REGNO_REG_SET_P (&live, CC_REGNUM))
{
rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
&& low_register_operand (XEXP (pat, 0), SImode)
&& thumb_16bit_operator (XEXP (pat, 1), SImode)
&& low_register_operand (XEXP (XEXP (pat, 1), 0), SImode)
&& low_register_operand (XEXP (XEXP (pat, 1), 1), SImode))
{
rtx dst = XEXP (pat, 0);
rtx src = XEXP (pat, 1);
rtx op0 = XEXP (src, 0);
rtx op1 = (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (src)) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
? XEXP (src, 1) : NULL);
if (rtx_equal_p (dst, op0)
|| GET_CODE (src) == PLUS || GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
{
rtx ccreg = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
rtx clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, ccreg);
rtvec vec = gen_rtvec (2, pat, clobber);
PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec);
INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
}
/* We can also handle a commutative operation where the
second operand matches the destination. */
else if (op1 && rtx_equal_p (dst, op1))
{
rtx ccreg = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
rtx clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, ccreg);
rtvec vec;
src = copy_rtx (src);
XEXP (src, 0) = op1;
XEXP (src, 1) = op0;
pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dst, src);
vec = gen_rtvec (2, pat, clobber);
PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec);
INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
}
}
}
if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
df_simulate_one_insn_backwards (bb, insn, &live);
}
}
CLEAR_REG_SET (&live);
}
/* Gcc puts the pool in the wrong place for ARM, since we can only
load addresses a limited distance around the pc. We do some
special munging to move the constant pool values to the correct
point in the code. */
static void
arm_reorg (void)
{
rtx insn;
HOST_WIDE_INT address = 0;
Mfix * fix;
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
thumb2_reorg ();
minipool_fix_head = minipool_fix_tail = NULL;
/* The first insn must always be a note, or the code below won't
scan it properly. */
insn = get_insns ();
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
minipool_pad = 0;
/* Scan all the insns and record the operands that will need fixing. */
for (insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); insn; insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn))
{
if (TARGET_CIRRUS_FIX_INVALID_INSNS
&& (arm_cirrus_insn_p (insn)
|| GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
|| arm_memory_load_p (insn)))
cirrus_reorg (insn);
if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
push_minipool_barrier (insn, address);
else if (INSN_P (insn))
{
rtx table;
note_invalid_constants (insn, address, true);
address += get_attr_length (insn);
/* If the insn is a vector jump, add the size of the table
and skip the table. */
if ((table = is_jump_table (insn)) != NULL)
{
address += get_jump_table_size (table);
insn = table;
}
}
else if (LABEL_P (insn))
/* Add the worst-case padding due to alignment. We don't add
the _current_ padding because the minipool insertions
themselves might change it. */
address += get_label_padding (insn);
}
fix = minipool_fix_head;
/* Now scan the fixups and perform the required changes. */
while (fix)
{
Mfix * ftmp;
Mfix * fdel;
Mfix * last_added_fix;
Mfix * last_barrier = NULL;
Mfix * this_fix;
/* Skip any further barriers before the next fix. */
while (fix && GET_CODE (fix->insn) == BARRIER)
fix = fix->next;
/* No more fixes. */
if (fix == NULL)
break;
last_added_fix = NULL;
for (ftmp = fix; ftmp; ftmp = ftmp->next)
{
if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) == BARRIER)
{
if (ftmp->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address)
break;
last_barrier = ftmp;
}
else if ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_forward_ref (ftmp)) == NULL)
break;
last_added_fix = ftmp; /* Keep track of the last fix added. */
}
/* If we found a barrier, drop back to that; any fixes that we
could have reached but come after the barrier will now go in
the next mini-pool. */
if (last_barrier != NULL)
{
/* Reduce the refcount for those fixes that won't go into this
pool after all. */
for (fdel = last_barrier->next;
fdel && fdel != ftmp;
fdel = fdel->next)
{
fdel->minipool->refcount--;
fdel->minipool = NULL;
}
ftmp = last_barrier;
}
else
{
/* ftmp is first fix that we can't fit into this pool and
there no natural barriers that we could use. Insert a
new barrier in the code somewhere between the previous
fix and this one, and arrange to jump around it. */
HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
/* The last item on the list of fixes must be a barrier, so
we can never run off the end of the list of fixes without
last_barrier being set. */
gcc_assert (ftmp);
max_address = minipool_vector_head->max_address;
/* Check that there isn't another fix that is in range that
we couldn't fit into this pool because the pool was
already too large: we need to put the pool before such an
instruction. The pool itself may come just after the
fix because create_fix_barrier also allows space for a
jump instruction. */
if (ftmp->address < max_address)
max_address = ftmp->address + 1;
last_barrier = create_fix_barrier (last_added_fix, max_address);
}
assign_minipool_offsets (last_barrier);
while (ftmp)
{
if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) != BARRIER
&& ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_backward_ref (ftmp))
== NULL))
break;
ftmp = ftmp->next;
}
/* Scan over the fixes we have identified for this pool, fixing them
up and adding the constants to the pool itself. */
for (this_fix = fix; this_fix && ftmp != this_fix;
this_fix = this_fix->next)
if (GET_CODE (this_fix->insn) != BARRIER)
{
rtx addr
= plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
minipool_vector_label),
this_fix->minipool->offset);
*this_fix->loc = gen_rtx_MEM (this_fix->mode, addr);
}
dump_minipool (last_barrier->insn);
fix = ftmp;
}
/* From now on we must synthesize any constants that we can't handle
directly. This can happen if the RTL gets split during final
instruction generation. */
after_arm_reorg = 1;
/* Free the minipool memory. */
obstack_free (&minipool_obstack, minipool_startobj);
}
/* Routines to output assembly language. */
/* If the rtx is the correct value then return the string of the number.
In this way we can ensure that valid double constants are generated even
when cross compiling. */
const char *
fp_immediate_constant (rtx x)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
int i;
if (!fp_consts_inited)
init_fp_table ();
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_fp[i]))
return strings_fp[i];
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* As for fp_immediate_constant, but value is passed directly, not in rtx. */
static const char *
fp_const_from_val (REAL_VALUE_TYPE *r)
{
int i;
if (!fp_consts_inited)
init_fp_table ();
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (*r, values_fp[i]))
return strings_fp[i];
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* Output the operands of a LDM/STM instruction to STREAM.
MASK is the ARM register set mask of which only bits 0-15 are important.
REG is the base register, either the frame pointer or the stack pointer,
INSTR is the possibly suffixed load or store instruction.
RFE is nonzero if the instruction should also copy spsr to cpsr. */
static void
print_multi_reg (FILE *stream, const char *instr, unsigned reg,
unsigned long mask, int rfe)
{
unsigned i;
bool not_first = FALSE;
gcc_assert (!rfe || (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM)));
fputc ('\t', stream);
asm_fprintf (stream, instr, reg);
fputc ('{', stream);
for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
if (mask & (1 << i))
{
if (not_first)
fprintf (stream, ", ");
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", i);
not_first = TRUE;
}
if (rfe)
fprintf (stream, "}^\n");
else
fprintf (stream, "}\n");
}
/* Output a FLDMD instruction to STREAM.
BASE if the register containing the address.
REG and COUNT specify the register range.
Extra registers may be added to avoid hardware bugs.
We output FLDMD even for ARMv5 VFP implementations. Although
FLDMD is technically not supported until ARMv6, it is believed
that all VFP implementations support its use in this context. */
static void
vfp_output_fldmd (FILE * stream, unsigned int base, int reg, int count)
{
int i;
/* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. */
if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
{
if (reg == 15)
reg--;
count++;
}
/* FLDMD may not load more than 16 doubleword registers at a time. Split the
load into multiple parts if we have to handle more than 16 registers. */
if (count > 16)
{
vfp_output_fldmd (stream, base, reg, 16);
vfp_output_fldmd (stream, base, reg + 16, count - 16);
return;
}
fputc ('\t', stream);
asm_fprintf (stream, "fldmfdd\t%r!, {", base);
for (i = reg; i < reg + count; i++)
{
if (i > reg)
fputs (", ", stream);
asm_fprintf (stream, "d%d", i);
}
fputs ("}\n", stream);
}
/* Output the assembly for a store multiple. */
const char *
vfp_output_fstmd (rtx * operands)
{
char pattern[100];
int p;
int base;
int i;
strcpy (pattern, "fstmfdd%?\t%m0!, {%P1");
p = strlen (pattern);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG);
base = (REGNO (operands[1]) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (operands[2], 0); i++)
{
p += sprintf (&pattern[p], ", d%d", base + i);
}
strcpy (&pattern[p], "}");
output_asm_insn (pattern, operands);
return "";
}
/* Emit RTL to save block of VFP register pairs to the stack. Returns the
number of bytes pushed. */
static int
vfp_emit_fstmd (int base_reg, int count)
{
rtx par;
rtx dwarf;
rtx tmp, reg;
int i;
/* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. Data corruption can occur when exactly two
register pairs are stored by a store multiple insn. We avoid this
by pushing an extra pair. */
if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
{
if (base_reg == LAST_VFP_REGNUM - 3)
base_reg -= 2;
count++;
}
/* FSTMD may not store more than 16 doubleword registers at once. Split
larger stores into multiple parts (up to a maximum of two, in
practice). */
if (count > 16)
{
int saved;
/* NOTE: base_reg is an internal register number, so each D register
counts as 2. */
saved = vfp_emit_fstmd (base_reg + 32, count - 16);
saved += vfp_emit_fstmd (base_reg, 16);
return saved;
}
par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + 1));
reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, base_reg);
base_reg += 2;
XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem
(BLKmode,
gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant
(stack_pointer_rtx,
- (count * 8)))
),
gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
gen_rtvec (1, reg),
UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -(count * 8)));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem (DFmode, stack_pointer_rtx),
reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1) = tmp;
for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
{
reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, base_reg);
base_reg += 2;
XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem (DFmode,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
i * 8)),
reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, i + 1) = tmp;
}
par = emit_insn (par);
add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (par) = 1;
return count * 8;
}
/* Emit a call instruction with pattern PAT. ADDR is the address of
the call target. */
void
arm_emit_call_insn (rtx pat, rtx addr)
{
rtx insn;
insn = emit_call_insn (pat);
/* The PIC register is live on entry to VxWorks PIC PLT entries.
If the call might use such an entry, add a use of the PIC register
to the instruction's CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE. */
if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
&& flag_pic
&& GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
&& (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr)
? !targetm.binds_local_p (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr))
: !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (addr)))
{
require_pic_register ();
use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), cfun->machine->pic_reg);
}
}
/* Output a 'call' insn. */
const char *
output_call (rtx *operands)
{
gcc_assert (!arm_arch5); /* Patterns should call blx directly. */
/* Handle calls to lr using ip (which may be clobbered in subr anyway). */
if (REGNO (operands[0]) == LR_REGNUM)
{
operands[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, IP_REGNUM);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %|lr", operands);
}
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
if (TARGET_INTERWORK || arm_arch4t)
output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%0", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %0", operands);
return "";
}
/* Output a 'call' insn that is a reference in memory. This is
disabled for ARMv5 and we prefer a blx instead because otherwise
there's a significant performance overhead. */
const char *
output_call_mem (rtx *operands)
{
gcc_assert (!arm_arch5);
if (TARGET_INTERWORK)
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands);
}
else if (regno_use_in (LR_REGNUM, operands[0]))
{
/* LR is used in the memory address. We load the address in the
first instruction. It's safe to use IP as the target of the
load since the call will kill it anyway. */
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|ip, %0", operands);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
if (arm_arch4t)
output_asm_insn ("bx%?\t%|ip", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|pc, %|ip", operands);
}
else
{
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%|lr, %|pc", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%|pc, %0", operands);
}
return "";
}
/* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair. */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[1]);
rtx ops[3];
gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
ops[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 2 + arm_reg0);
output_asm_insn ("stm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops);
output_asm_insn ("ldf%?e\t%0, [%|sp], #12", operands);
return "";
}
/* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register. */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx *operands)
{
int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);
rtx ops[3];
gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
ops[2] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 2 + arm_reg0);
output_asm_insn ("stf%?e\t%1, [%|sp, #-12]!", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1, %2}", ops);
return "";
}
/* Output a move from arm registers to arm registers of a long double
OPERANDS[0] is the destination.
OPERANDS[1] is the source. */
const char *
output_mov_long_double_arm_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
/* We have to be careful here because the two might overlap. */
int dest_start = REGNO (operands[0]);
int src_start = REGNO (operands[1]);
rtx ops[2];
int i;
if (dest_start < src_start)
{
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest_start + i);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src_start + i);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
}
}
else
{
for (i = 2; i >= 0; i--)
{
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest_start + i);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src_start + i);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
}
}
return "";
}
void
arm_emit_movpair (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
/* If the src is an immediate, simplify it. */
if (CONST_INT_P (src))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (src);
emit_set_insn (dest, GEN_INT (val & 0x0000ffff));
if ((val >> 16) & 0x0000ffff)
emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTRACT (SImode, dest, GEN_INT (16),
GEN_INT (16)),
GEN_INT ((val >> 16) & 0x0000ffff));
return;
}
emit_set_insn (dest, gen_rtx_HIGH (SImode, src));
emit_set_insn (dest, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (SImode, dest, src));
}
/* Output a move from arm registers to an fpa registers.
OPERANDS[0] is an fpa register.
OPERANDS[1] is the first registers of an arm register pair. */
const char *
output_mov_double_fpa_from_arm (rtx *operands)
{
int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[1]);
rtx ops[2];
gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
output_asm_insn ("stm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops);
output_asm_insn ("ldf%?d\t%0, [%|sp], #8", operands);
return "";
}
/* Output a move from an fpa register to arm registers.
OPERANDS[0] is the first registers of an arm register pair.
OPERANDS[1] is an fpa register. */
const char *
output_mov_double_arm_from_fpa (rtx *operands)
{
int arm_reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);
rtx ops[2];
gcc_assert (arm_reg0 != IP_REGNUM);
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, arm_reg0);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + arm_reg0);
output_asm_insn ("stf%?d\t%1, [%|sp, #-8]!", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(fd%)\t%|sp!, {%0, %1}", ops);
return "";
}
/* Output a move between double words. It must be REG<-MEM
or MEM<-REG. */
const char *
output_move_double (rtx *operands, bool emit, int *count)
{
enum rtx_code code0 = GET_CODE (operands[0]);
enum rtx_code code1 = GET_CODE (operands[1]);
rtx otherops[3];
if (count)
*count = 1;
/* The only case when this might happen is when
you are looking at the length of a DImode instruction
that has an invalid constant in it. */
if (code0 == REG && code1 != MEM)
{
gcc_assert (!emit);
*count = 2;
return "";
}
if (code0 == REG)
{
unsigned int reg0 = REGNO (operands[0]);
otherops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1 + reg0);
gcc_assert (code1 == MEM); /* Constraints should ensure this. */
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
{
case REG:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD
&& !(fix_cm3_ldrd && reg0 == REGNO(XEXP (operands[1], 0))))
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1]", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1, %M0", operands);
}
break;
case PRE_INC:
gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1, #8]!", operands);
break;
case PRE_DEC:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1, #-8]!", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(db%)\t%m1!, %M0", operands);
}
break;
case POST_INC:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1], #8", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1!, %M0", operands);
}
break;
case POST_DEC:
gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%m1], #-8", operands);
break;
case PRE_MODIFY:
case POST_MODIFY:
/* Autoicrement addressing modes should never have overlapping
base and destination registers, and overlapping index registers
are already prohibited, so this doesn't need to worry about
fix_cm3_ldrd. */
otherops[0] = operands[0];
otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1), 0);
otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1), 1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
{
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (otherops[0], otherops[2]))
{
/* Registers overlap so split out the increment. */
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%1, %1, %2", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1] @split", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
else
{
/* Use a single insn if we can.
FIXME: IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can
handle, fix these up with a pair of ldr. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2
|| GET_CODE (otherops[2]) != CONST_INT
|| (INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256))
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
}
else
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
}
}
else
{
/* Use a single insn if we can.
FIXME: IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can handle,
fix these up with a pair of ldr. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2
|| GET_CODE (otherops[2]) != CONST_INT
|| (INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256))
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
}
else
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
}
break;
case LABEL_REF:
case CONST:
/* We might be able to use ldrd %0, %1 here. However the range is
different to ldr/adr, and it is broken on some ARMv7-M
implementations. */
/* Use the second register of the pair to avoid problematic
overlap. */
otherops[1] = operands[1];
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("adr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
operands[1] = otherops[0];
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%1, %M0", operands);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
break;
/* ??? This needs checking for thumb2. */
default:
if (arm_add_operand (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1),
GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1))))
{
otherops[0] = operands[0];
otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0);
otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 1);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PLUS)
{
if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT && !TARGET_LDRD)
{
switch ((int) INTVAL (otherops[2]))
{
case -8:
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(db%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
return "";
case -4:
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
break;
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(da%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
return "";
case 4:
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
break;
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ib%)\t%1, %M0", otherops);
return "";
}
}
otherops[0] = gen_rtx_REG(SImode, REGNO(operands[0]) + 1);
operands[1] = otherops[0];
if (TARGET_LDRD
&& (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == REG
|| TARGET_THUMB2
|| (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256)))
{
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0],
otherops[2]))
{
rtx tmp;
/* Swap base and index registers over to
avoid a conflict. */
tmp = otherops[1];
otherops[1] = otherops[2];
otherops[2] = tmp;
}
/* If both registers conflict, it will usually
have been fixed by a splitter. */
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], otherops[2])
|| (fix_cm3_ldrd && reg0 == REGNO (otherops[1])))
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]", operands);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
else
{
otherops[0] = operands[0];
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]", otherops);
}
return "";
}
if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT)
{
if (emit)
{
if (!(const_ok_for_arm (INTVAL (otherops[2]))))
output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, #%n2", otherops);
else
output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
}
}
else
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("add%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
}
}
else
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
if (TARGET_LDRD)
return "ldr%(d%)\t%0, [%1]";
return "ldm%(ia%)\t%1, %M0";
}
else
{
otherops[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
/* Take care of overlapping base/data reg. */
if (reg_mentioned_p (operands[0], operands[1]))
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
else
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
}
}
}
else
{
/* Constraints should ensure this. */
gcc_assert (code0 == MEM && code1 == REG);
gcc_assert (REGNO (operands[1]) != IP_REGNUM);
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)))
{
case REG:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0]", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
}
break;
case PRE_INC:
gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0, #8]!", operands);
break;
case PRE_DEC:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0, #-8]!", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("stm%(db%)\t%m0!, %M1", operands);
}
break;
case POST_INC:
if (emit)
{
if (TARGET_LDRD)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0], #8", operands);
else
output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0!, %M1", operands);
}
break;
case POST_DEC:
gcc_assert (TARGET_LDRD);
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%1, [%m0], #-8", operands);
break;
case PRE_MODIFY:
case POST_MODIFY:
otherops[0] = operands[1];
otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1), 0);
otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1), 1);
/* IWMMXT allows offsets larger than ldrd can handle,
fix these up with a pair of ldr. */
if (!TARGET_THUMB2
&& GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
&& (INTVAL(otherops[2]) <= -256
|| INTVAL(otherops[2]) >= 256))
{
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
else
{
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H0, [%1, #4]", otherops);
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
}
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_MODIFY)
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]!", otherops);
}
else
{
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1], %2", otherops);
}
break;
case PLUS:
otherops[2] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1);
if (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT && !TARGET_LDRD)
{
switch ((int) INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 1)))
{
case -8:
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("stm%(db%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
return "";
case -4:
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
break;
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("stm%(da%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
return "";
case 4:
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
break;
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("stm%(ib%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
return "";
}
}
if (TARGET_LDRD
&& (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == REG
|| TARGET_THUMB2
|| (GET_CODE (otherops[2]) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) > -256
&& INTVAL (otherops[2]) < 256)))
{
otherops[0] = operands[1];
otherops[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0);
if (emit)
output_asm_insn ("str%(d%)\t%0, [%1, %2]", otherops);
return "";
}
/* Fall through */
default:
otherops[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 4);
otherops[1] = operands[1];
if (emit)
{
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%1, %0", operands);
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%H1, %0", otherops);
}
if (count)
*count = 2;
}
}
return "";
}
/* Output a move, load or store for quad-word vectors in ARM registers. Only
handles MEMs accepted by neon_vector_mem_operand with TYPE=1. */
const char *
output_move_quad (rtx *operands)
{
if (REG_P (operands[0]))
{
/* Load, or reg->reg move. */
if (MEM_P (operands[1]))
{
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
{
case REG:
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%m1, %M0", operands);
break;
case LABEL_REF:
case CONST:
output_asm_insn ("adr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldm%(ia%)\t%0, %M0", operands);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
else
{
rtx ops[2];
int dest, src, i;
gcc_assert (REG_P (operands[1]));
dest = REGNO (operands[0]);
src = REGNO (operands[1]);
/* This seems pretty dumb, but hopefully GCC won't try to do it
very often. */
if (dest < src)
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest + i);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src + i);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
}
else
for (i = 3; i >= 0; i--)
{
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, dest + i);
ops[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, src + i);
output_asm_insn ("mov%?\t%0, %1", ops);
}
}
}
else
{
gcc_assert (MEM_P (operands[0]));
gcc_assert (REG_P (operands[1]));
gcc_assert (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[1], operands[0]));
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)))
{
case REG:
output_asm_insn ("stm%(ia%)\t%m0, %M1", operands);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
return "";
}
/* Output a VFP load or store instruction. */
const char *
output_move_vfp (rtx *operands)
{
rtx reg, mem, addr, ops[2];
int load = REG_P (operands[0]);
int dp = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operands[0])) == 8;
int integer_p = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (operands[0])) == MODE_INT;
const char *templ;
char buff[50];
enum machine_mode mode;
reg = operands[!load];
mem = operands[load];
mode = GET_MODE (reg);
gcc_assert (REG_P (reg));
gcc_assert (IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)));
gcc_assert (mode == SFmode
|| mode == DFmode
|| mode == SImode
|| mode == DImode
|| (TARGET_NEON && VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)));
gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));
addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
switch (GET_CODE (addr))
{
case PRE_DEC:
templ = "f%smdb%c%%?\t%%0!, {%%%s1}%s";
ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
ops[1] = reg;
break;
case POST_INC:
templ = "f%smia%c%%?\t%%0!, {%%%s1}%s";
ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
ops[1] = reg;
break;
default:
templ = "f%s%c%%?\t%%%s0, %%1%s";
ops[0] = reg;
ops[1] = mem;
break;
}
sprintf (buff, templ,
load ? "ld" : "st",
dp ? 'd' : 's',
dp ? "P" : "",
integer_p ? "\t%@ int" : "");
output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
return "";
}
/* Output a Neon quad-word load or store, or a load or store for
larger structure modes.
WARNING: The ordering of elements is weird in big-endian mode,
because we use VSTM, as required by the EABI. GCC RTL defines
element ordering based on in-memory order. This can be differ
from the architectural ordering of elements within a NEON register.
The intrinsics defined in arm_neon.h use the NEON register element
ordering, not the GCC RTL element ordering.
For example, the in-memory ordering of a big-endian a quadword
vector with 16-bit elements when stored from register pair {d0,d1}
will be (lowest address first, d0[N] is NEON register element N):
[d0[3], d0[2], d0[1], d0[0], d1[7], d1[6], d1[5], d1[4]]
When necessary, quadword registers (dN, dN+1) are moved to ARM
registers from rN in the order:
dN -> (rN+1, rN), dN+1 -> (rN+3, rN+2)
So that STM/LDM can be used on vectors in ARM registers, and the
same memory layout will result as if VSTM/VLDM were used. */
const char *
output_move_neon (rtx *operands)
{
rtx reg, mem, addr, ops[2];
int regno, load = REG_P (operands[0]);
const char *templ;
char buff[50];
enum machine_mode mode;
reg = operands[!load];
mem = operands[load];
mode = GET_MODE (reg);
gcc_assert (REG_P (reg));
regno = REGNO (reg);
gcc_assert (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno)
|| NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno));
gcc_assert (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode)
|| VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode)
|| VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode));
gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));
addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
/* Strip off const from addresses like (const (plus (...))). */
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS)
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
switch (GET_CODE (addr))
{
case POST_INC:
templ = "v%smia%%?\t%%0!, %%h1";
ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
ops[1] = reg;
break;
case PRE_DEC:
/* FIXME: We should be using vld1/vst1 here in BE mode? */
templ = "v%smdb%%?\t%%0!, %%h1";
ops[0] = XEXP (addr, 0);
ops[1] = reg;
break;
case POST_MODIFY:
/* FIXME: Not currently enabled in neon_vector_mem_operand. */
gcc_unreachable ();
case LABEL_REF:
case PLUS:
{
int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg), mode) / 2;
int i;
int overlap = -1;
for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
{
/* We're only using DImode here because it's a convenient size. */
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (reg) + 2 * i);
ops[1] = adjust_address (mem, DImode, 8 * i);
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (ops[0], mem))
{
gcc_assert (overlap == -1);
overlap = i;
}
else
{
sprintf (buff, "v%sr%%?\t%%P0, %%1", load ? "ld" : "st");
output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
}
}
if (overlap != -1)
{
ops[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (reg) + 2 * overlap);
ops[1] = adjust_address (mem, SImode, 8 * overlap);
sprintf (buff, "v%sr%%?\t%%P0, %%1", load ? "ld" : "st");
output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
}
return "";
}
default:
templ = "v%smia%%?\t%%m0, %%h1";
ops[0] = mem;
ops[1] = reg;
}
sprintf (buff, templ, load ? "ld" : "st");
output_asm_insn (buff, ops);
return "";
}
/* Compute and return the length of neon_mov, where is
one of VSTRUCT modes: EI, OI, CI or XI. */
int
arm_attr_length_move_neon (rtx insn)
{
rtx reg, mem, addr;
int load;
enum machine_mode mode;
extract_insn_cached (insn);
if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]) && REG_P (recog_data.operand[1]))
{
mode = GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[0]);
switch (mode)
{
case EImode:
case OImode:
return 8;
case CImode:
return 12;
case XImode:
return 16;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
load = REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]);
reg = recog_data.operand[!load];
mem = recog_data.operand[load];
gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));
mode = GET_MODE (reg);
addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
/* Strip off const from addresses like (const (plus (...))). */
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS)
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
{
int insns = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg), mode) / 2;
return insns * 4;
}
else
return 4;
}
/* Return nonzero if the offset in the address is an immediate. Otherwise,
return zero. */
int
arm_address_offset_is_imm (rtx insn)
{
rtx mem, addr;
extract_insn_cached (insn);
if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0]))
return 0;
mem = recog_data.operand[0];
gcc_assert (MEM_P (mem));
addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG
|| (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT))
return 1;
else
return 0;
}
/* Output an ADD r, s, #n where n may be too big for one instruction.
If adding zero to one register, output nothing. */
const char *
output_add_immediate (rtx *operands)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT n = INTVAL (operands[2]);
if (n != 0 || REGNO (operands[0]) != REGNO (operands[1]))
{
if (n < 0)
output_multi_immediate (operands,
"sub%?\t%0, %1, %2", "sub%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
-n);
else
output_multi_immediate (operands,
"add%?\t%0, %1, %2", "add%?\t%0, %0, %2", 2,
n);
}
return "";
}
/* Output a multiple immediate operation.
OPERANDS is the vector of operands referred to in the output patterns.
INSTR1 is the output pattern to use for the first constant.
INSTR2 is the output pattern to use for subsequent constants.
IMMED_OP is the index of the constant slot in OPERANDS.
N is the constant value. */
static const char *
output_multi_immediate (rtx *operands, const char *instr1, const char *instr2,
int immed_op, HOST_WIDE_INT n)
{
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 32
n &= 0xffffffff;
#endif
if (n == 0)
{
/* Quick and easy output. */
operands[immed_op] = const0_rtx;
output_asm_insn (instr1, operands);
}
else
{
int i;
const char * instr = instr1;
/* Note that n is never zero here (which would give no output). */
for (i = 0; i < 32; i += 2)
{
if (n & (3 << i))
{
operands[immed_op] = GEN_INT (n & (255 << i));
output_asm_insn (instr, operands);
instr = instr2;
i += 6;
}
}
}
return "";
}
/* Return the name of a shifter operation. */
static const char *
arm_shift_nmem(enum rtx_code code)
{
switch (code)
{
case ASHIFT:
return ARM_LSL_NAME;
case ASHIFTRT:
return "asr";
case LSHIFTRT:
return "lsr";
case ROTATERT:
return "ror";
default:
abort();
}
}
/* Return the appropriate ARM instruction for the operation code.
The returned result should not be overwritten. OP is the rtx of the
operation. SHIFT_FIRST_ARG is TRUE if the first argument of the operator
was shifted. */
const char *
arithmetic_instr (rtx op, int shift_first_arg)
{
switch (GET_CODE (op))
{
case PLUS:
return "add";
case MINUS:
return shift_first_arg ? "rsb" : "sub";
case IOR:
return "orr";
case XOR:
return "eor";
case AND:
return "and";
case ASHIFT:
case ASHIFTRT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ROTATERT:
return arm_shift_nmem(GET_CODE(op));
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Ensure valid constant shifts and return the appropriate shift mnemonic
for the operation code. The returned result should not be overwritten.
OP is the rtx code of the shift.
On exit, *AMOUNTP will be -1 if the shift is by a register, or a constant
shift. */
static const char *
shift_op (rtx op, HOST_WIDE_INT *amountp)
{
const char * mnem;
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)))
{
case REG:
case SUBREG:
*amountp = -1;
break;
case CONST_INT:
*amountp = INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1));
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
switch (code)
{
case ROTATE:
gcc_assert (*amountp != -1);
*amountp = 32 - *amountp;
code = ROTATERT;
/* Fall through. */
case ASHIFT:
case ASHIFTRT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ROTATERT:
mnem = arm_shift_nmem(code);
break;
case MULT:
/* We never have to worry about the amount being other than a
power of 2, since this case can never be reloaded from a reg. */
gcc_assert (*amountp != -1);
*amountp = int_log2 (*amountp);
return ARM_LSL_NAME;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
if (*amountp != -1)
{
/* This is not 100% correct, but follows from the desire to merge
multiplication by a power of 2 with the recognizer for a
shift. >=32 is not a valid shift for "lsl", so we must try and
output a shift that produces the correct arithmetical result.
Using lsr #32 is identical except for the fact that the carry bit
is not set correctly if we set the flags; but we never use the
carry bit from such an operation, so we can ignore that. */
if (code == ROTATERT)
/* Rotate is just modulo 32. */
*amountp &= 31;
else if (*amountp != (*amountp & 31))
{
if (code == ASHIFT)
mnem = "lsr";
*amountp = 32;
}
/* Shifts of 0 are no-ops. */
if (*amountp == 0)
return NULL;
}
return mnem;
}
/* Obtain the shift from the POWER of two. */
static HOST_WIDE_INT
int_log2 (HOST_WIDE_INT power)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT shift = 0;
while ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << shift) & power) == 0)
{
gcc_assert (shift <= 31);
shift++;
}
return shift;
}
/* Output a .ascii pseudo-op, keeping track of lengths. This is
because /bin/as is horribly restrictive. The judgement about
whether or not each character is 'printable' (and can be output as
is) or not (and must be printed with an octal escape) must be made
with reference to the *host* character set -- the situation is
similar to that discussed in the comments above pp_c_char in
c-pretty-print.c. */
#define MAX_ASCII_LEN 51
void
output_ascii_pseudo_op (FILE *stream, const unsigned char *p, int len)
{
int i;
int len_so_far = 0;
fputs ("\t.ascii\t\"", stream);
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
int c = p[i];
if (len_so_far >= MAX_ASCII_LEN)
{
fputs ("\"\n\t.ascii\t\"", stream);
len_so_far = 0;
}
if (ISPRINT (c))
{
if (c == '\\' || c == '\"')
{
putc ('\\', stream);
len_so_far++;
}
putc (c, stream);
len_so_far++;
}
else
{
fprintf (stream, "\\%03o", c);
len_so_far += 4;
}
}
fputs ("\"\n", stream);
}
/* Compute the register save mask for registers 0 through 12
inclusive. This code is used by arm_compute_save_reg_mask. */
static unsigned long
arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask (void)
{
unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
unsigned long save_reg_mask = 0;
unsigned int reg;
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
{
unsigned int max_reg;
/* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers,
even call clobbered ones. If this is a leaf function
we can just examine the registers used by the RTL, but
otherwise we have to assume that whatever function is
called might clobber anything, and so we have to save
all the call-clobbered registers as well. */
if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_FIQ)
/* FIQ handlers have registers r8 - r12 banked, so
we only need to check r0 - r7, Normal ISRs only
bank r14 and r15, so we must check up to r12.
r13 is the stack pointer which is always preserved,
so we do not need to consider it here. */
max_reg = 7;
else
max_reg = 12;
for (reg = 0; reg <= max_reg; reg++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg)
|| (! current_function_is_leaf && call_used_regs[reg]))
save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
/* Also save the pic base register if necessary. */
if (flag_pic
&& !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
&& arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
&& crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
save_reg_mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;
}
else if (IS_VOLATILE(func_type))
{
/* For noreturn functions we historically omitted register saves
altogether. However this really messes up debugging. As a
compromise save just the frame pointers. Combined with the link
register saved elsewhere this should be sufficient to get
a backtrace. */
if (frame_pointer_needed)
save_reg_mask |= 1 << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
save_reg_mask |= 1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
save_reg_mask |= 1 << THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
}
else
{
/* In the normal case we only need to save those registers
which are call saved and which are used by this function. */
for (reg = 0; reg <= 11; reg++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && ! call_used_regs[reg])
save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
/* Handle the frame pointer as a special case. */
if (frame_pointer_needed)
save_reg_mask |= 1 << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
/* If we aren't loading the PIC register,
don't stack it even though it may be live. */
if (flag_pic
&& !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
&& arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
&& (df_regs_ever_live_p (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
|| crtl->uses_pic_offset_table))
save_reg_mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;
/* The prologue will copy SP into R0, so save it. */
if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
save_reg_mask |= 1;
}
/* Save registers so the exception handler can modify them. */
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
{
unsigned int i;
for (i = 0; ; i++)
{
reg = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
if (reg == INVALID_REGNUM)
break;
save_reg_mask |= 1 << reg;
}
}
return save_reg_mask;
}
/* Compute the number of bytes used to store the static chain register on the
stack, above the stack frame. We need to know this accurately to get the
alignment of the rest of the stack frame correct. */
static int arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes (void)
{
unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
int static_chain_stack_bytes = 0;
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM &&
IS_NESTED (func_type) &&
df_regs_ever_live_p (3) && crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0)
static_chain_stack_bytes = 4;
return static_chain_stack_bytes;
}
/* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
saved on the stack for the current function.
This is used by arm_get_frame_offsets, which may add extra registers. */
static unsigned long
arm_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
{
unsigned int save_reg_mask = 0;
unsigned long func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
unsigned int reg;
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
/* This should never really happen. */
return 0;
/* If we are creating a stack frame, then we must save the frame pointer,
IP (which will hold the old stack pointer), LR and the PC. */
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
save_reg_mask |=
(1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
| (1 << IP_REGNUM)
| (1 << LR_REGNUM)
| (1 << PC_REGNUM);
save_reg_mask |= arm_compute_save_reg0_reg12_mask ();
/* Decide if we need to save the link register.
Interrupt routines have their own banked link register,
so they never need to save it.
Otherwise if we do not use the link register we do not need to save
it. If we are pushing other registers onto the stack however, we
can save an instruction in the epilogue by pushing the link register
now and then popping it back into the PC. This incurs extra memory
accesses though, so we only do it when optimizing for size, and only
if we know that we will not need a fancy return sequence. */
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM)
|| (save_reg_mask
&& optimize_size
&& ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
&& !crtl->calls_eh_return))
save_reg_mask |= 1 << LR_REGNUM;
if (cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated)
save_reg_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT
&& ((bit_count (save_reg_mask)
+ ARM_NUM_INTS (crtl->args.pretend_args_size +
arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes())
) % 2) != 0)
{
/* The total number of registers that are going to be pushed
onto the stack is odd. We need to ensure that the stack
is 64-bit aligned before we start to save iWMMXt registers,
and also before we start to create locals. (A local variable
might be a double or long long which we will load/store using
an iWMMXt instruction). Therefore we need to push another
ARM register, so that the stack will be 64-bit aligned. We
try to avoid using the arg registers (r0 -r3) as they might be
used to pass values in a tail call. */
for (reg = 4; reg <= 12; reg++)
if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << reg)) == 0)
break;
if (reg <= 12)
save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
else
{
cfun->machine->sibcall_blocked = 1;
save_reg_mask |= (1 << 3);
}
}
/* We may need to push an additional register for use initializing the
PIC base register. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2 && IS_NESTED (func_type) && flag_pic
&& (save_reg_mask & THUMB2_WORK_REGS) == 0)
{
reg = thumb_find_work_register (1 << 4);
if (!call_used_regs[reg])
save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
}
return save_reg_mask;
}
/* Compute a bit mask of which registers need to be
saved on the stack for the current function. */
static unsigned long
thumb1_compute_save_reg_mask (void)
{
unsigned long mask;
unsigned reg;
mask = 0;
for (reg = 0; reg < 12; reg ++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
mask |= 1 << reg;
if (flag_pic
&& !TARGET_SINGLE_PIC_BASE
&& arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM
&& crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
mask |= 1 << PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM;
/* See if we might need r11 for calls to _interwork_r11_call_via_rN(). */
if (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)
mask |= 1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
/* LR will also be pushed if any lo regs are pushed. */
if (mask & 0xff || thumb_force_lr_save ())
mask |= (1 << LR_REGNUM);
/* Make sure we have a low work register if we need one.
We will need one if we are going to push a high register,
but we are not currently intending to push a low register. */
if ((mask & 0xff) == 0
&& ((mask & 0x0f00) || TARGET_BACKTRACE))
{
/* Use thumb_find_work_register to choose which register
we will use. If the register is live then we will
have to push it. Use LAST_LO_REGNUM as our fallback
choice for the register to select. */
reg = thumb_find_work_register (1 << LAST_LO_REGNUM);
/* Make sure the register returned by thumb_find_work_register is
not part of the return value. */
if (reg * UNITS_PER_WORD <= (unsigned) arm_size_return_regs ())
reg = LAST_LO_REGNUM;
if (! call_used_regs[reg])
mask |= 1 << reg;
}
/* The 504 below is 8 bytes less than 512 because there are two possible
alignment words. We can't tell here if they will be present or not so we
have to play it safe and assume that they are. */
if ((CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE +
ROUND_UP_WORD (get_frame_size ()) +
crtl->outgoing_args_size) >= 504)
{
/* This is the same as the code in thumb1_expand_prologue() which
determines which register to use for stack decrement. */
for (reg = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1; reg <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; reg++)
if (mask & (1 << reg))
break;
if (reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM)
{
/* Make sure we have a register available for stack decrement. */
mask |= 1 << LAST_LO_REGNUM;
}
}
return mask;
}
/* Return the number of bytes required to save VFP registers. */
static int
arm_get_vfp_saved_size (void)
{
unsigned int regno;
int count;
int saved;
saved = 0;
/* Space for saved VFP registers. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
{
count = 0;
for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
regno < LAST_VFP_REGNUM;
regno += 2)
{
if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) || call_used_regs[regno])
&& (!df_regs_ever_live_p (regno + 1) || call_used_regs[regno + 1]))
{
if (count > 0)
{
/* Workaround ARM10 VFPr1 bug. */
if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
count++;
saved += count * 8;
}
count = 0;
}
else
count++;
}
if (count > 0)
{
if (count == 2 && !arm_arch6)
count++;
saved += count * 8;
}
}
return saved;
}
/* Generate a function exit sequence. If REALLY_RETURN is false, then do
everything bar the final return instruction. */
const char *
output_return_instruction (rtx operand, int really_return, int reverse)
{
char conditional[10];
char instr[100];
unsigned reg;
unsigned long live_regs_mask;
unsigned long func_type;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
return "";
if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN)
{
/* If this function was declared non-returning, and we have
found a tail call, then we have to trust that the called
function won't return. */
if (really_return)
{
rtx ops[2];
/* Otherwise, trap an attempted return by aborting. */
ops[0] = operand;
ops[1] = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEED_PLT_RELOC ? "abort(PLT)"
: "abort");
assemble_external_libcall (ops[1]);
output_asm_insn (reverse ? "bl%D0\t%a1" : "bl%d0\t%a1", ops);
}
return "";
}
gcc_assert (!cfun->calls_alloca || really_return);
sprintf (conditional, "%%?%%%c0", reverse ? 'D' : 'd');
cfun->machine->return_used_this_function = 1;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
if (live_regs_mask)
{
const char * return_reg;
/* If we do not have any special requirements for function exit
(e.g. interworking) then we can load the return address
directly into the PC. Otherwise we must load it into LR. */
if (really_return
&& (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) || !TARGET_INTERWORK))
return_reg = reg_names[PC_REGNUM];
else
return_reg = reg_names[LR_REGNUM];
if ((live_regs_mask & (1 << IP_REGNUM)) == (1 << IP_REGNUM))
{
/* There are three possible reasons for the IP register
being saved. 1) a stack frame was created, in which case
IP contains the old stack pointer, or 2) an ISR routine
corrupted it, or 3) it was saved to align the stack on
iWMMXt. In case 1, restore IP into SP, otherwise just
restore IP. */
if (frame_pointer_needed)
{
live_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM);
live_regs_mask |= (1 << SP_REGNUM);
}
else
gcc_assert (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type) || TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT);
}
/* On some ARM architectures it is faster to use LDR rather than
LDM to load a single register. On other architectures, the
cost is the same. In 26 bit mode, or for exception handlers,
we have to use LDM to load the PC so that the CPSR is also
restored. */
for (reg = 0; reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; reg++)
if (live_regs_mask == (1U << reg))
break;
if (reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
&& (reg != LR_REGNUM
|| ! really_return
|| ! IS_INTERRUPT (func_type)))
{
sprintf (instr, "ldr%s\t%%|%s, [%%|sp], #4", conditional,
(reg == LR_REGNUM) ? return_reg : reg_names[reg]);
}
else
{
char *p;
int first = 1;
/* Generate the load multiple instruction to restore the
registers. Note we can get here, even if
frame_pointer_needed is true, but only if sp already
points to the base of the saved core registers. */
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << SP_REGNUM))
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust;
stack_adjust = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
gcc_assert (stack_adjust == 0 || stack_adjust == 4);
if (stack_adjust && arm_arch5 && TARGET_ARM)
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
sprintf (instr, "ldmib%s\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
else
sprintf (instr, "ldm%sib\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
else
{
/* If we can't use ldmib (SA110 bug),
then try to pop r3 instead. */
if (stack_adjust)
live_regs_mask |= 1 << 3;
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
sprintf (instr, "ldmfd%s\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
else
sprintf (instr, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp, {", conditional);
}
}
else
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
sprintf (instr, "pop%s\t{", conditional);
else
sprintf (instr, "ldm%sfd\t%%|sp!, {", conditional);
p = instr + strlen (instr);
for (reg = 0; reg <= SP_REGNUM; reg++)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
{
int l = strlen (reg_names[reg]);
if (first)
first = 0;
else
{
memcpy (p, ", ", 2);
p += 2;
}
memcpy (p, "%|", 2);
memcpy (p + 2, reg_names[reg], l);
p += l + 2;
}
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM))
{
sprintf (p, "%s%%|%s}", first ? "" : ", ", return_reg);
/* If returning from an interrupt, restore the CPSR. */
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
strcat (p, "^");
}
else
strcpy (p, "}");
}
output_asm_insn (instr, & operand);
/* See if we need to generate an extra instruction to
perform the actual function return. */
if (really_return
&& func_type != ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
&& (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0)
{
/* The return has already been handled
by loading the LR into the PC. */
really_return = 0;
}
}
if (really_return)
{
switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
{
case ARM_FT_ISR:
case ARM_FT_FIQ:
/* ??? This is wrong for unified assembly syntax. */
sprintf (instr, "sub%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr, #4", conditional);
break;
case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
sprintf (instr, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional);
break;
case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
/* ??? This is wrong for unified assembly syntax. */
sprintf (instr, "mov%ss\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional);
break;
default:
/* Use bx if it's available. */
if (arm_arch5 || arm_arch4t)
sprintf (instr, "bx%s\t%%|lr", conditional);
else
sprintf (instr, "mov%s\t%%|pc, %%|lr", conditional);
break;
}
output_asm_insn (instr, & operand);
}
return "";
}
/* Write the function name into the code section, directly preceding
the function prologue.
Code will be output similar to this:
t0
.ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
.align
t1
.word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
arm_poke_function_name
mov ip, sp
stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
sub fp, ip, #4
When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value
of 'pc' stored at 'fp' + 0. If the trace function then looks
at location pc - 12 and the top 8 bits are set, then we know
that there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this
location and has length ((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000).
We assume that pc is declared as a pointer to an unsigned long.
It is of no benefit to output the function name if we are assembling
a leaf function. These function types will not contain a stack
backtrace structure, therefore it is not possible to determine the
function name. */
void
arm_poke_function_name (FILE *stream, const char *name)
{
unsigned long alignlength;
unsigned long length;
rtx x;
length = strlen (name) + 1;
alignlength = ROUND_UP_WORD (length);
ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (stream, name, length);
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (stream, 2);
x = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xff000000 + alignlength);
assemble_aligned_integer (UNITS_PER_WORD, x);
}
/* Place some comments into the assembler stream
describing the current function. */
static void
arm_output_function_prologue (FILE *f, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size)
{
unsigned long func_type;
/* ??? Do we want to print some of the below anyway? */
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
return;
/* Sanity check. */
gcc_assert (!arm_ccfsm_state && !arm_target_insn);
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
{
default:
case ARM_FT_NORMAL:
break;
case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Function supports interworking.\n");
break;
case ARM_FT_ISR:
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
break;
case ARM_FT_FIQ:
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Fast Interrupt Service Routine.\n");
break;
case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ ARM Exception Handler.\n");
break;
}
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Naked Function: prologue and epilogue provided by programmer.\n");
if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Volatile: function does not return.\n");
if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Nested: function declared inside another function.\n");
if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ Stack Align: May be called with mis-aligned SP.\n");
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ args = %d, pretend = %d, frame = %wd\n",
crtl->args.size,
crtl->args.pretend_args_size, frame_size);
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ frame_needed = %d, uses_anonymous_args = %d\n",
frame_pointer_needed,
cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args);
if (cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated)
asm_fprintf (f, "\t%@ link register save eliminated.\n");
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
asm_fprintf (f, "\t@ Calls __builtin_eh_return.\n");
}
const char *
arm_output_epilogue (rtx sibling)
{
int reg;
unsigned long saved_regs_mask;
unsigned long func_type;
/* Floats_offset is the offset from the "virtual" frame. In an APCS
frame that is $fp + 4 for a non-variadic function. */
int floats_offset = 0;
rtx operands[3];
FILE * f = asm_out_file;
unsigned int lrm_count = 0;
int really_return = (sibling == NULL);
int start_reg;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
/* If we have already generated the return instruction
then it is futile to generate anything else. */
if (use_return_insn (FALSE, sibling) &&
(cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0))
return "";
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
/* Naked functions don't have epilogues. */
return "";
if (IS_VOLATILE (func_type) && TARGET_ABORT_NORETURN)
{
rtx op;
/* A volatile function should never return. Call abort. */
op = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEED_PLT_RELOC ? "abort(PLT)" : "abort");
assemble_external_libcall (op);
output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", &op);
return "";
}
/* If we are throwing an exception, then we really must be doing a
return, so we can't tail-call. */
gcc_assert (!crtl->calls_eh_return || really_return);
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
saved_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
lrm_count = bit_count (saved_regs_mask);
floats_offset = offsets->saved_args;
/* Compute how far away the floats will be. */
for (reg = 0; reg <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; reg++)
if (saved_regs_mask & (1 << reg))
floats_offset += 4;
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
{
/* This variable is for the Virtual Frame Pointer, not VFP regs. */
int vfp_offset = offsets->frame;
if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
{
for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
floats_offset += 12;
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
reg, FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
}
}
else
{
start_reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM;
for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
{
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
floats_offset += 12;
/* We can't unstack more than four registers at once. */
if (start_reg - reg == 3)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, 4, [%r, #-%d]\n",
reg, FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
start_reg = reg - 1;
}
}
else
{
if (reg != start_reg)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
reg + 1, start_reg - reg,
FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
start_reg = reg - 1;
}
}
/* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking. */
if (reg != start_reg)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfm\t%r, %d, [%r, #-%d]\n",
reg + 1, start_reg - reg,
FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
}
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
{
int saved_size;
/* The fldmd insns do not have base+offset addressing
modes, so we use IP to hold the address. */
saved_size = arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();
if (saved_size > 0)
{
floats_offset += saved_size;
asm_fprintf (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", IP_REGNUM,
FP_REGNUM, floats_offset - vfp_offset);
}
start_reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
for (reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg < LAST_VFP_REGNUM; reg += 2)
{
if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
&& (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1) || call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
{
if (start_reg != reg)
vfp_output_fldmd (f, IP_REGNUM,
(start_reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
(reg - start_reg) / 2);
start_reg = reg + 2;
}
}
if (start_reg != reg)
vfp_output_fldmd (f, IP_REGNUM,
(start_reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
(reg - start_reg) / 2);
}
if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
{
/* The frame pointer is guaranteed to be non-double-word aligned.
This is because it is set to (old_stack_pointer - 4) and the
old_stack_pointer was double word aligned. Thus the offset to
the iWMMXt registers to be loaded must also be non-double-word
sized, so that the resultant address *is* double-word aligned.
We can ignore floats_offset since that was already included in
the live_regs_mask. */
lrm_count += (lrm_count % 2 ? 2 : 1);
for (reg = LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg--)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r, #-%d]\n",
reg, FP_REGNUM, lrm_count * 4);
lrm_count += 2;
}
}
/* saved_regs_mask should contain the IP, which at the time of stack
frame generation actually contains the old stack pointer. So a
quick way to unwind the stack is just pop the IP register directly
into the stack pointer. */
gcc_assert (saved_regs_mask & (1 << IP_REGNUM));
saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << IP_REGNUM);
saved_regs_mask |= (1 << SP_REGNUM);
/* There are two registers left in saved_regs_mask - LR and PC. We
only need to restore the LR register (the return address), but to
save time we can load it directly into the PC, unless we need a
special function exit sequence, or we are not really returning. */
if (really_return
&& ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL
&& !crtl->calls_eh_return)
/* Delete the LR from the register mask, so that the LR on
the stack is loaded into the PC in the register mask. */
saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);
else
saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << PC_REGNUM);
/* We must use SP as the base register, because SP is one of the
registers being restored. If an interrupt or page fault
happens in the ldm instruction, the SP might or might not
have been restored. That would be bad, as then SP will no
longer indicate the safe area of stack, and we can get stack
corruption. Using SP as the base register means that it will
be reset correctly to the original value, should an interrupt
occur. If the stack pointer already points at the right
place, then omit the subtraction. */
if (offsets->outgoing_args != (1 + (int) bit_count (saved_regs_mask))
|| cfun->calls_alloca)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tsub\t%r, %r, #%d\n", SP_REGNUM, FP_REGNUM,
4 * bit_count (saved_regs_mask));
print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask, 0);
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
/* Interrupt handlers will have pushed the
IP onto the stack, so restore it now. */
print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r!, ", SP_REGNUM, 1 << IP_REGNUM, 0);
}
else
{
/* This branch is executed for ARM mode (non-apcs frames) and
Thumb-2 mode. Frame layout is essentially the same for those
cases, except that in ARM mode frame pointer points to the
first saved register, while in Thumb-2 mode the frame pointer points
to the last saved register.
It is possible to make frame pointer point to last saved
register in both cases, and remove some conditionals below.
That means that fp setup in prologue would be just "mov fp, sp"
and sp restore in epilogue would be just "mov sp, fp", whereas
now we have to use add/sub in those cases. However, the value
of that would be marginal, as both mov and add/sub are 32-bit
in ARM mode, and it would require extra conditionals
in arm_expand_prologue to distingish ARM-apcs-frame case
(where frame pointer is required to point at first register)
and ARM-non-apcs-frame. Therefore, such change is postponed
until real need arise. */
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
int rfe;
/* Restore stack pointer if necessary. */
if (TARGET_ARM && frame_pointer_needed)
{
operands[0] = stack_pointer_rtx;
operands[1] = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
operands[2] = GEN_INT (offsets->frame - offsets->saved_regs);
output_add_immediate (operands);
}
else
{
if (frame_pointer_needed)
{
/* For Thumb-2 restore sp from the frame pointer.
Operand restrictions mean we have to incrememnt FP, then copy
to SP. */
amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
operands[0] = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
}
else
{
unsigned long count;
operands[0] = stack_pointer_rtx;
amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
/* pop call clobbered registers if it avoids a
separate stack adjustment. */
count = offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args;
if (optimize_size
&& count != 0
&& !crtl->calls_eh_return
&& bit_count(saved_regs_mask) * 4 == count
&& !IS_INTERRUPT (func_type)
&& !IS_STACKALIGN (func_type)
&& !crtl->tail_call_emit)
{
unsigned long mask;
/* Preserve return values, of any size. */
mask = (1 << ((arm_size_return_regs() + 3) / 4)) - 1;
mask ^= 0xf;
mask &= ~saved_regs_mask;
reg = 0;
while (bit_count (mask) * 4 > amount)
{
while ((mask & (1 << reg)) == 0)
reg++;
mask &= ~(1 << reg);
}
if (bit_count (mask) * 4 == amount) {
amount = 0;
saved_regs_mask |= mask;
}
}
}
if (amount)
{
operands[1] = operands[0];
operands[2] = GEN_INT (amount);
output_add_immediate (operands);
}
if (frame_pointer_needed)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",
SP_REGNUM, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
}
if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
{
for (reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldfe\t%r, [%r], #12\n",
reg, SP_REGNUM);
}
else
{
start_reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
for (reg = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg++)
{
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
if (reg - start_reg == 3)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, 4, [%r]!\n",
start_reg, SP_REGNUM);
start_reg = reg + 1;
}
}
else
{
if (reg != start_reg)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
start_reg, reg - start_reg,
SP_REGNUM);
start_reg = reg + 1;
}
}
/* Just in case the last register checked also needs unstacking. */
if (reg != start_reg)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tlfmfd\t%r, %d, [%r]!\n",
start_reg, reg - start_reg, SP_REGNUM);
}
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
{
int end_reg = LAST_VFP_REGNUM + 1;
/* Scan the registers in reverse order. We need to match
any groupings made in the prologue and generate matching
pop operations. */
for (reg = LAST_VFP_REGNUM - 1; reg >= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg -= 2)
{
if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
&& (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1)
|| call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
{
if (end_reg > reg + 2)
vfp_output_fldmd (f, SP_REGNUM,
(reg + 2 - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2,
(end_reg - (reg + 2)) / 2);
end_reg = reg;
}
}
if (end_reg > reg + 2)
vfp_output_fldmd (f, SP_REGNUM, 0,
(end_reg - (reg + 2)) / 2);
}
if (TARGET_IWMMXT)
for (reg = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
asm_fprintf (f, "\twldrd\t%r, [%r], #8\n", reg, SP_REGNUM);
/* If we can, restore the LR into the PC. */
if (ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) != ARM_FT_INTERWORKED
&& (TARGET_ARM || ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type) == ARM_FT_NORMAL)
&& !IS_STACKALIGN (func_type)
&& really_return
&& crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0
&& saved_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)
&& !crtl->calls_eh_return)
{
saved_regs_mask &= ~ (1 << LR_REGNUM);
saved_regs_mask |= (1 << PC_REGNUM);
rfe = IS_INTERRUPT (func_type);
}
else
rfe = 0;
/* Load the registers off the stack. If we only have one register
to load use the LDR instruction - it is faster. For Thumb-2
always use pop and the assembler will pick the best instruction.*/
if (TARGET_ARM && saved_regs_mask == (1 << LR_REGNUM)
&& !IS_INTERRUPT(func_type))
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tldr\t%r, [%r], #4\n", LR_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM);
}
else if (saved_regs_mask)
{
if (saved_regs_mask & (1 << SP_REGNUM))
/* Note - write back to the stack register is not enabled
(i.e. "ldmfd sp!..."). We know that the stack pointer is
in the list of registers and if we add writeback the
instruction becomes UNPREDICTABLE. */
print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask,
rfe);
else if (TARGET_ARM)
print_multi_reg (f, "ldmfd\t%r!, ", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask,
rfe);
else
print_multi_reg (f, "pop\t", SP_REGNUM, saved_regs_mask, 0);
}
if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size)
{
/* Unwind the pre-pushed regs. */
operands[0] = operands[1] = stack_pointer_rtx;
operands[2] = GEN_INT (crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
output_add_immediate (operands);
}
}
/* We may have already restored PC directly from the stack. */
if (!really_return || saved_regs_mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM))
return "";
/* Stack adjustment for exception handler. */
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM,
ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);
/* Generate the return instruction. */
switch ((int) ARM_FUNC_TYPE (func_type))
{
case ARM_FT_ISR:
case ARM_FT_FIQ:
asm_fprintf (f, "\tsubs\t%r, %r, #4\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
break;
case ARM_FT_EXCEPTION:
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmovs\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
break;
case ARM_FT_INTERWORKED:
asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM);
break;
default:
if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
{
/* See comment in arm_expand_prologue. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, 0);
}
if (arm_arch5 || arm_arch4t)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", LR_REGNUM);
else
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", PC_REGNUM, LR_REGNUM);
break;
}
return "";
}
static void
arm_output_function_epilogue (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
int regno;
/* Emit any call-via-reg trampolines that are needed for v4t support
of call_reg and call_value_reg type insns. */
for (regno = 0; regno < LR_REGNUM; regno++)
{
rtx label = cfun->machine->call_via[regno];
if (label != NULL)
{
switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "L",
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno);
}
}
/* ??? Probably not safe to set this here, since it assumes that a
function will be emitted as assembly immediately after we generate
RTL for it. This does not happen for inline functions. */
cfun->machine->return_used_this_function = 0;
}
else /* TARGET_32BIT */
{
/* We need to take into account any stack-frame rounding. */
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
gcc_assert (!use_return_insn (FALSE, NULL)
|| (cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0)
|| offsets->saved_regs == offsets->outgoing_args
|| frame_pointer_needed);
/* Reset the ARM-specific per-function variables. */
after_arm_reorg = 0;
}
}
/* Generate and emit an insn that we will recognize as a push_multi.
Unfortunately, since this insn does not reflect very well the actual
semantics of the operation, we need to annotate the insn for the benefit
of DWARF2 frame unwind information. */
static rtx
emit_multi_reg_push (unsigned long mask)
{
int num_regs = 0;
int num_dwarf_regs;
int i, j;
rtx par;
rtx dwarf;
int dwarf_par_index;
rtx tmp, reg;
for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
if (mask & (1 << i))
num_regs++;
gcc_assert (num_regs && num_regs <= 16);
/* We don't record the PC in the dwarf frame information. */
num_dwarf_regs = num_regs;
if (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM))
num_dwarf_regs--;
/* For the body of the insn we are going to generate an UNSPEC in
parallel with several USEs. This allows the insn to be recognized
by the push_multi pattern in the arm.md file.
The body of the insn looks something like this:
(parallel [
(set (mem:BLK (pre_modify:SI (reg:SI sp)
(const_int:SI )))
(unspec:BLK [(reg:SI r4)] UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT))
(use (reg:SI XX))
(use (reg:SI YY))
...
])
For the frame note however, we try to be more explicit and actually
show each register being stored into the stack frame, plus a (single)
decrement of the stack pointer. We do it this way in order to be
friendly to the stack unwinding code, which only wants to see a single
stack decrement per instruction. The RTL we generate for the note looks
something like this:
(sequence [
(set (reg:SI sp) (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int -20)))
(set (mem:SI (reg:SI sp)) (reg:SI r4))
(set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 4))) (reg:SI XX))
(set (mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI sp) (const_int 8))) (reg:SI YY))
...
])
FIXME:: In an ideal world the PRE_MODIFY would not exist and
instead we'd have a parallel expression detailing all
the stores to the various memory addresses so that debug
information is more up-to-date. Remember however while writing
this to take care of the constraints with the push instruction.
Note also that this has to be taken care of for the VFP registers.
For more see PR43399. */
par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (num_regs));
dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (num_dwarf_regs + 1));
dwarf_par_index = 1;
for (i = 0; i <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM; i++)
{
if (mask & (1 << i))
{
reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, i);
XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem
(BLKmode,
gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant
(stack_pointer_rtx,
-4 * num_regs))
),
gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
gen_rtvec (1, reg),
UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));
if (i != PC_REGNUM)
{
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx),
reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, dwarf_par_index) = tmp;
dwarf_par_index++;
}
break;
}
}
for (j = 1, i++; j < num_regs; i++)
{
if (mask & (1 << i))
{
reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, i);
XVECEXP (par, 0, j) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);
if (i != PC_REGNUM)
{
tmp
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem
(SImode,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
4 * j)),
reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, dwarf_par_index++) = tmp;
}
j++;
}
}
par = emit_insn (par);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -4 * num_regs));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
return par;
}
/* Calculate the size of the return value that is passed in registers. */
static unsigned
arm_size_return_regs (void)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
if (crtl->return_rtx != 0)
mode = GET_MODE (crtl->return_rtx);
else
mode = DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
}
static rtx
emit_sfm (int base_reg, int count)
{
rtx par;
rtx dwarf;
rtx tmp, reg;
int i;
par = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + 1));
reg = gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, base_reg++);
XVECEXP (par, 0, 0)
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem
(BLKmode,
gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode,
stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant
(stack_pointer_rtx,
-12 * count))
),
gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode,
gen_rtvec (1, reg),
UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT));
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem (XFmode, stack_pointer_rtx), reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1) = tmp;
for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
{
reg = gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, base_reg++);
XVECEXP (par, 0, i) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
gen_frame_mem (XFmode,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
i * 12)),
reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, i + 1) = tmp;
}
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -12 * count));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
par = emit_insn (par);
add_reg_note (par, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
return par;
}
/* Return true if the current function needs to save/restore LR. */
static bool
thumb_force_lr_save (void)
{
return !cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated
&& (!leaf_function_p ()
|| thumb_far_jump_used_p ()
|| df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM));
}
/* Return true if r3 is used by any of the tail call insns in the
current function. */
static bool
any_sibcall_uses_r3 (void)
{
edge_iterator ei;
edge e;
if (!crtl->tail_call_emit)
return false;
FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->preds)
if (e->flags & EDGE_SIBCALL)
{
rtx call = BB_END (e->src);
if (!CALL_P (call))
call = prev_nonnote_nondebug_insn (call);
gcc_assert (CALL_P (call) && SIBLING_CALL_P (call));
if (find_regno_fusage (call, USE, 3))
return true;
}
return false;
}
/* Compute the distance from register FROM to register TO.
These can be the arg pointer (26), the soft frame pointer (25),
the stack pointer (13) or the hard frame pointer (11).
In thumb mode r7 is used as the soft frame pointer, if needed.
Typical stack layout looks like this:
old stack pointer -> | |
----
| | \
| | saved arguments for
| | vararg functions
| | /
--
hard FP & arg pointer -> | | \
| | stack
| | frame
| | /
--
| | \
| | call saved
| | registers
soft frame pointer -> | | /
--
| | \
| | local
| | variables
locals base pointer -> | | /
--
| | \
| | outgoing
| | arguments
current stack pointer -> | | /
--
For a given function some or all of these stack components
may not be needed, giving rise to the possibility of
eliminating some of the registers.
The values returned by this function must reflect the behavior
of arm_expand_prologue() and arm_compute_save_reg_mask().
The sign of the number returned reflects the direction of stack
growth, so the values are positive for all eliminations except
from the soft frame pointer to the hard frame pointer.
SFP may point just inside the local variables block to ensure correct
alignment. */
/* Calculate stack offsets. These are used to calculate register elimination
offsets and in prologue/epilogue code. Also calculates which registers
should be saved. */
static arm_stack_offsets *
arm_get_frame_offsets (void)
{
struct arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
unsigned long func_type;
int leaf;
int saved;
int core_saved;
HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size;
int i;
offsets = &cfun->machine->stack_offsets;
/* We need to know if we are a leaf function. Unfortunately, it
is possible to be called after start_sequence has been called,
which causes get_insns to return the insns for the sequence,
not the function, which will cause leaf_function_p to return
the incorrect result.
to know about leaf functions once reload has completed, and the
frame size cannot be changed after that time, so we can safely
use the cached value. */
if (reload_completed)
return offsets;
/* Initially this is the size of the local variables. It will translated
into an offset once we have determined the size of preceding data. */
frame_size = ROUND_UP_WORD (get_frame_size ());
leaf = leaf_function_p ();
/* Space for variadic functions. */
offsets->saved_args = crtl->args.pretend_args_size;
/* In Thumb mode this is incorrect, but never used. */
offsets->frame = offsets->saved_args + (frame_pointer_needed ? 4 : 0) +
arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes();
if (TARGET_32BIT)
{
unsigned int regno;
offsets->saved_regs_mask = arm_compute_save_reg_mask ();
core_saved = bit_count (offsets->saved_regs_mask) * 4;
saved = core_saved;
/* We know that SP will be doubleword aligned on entry, and we must
preserve that condition at any subroutine call. We also require the
soft frame pointer to be doubleword aligned. */
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
{
/* Check for the call-saved iWMMXt registers. */
for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
saved += 8;
}
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
{
/* Space for saved FPA registers. */
for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && ! call_used_regs[regno])
saved += 12;
/* Space for saved VFP registers. */
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
saved += arm_get_vfp_saved_size ();
}
}
else /* TARGET_THUMB1 */
{
offsets->saved_regs_mask = thumb1_compute_save_reg_mask ();
core_saved = bit_count (offsets->saved_regs_mask) * 4;
saved = core_saved;
if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
saved += 16;
}
/* Saved registers include the stack frame. */
offsets->saved_regs = offsets->saved_args + saved +
arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes();
offsets->soft_frame = offsets->saved_regs + CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE;
/* A leaf function does not need any stack alignment if it has nothing
on the stack. */
if (leaf && frame_size == 0
/* However if it calls alloca(), we have a dynamically allocated
block of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT on stack, so still do stack alignment. */
&& ! cfun->calls_alloca)
{
offsets->outgoing_args = offsets->soft_frame;
offsets->locals_base = offsets->soft_frame;
return offsets;
}
/* Ensure SFP has the correct alignment. */
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN
&& (offsets->soft_frame & 7))
{
offsets->soft_frame += 4;
/* Try to align stack by pushing an extra reg. Don't bother doing this
when there is a stack frame as the alignment will be rolled into
the normal stack adjustment. */
if (frame_size + crtl->outgoing_args_size == 0)
{
int reg = -1;
/* If it is safe to use r3, then do so. This sometimes
generates better code on Thumb-2 by avoiding the need to
use 32-bit push/pop instructions. */
if (! any_sibcall_uses_r3 ()
&& arm_size_return_regs () <= 12
&& (offsets->saved_regs_mask & (1 << 3)) == 0)
{
reg = 3;
}
else
for (i = 4; i <= (TARGET_THUMB1 ? LAST_LO_REGNUM : 11); i++)
{
if ((offsets->saved_regs_mask & (1 << i)) == 0)
{
reg = i;
break;
}
}
if (reg != -1)
{
offsets->saved_regs += 4;
offsets->saved_regs_mask |= (1 << reg);
}
}
}
offsets->locals_base = offsets->soft_frame + frame_size;
offsets->outgoing_args = (offsets->locals_base
+ crtl->outgoing_args_size);
if (ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN)
{
/* Ensure SP remains doubleword aligned. */
if (offsets->outgoing_args & 7)
offsets->outgoing_args += 4;
gcc_assert (!(offsets->outgoing_args & 7));
}
return offsets;
}
/* Calculate the relative offsets for the different stack pointers. Positive
offsets are in the direction of stack growth. */
HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
/* OK, now we have enough information to compute the distances.
There must be an entry in these switch tables for each pair
of registers in ELIMINABLE_REGS, even if some of the entries
seem to be redundant or useless. */
switch (from)
{
case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
switch (to)
{
case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return 0;
case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
/* This is the reverse of the soft frame pointer
to hard frame pointer elimination below. */
return offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;
case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
/* This is only non-zero in the case where the static chain register
is stored above the frame. */
return offsets->frame - offsets->saved_args - 4;
case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
/* If nothing has been pushed on the stack at all
then this will return -4. This *is* correct! */
return offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->saved_args + 4);
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
gcc_unreachable ();
case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
switch (to)
{
case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return 0;
case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
/* The hard frame pointer points to the top entry in the
stack frame. The soft frame pointer to the bottom entry
in the stack frame. If there is no stack frame at all,
then they are identical. */
return offsets->frame - offsets->soft_frame;
case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->soft_frame;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
gcc_unreachable ();
default:
/* You cannot eliminate from the stack pointer.
In theory you could eliminate from the hard frame
pointer to the stack pointer, but this will never
happen, since if a stack frame is not needed the
hard frame pointer will never be used. */
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Given FROM and TO register numbers, say whether this elimination is
allowed. Frame pointer elimination is automatically handled.
All eliminations are permissible. Note that ARG_POINTER_REGNUM and
HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM are in fact the same thing. If we need a frame
pointer, we must eliminate FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM into
HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM and not into STACK_POINTER_REGNUM or
ARG_POINTER_REGNUM. */
bool
arm_can_eliminate (const int from, const int to)
{
return ((to == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) ? false :
(to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed) ? false :
(to == ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && TARGET_THUMB) ? false :
(to == THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && TARGET_ARM) ? false :
true);
}
/* Emit RTL to save coprocessor registers on function entry. Returns the
number of bytes pushed. */
static int
arm_save_coproc_regs(void)
{
int saved_size = 0;
unsigned reg;
unsigned start_reg;
rtx insn;
for (reg = LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; reg--)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && ! call_used_regs[reg])
{
insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
insn = gen_rtx_MEM (V2SImode, insn);
insn = emit_set_insn (insn, gen_rtx_REG (V2SImode, reg));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
saved_size += 8;
}
/* Save any floating point call-saved registers used by this
function. */
if (TARGET_FPA_EMU2)
{
for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
insn = gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode, insn);
insn = emit_set_insn (insn, gen_rtx_REG (XFmode, reg));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
saved_size += 12;
}
}
else
{
start_reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM;
for (reg = LAST_FPA_REGNUM; reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM; reg--)
{
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) && !call_used_regs[reg])
{
if (start_reg - reg == 3)
{
insn = emit_sfm (reg, 4);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
saved_size += 48;
start_reg = reg - 1;
}
}
else
{
if (start_reg != reg)
{
insn = emit_sfm (reg + 1, start_reg - reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
saved_size += (start_reg - reg) * 12;
}
start_reg = reg - 1;
}
}
if (start_reg != reg)
{
insn = emit_sfm (reg + 1, start_reg - reg);
saved_size += (start_reg - reg) * 12;
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
}
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP)
{
start_reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
for (reg = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM; reg < LAST_VFP_REGNUM; reg += 2)
{
if ((!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg) || call_used_regs[reg])
&& (!df_regs_ever_live_p (reg + 1) || call_used_regs[reg + 1]))
{
if (start_reg != reg)
saved_size += vfp_emit_fstmd (start_reg,
(reg - start_reg) / 2);
start_reg = reg + 2;
}
}
if (start_reg != reg)
saved_size += vfp_emit_fstmd (start_reg,
(reg - start_reg) / 2);
}
return saved_size;
}
/* Set the Thumb frame pointer from the stack pointer. */
static void
thumb_set_frame_pointer (arm_stack_offsets *offsets)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
rtx insn, dwarf;
amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->locals_base;
if (amount < 1024)
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (amount)));
else
{
emit_insn (gen_movsi (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (amount)));
/* Thumb-2 RTL patterns expect sp as the first input. Thumb-1
expects the first two operands to be the same. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2)
{
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx,
hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
}
else
{
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx));
}
dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, amount));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (dwarf) = 1;
add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
}
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
/* Generate the prologue instructions for entry into an ARM or Thumb-2
function. */
void
arm_expand_prologue (void)
{
rtx amount;
rtx insn;
rtx ip_rtx;
unsigned long live_regs_mask;
unsigned long func_type;
int fp_offset = 0;
int saved_pretend_args = 0;
int saved_regs = 0;
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT args_to_push;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
/* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
return;
/* Make a copy of c_f_p_a_s as we may need to modify it locally. */
args_to_push = crtl->args.pretend_args_size;
/* Compute which register we will have to save onto the stack. */
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
ip_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, IP_REGNUM);
if (IS_STACKALIGN (func_type))
{
rtx r0, r1;
/* Handle a word-aligned stack pointer. We generate the following:
mov r0, sp
bic r1, r0, #7
mov sp, r1
mov sp, r0
bx lr
The unwinder doesn't need to know about the stack realignment.
Just tell it we saved SP in r0. */
gcc_assert (TARGET_THUMB2 && !arm_arch_notm && args_to_push == 0);
r0 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 0);
r1 = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 1);
insn = emit_insn (gen_movsi (r0, stack_pointer_rtx));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_REGISTER, NULL);
emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (r1, r0, GEN_INT (~(HOST_WIDE_INT)7)));
/* ??? The CFA changes here, which may cause GDB to conclude that it
has entered a different function. That said, the unwind info is
correct, individually, before and after this instruction because
we've described the save of SP, which will override the default
handling of SP as restoring from the CFA. */
emit_insn (gen_movsi (stack_pointer_rtx, r1));
}
/* For APCS frames, if IP register is clobbered
when creating frame, save that register in a special
way. */
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME && frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
{
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
{
/* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers.
Creating a frame pointer however, corrupts the IP
register, so we must push it first. */
emit_multi_reg_push (1 << IP_REGNUM);
/* Do not set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on this insn.
The dwarf stack unwinding code only wants to see one
stack decrement per function, and this is not it. If
this instruction is labeled as being part of the frame
creation sequence then dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr will
die when it encounters the assignment of IP to FP
later on, since the use of SP here establishes SP as
the CFA register and not IP.
Anyway this instruction is not really part of the stack
frame creation although it is part of the prologue. */
}
else if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
{
/* The Static chain register is the same as the IP register
used as a scratch register during stack frame creation.
To get around this need to find somewhere to store IP
whilst the frame is being created. We try the following
places in order:
1. The last argument register.
2. A slot on the stack above the frame. (This only
works if the function is not a varargs function).
3. Register r3, after pushing the argument registers
onto the stack.
Note - we only need to tell the dwarf2 backend about the SP
adjustment in the second variant; the static chain register
doesn't need to be unwound, as it doesn't contain a value
inherited from the caller. */
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (3) == false)
insn = emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3), ip_rtx);
else if (args_to_push == 0)
{
rtx dwarf;
gcc_assert(arm_compute_static_chain_stack_bytes() == 4);
saved_regs += 4;
insn = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx);
insn = emit_set_insn (gen_frame_mem (SImode, insn), ip_rtx);
fp_offset = 4;
/* Just tell the dwarf backend that we adjusted SP. */
dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
-fp_offset));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
}
else
{
/* Store the args on the stack. */
if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
insn = emit_multi_reg_push
((0xf0 >> (args_to_push / 4)) & 0xf);
else
insn = emit_insn
(gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
GEN_INT (- args_to_push)));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
saved_pretend_args = 1;
fp_offset = args_to_push;
args_to_push = 0;
/* Now reuse r3 to preserve IP. */
emit_set_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3), ip_rtx);
}
}
insn = emit_set_insn (ip_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, fp_offset));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
if (args_to_push)
{
/* Push the argument registers, or reserve space for them. */
if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
insn = emit_multi_reg_push
((0xf0 >> (args_to_push / 4)) & 0xf);
else
insn = emit_insn
(gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
GEN_INT (- args_to_push)));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
/* If this is an interrupt service routine, and the link register
is going to be pushed, and we're not generating extra
push of IP (needed when frame is needed and frame layout if apcs),
subtracting four from LR now will mean that the function return
can be done with a single instruction. */
if ((func_type == ARM_FT_ISR || func_type == ARM_FT_FIQ)
&& (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0
&& !(frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
&& TARGET_ARM)
{
rtx lr = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LR_REGNUM);
emit_set_insn (lr, plus_constant (lr, -4));
}
if (live_regs_mask)
{
saved_regs += bit_count (live_regs_mask) * 4;
if (optimize_size && !frame_pointer_needed
&& saved_regs == offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args)
{
/* If no coprocessor registers are being pushed and we don't have
to worry about a frame pointer then push extra registers to
create the stack frame. This is done is a way that does not
alter the frame layout, so is independent of the epilogue. */
int n;
int frame;
n = 0;
while (n < 8 && (live_regs_mask & (1 << n)) == 0)
n++;
frame = offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->saved_args + saved_regs);
if (frame && n * 4 >= frame)
{
n = frame / 4;
live_regs_mask |= (1 << n) - 1;
saved_regs += frame;
}
}
insn = emit_multi_reg_push (live_regs_mask);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
if (! IS_VOLATILE (func_type))
saved_regs += arm_save_coproc_regs ();
if (frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_ARM)
{
/* Create the new frame pointer. */
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME)
{
insn = GEN_INT (-(4 + args_to_push + fp_offset));
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, ip_rtx, insn));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
if (IS_NESTED (func_type))
{
/* Recover the static chain register. */
if (!df_regs_ever_live_p (3)
|| saved_pretend_args)
insn = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 3);
else /* if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0) */
{
insn = plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, 4);
insn = gen_frame_mem (SImode, insn);
}
emit_set_insn (ip_rtx, insn);
/* Add a USE to stop propagate_one_insn() from barfing. */
emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (ip_rtx));
}
}
else
{
insn = GEN_INT (saved_regs - 4);
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx, insn));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
}
if (flag_stack_usage_info)
current_function_static_stack_size
= offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;
if (offsets->outgoing_args != offsets->saved_args + saved_regs)
{
/* This add can produce multiple insns for a large constant, so we
need to get tricky. */
rtx last = get_last_insn ();
amount = GEN_INT (offsets->saved_args + saved_regs
- offsets->outgoing_args);
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
amount));
do
{
last = last ? NEXT_INSN (last) : get_insns ();
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (last) = 1;
}
while (last != insn);
/* If the frame pointer is needed, emit a special barrier that
will prevent the scheduler from moving stores to the frame
before the stack adjustment. */
if (frame_pointer_needed)
insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx,
hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
}
if (frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_THUMB2)
thumb_set_frame_pointer (offsets);
if (flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
{
unsigned long mask;
mask = live_regs_mask;
mask &= THUMB2_WORK_REGS;
if (!IS_NESTED (func_type))
mask |= (1 << IP_REGNUM);
arm_load_pic_register (mask);
}
/* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
the call to mcount. Similarly if the user has requested no
scheduling in the prolog. Similarly if we want non-call exceptions
using the EABI unwinder, to prevent faulting instructions from being
swapped with a stack adjustment. */
if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG
|| (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET
&& cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions))
emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
/* If the link register is being kept alive, with the return address in it,
then make sure that it does not get reused by the ce2 pass. */
if ((live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) == 0)
cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = 1;
}
/* Print condition code to STREAM. Helper function for arm_print_operand. */
static void
arm_print_condition (FILE *stream)
{
if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3 || arm_ccfsm_state == 4)
{
/* Branch conversion is not implemented for Thumb-2. */
if (TARGET_THUMB)
{
output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
return;
}
if (current_insn_predicate != NULL)
{
output_operand_lossage
("predicated instruction in conditional sequence");
return;
}
fputs (arm_condition_codes[arm_current_cc], stream);
}
else if (current_insn_predicate)
{
enum arm_cond_code code;
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
output_operand_lossage ("predicated Thumb instruction");
return;
}
code = get_arm_condition_code (current_insn_predicate);
fputs (arm_condition_codes[code], stream);
}
}
/* If CODE is 'd', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
should only be executed if the condition is true.
if CODE is 'D', then the X is a condition operand and the instruction
should only be executed if the condition is false: however, if the mode
of the comparison is CCFPEmode, then always execute the instruction -- we
do this because in these circumstances !GE does not necessarily imply LT;
in these cases the instruction pattern will take care to make sure that
an instruction containing %d will follow, thereby undoing the effects of
doing this instruction unconditionally.
If CODE is 'N' then X is a floating point operand that must be negated
before output.
If CODE is 'B' then output a bitwise inverted value of X (a const int).
If X is a REG and CODE is `M', output a ldm/stm style multi-reg. */
static void
arm_print_operand (FILE *stream, rtx x, int code)
{
switch (code)
{
case '@':
fputs (ASM_COMMENT_START, stream);
return;
case '_':
fputs (user_label_prefix, stream);
return;
case '|':
fputs (REGISTER_PREFIX, stream);
return;
case '?':
arm_print_condition (stream);
return;
case '(':
/* Nothing in unified syntax, otherwise the current condition code. */
if (!TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
arm_print_condition (stream);
break;
case ')':
/* The current condition code in unified syntax, otherwise nothing. */
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
arm_print_condition (stream);
break;
case '.':
/* The current condition code for a condition code setting instruction.
Preceded by 's' in unified syntax, otherwise followed by 's'. */
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
{
fputc('s', stream);
arm_print_condition (stream);
}
else
{
arm_print_condition (stream);
fputc('s', stream);
}
return;
case '!':
/* If the instruction is conditionally executed then print
the current condition code, otherwise print 's'. */
gcc_assert (TARGET_THUMB2 && TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM);
if (current_insn_predicate)
arm_print_condition (stream);
else
fputc('s', stream);
break;
/* %# is a "break" sequence. It doesn't output anything, but is used to
separate e.g. operand numbers from following text, if that text consists
of further digits which we don't want to be part of the operand
number. */
case '#':
return;
case 'N':
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
r = real_value_negate (&r);
fprintf (stream, "%s", fp_const_from_val (&r));
}
return;
/* An integer or symbol address without a preceding # sign. */
case 'c':
switch (GET_CODE (x))
{
case CONST_INT:
fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x));
break;
case SYMBOL_REF:
output_addr_const (stream, x);
break;
case CONST:
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
{
output_addr_const (stream, x);
break;
}
/* Fall through. */
default:
output_operand_lossage ("Unsupported operand for code '%c'", code);
}
return;
case 'B':
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
val = ARM_SIGN_EXTEND (~INTVAL (x));
fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, val);
}
else
{
putc ('~', stream);
output_addr_const (stream, x);
}
return;
case 'L':
/* The low 16 bits of an immediate constant. */
fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL(x) & 0xffff);
return;
case 'i':
fprintf (stream, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x, 1));
return;
/* Truncate Cirrus shift counts. */
case 's':
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
{
fprintf (stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x) & 0x3f);
return;
}
arm_print_operand (stream, x, 0);
return;
case 'I':
fprintf (stream, "%s", arithmetic_instr (x, 0));
return;
case 'S':
{
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
const char *shift;
if (!shift_operator (x, SImode))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid shift operand");
break;
}
shift = shift_op (x, &val);
if (shift)
{
fprintf (stream, ", %s ", shift);
if (val == -1)
arm_print_operand (stream, XEXP (x, 1), 0);
else
fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, val);
}
}
return;
/* An explanation of the 'Q', 'R' and 'H' register operands:
In a pair of registers containing a DI or DF value the 'Q'
operand returns the register number of the register containing
the least significant part of the value. The 'R' operand returns
the register number of the register containing the most
significant part of the value.
The 'H' operand returns the higher of the two register numbers.
On a run where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is true the 'H' operand is the
same as the 'Q' operand, since the most significant part of the
value is held in the lower number register. The reverse is true
on systems where WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is false.
The purpose of these operands is to distinguish between cases
where the endian-ness of the values is important (for example
when they are added together), and cases where the endian-ness
is irrelevant, but the order of register operations is important.
For example when loading a value from memory into a register
pair, the endian-ness does not matter. Provided that the value
from the lower memory address is put into the lower numbered
register, and the value from the higher address is put into the
higher numbered register, the load will work regardless of whether
the value being loaded is big-wordian or little-wordian. The
order of the two register loads can matter however, if the address
of the memory location is actually held in one of the registers
being overwritten by the load.
The 'Q' and 'R' constraints are also available for 64-bit
constants. */
case 'Q':
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
{
rtx part = gen_lowpart (SImode, x);
fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (part));
return;
}
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : 0));
return;
case 'R':
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
rtx part;
if (mode == VOIDmode)
mode = DImode;
part = gen_highpart_mode (SImode, mode, x);
fprintf (stream, "#" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (part));
return;
}
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0 : 1));
return;
case 'H':
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + 1);
return;
case 'J':
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 3 : 2));
return;
case 'K':
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) > LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x) + (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 2 : 3));
return;
case 'm':
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r",
GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
? REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) : REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)));
return;
case 'M':
asm_fprintf (stream, "{%r-%r}",
REGNO (x),
REGNO (x) + ARM_NUM_REGS (GET_MODE (x)) - 1);
return;
/* Like 'M', but writing doubleword vector registers, for use by Neon
insns. */
case 'h':
{
int regno = (REGNO (x) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
int numregs = ARM_NUM_REGS (GET_MODE (x)) / 2;
if (numregs == 1)
asm_fprintf (stream, "{d%d}", regno);
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "{d%d-d%d}", regno, regno + numregs - 1);
}
return;
case 'd':
/* CONST_TRUE_RTX means always -- that's the default. */
if (x == const_true_rtx)
return;
if (!COMPARISON_P (x))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
fputs (arm_condition_codes[get_arm_condition_code (x)],
stream);
return;
case 'D':
/* CONST_TRUE_RTX means not always -- i.e. never. We shouldn't ever
want to do that. */
if (x == const_true_rtx)
{
output_operand_lossage ("instruction never executed");
return;
}
if (!COMPARISON_P (x))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
fputs (arm_condition_codes[ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE
(get_arm_condition_code (x))],
stream);
return;
/* Cirrus registers can be accessed in a variety of ways:
single floating point (f)
double floating point (d)
32bit integer (fx)
64bit integer (dx). */
case 'W': /* Cirrus register in F mode. */
case 'X': /* Cirrus register in D mode. */
case 'Y': /* Cirrus register in FX mode. */
case 'Z': /* Cirrus register in DX mode. */
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == REG
&& REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x)) == CIRRUS_REGS);
fprintf (stream, "mv%s%s",
code == 'W' ? "f"
: code == 'X' ? "d"
: code == 'Y' ? "fx" : "dx", reg_names[REGNO (x)] + 2);
return;
/* Print cirrus register in the mode specified by the register's mode. */
case 'V':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (x)) != CIRRUS_REGS)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
fprintf (stream, "mv%s%s",
mode == DFmode ? "d"
: mode == SImode ? "fx"
: mode == DImode ? "dx"
: "f", reg_names[REGNO (x)] + 2);
return;
}
case 'U':
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
|| REGNO (x) < FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM
|| REGNO (x) > LAST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM)
/* Bad value for wCG register number. */
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
else
fprintf (stream, "%d", REGNO (x) - FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM);
return;
/* Print an iWMMXt control register name. */
case 'w':
if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT
|| INTVAL (x) < 0
|| INTVAL (x) >= 16)
/* Bad value for wC register number. */
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
else
{
static const char * wc_reg_names [16] =
{
"wCID", "wCon", "wCSSF", "wCASF",
"wC4", "wC5", "wC6", "wC7",
"wCGR0", "wCGR1", "wCGR2", "wCGR3",
"wC12", "wC13", "wC14", "wC15"
};
fprintf (stream, wc_reg_names [INTVAL (x)]);
}
return;
/* Print the high single-precision register of a VFP double-precision
register. */
case 'p':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
int regno;
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 8 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = REGNO (x);
if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
fprintf (stream, "s%d", regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 1);
}
return;
/* Print a VFP/Neon double precision or quad precision register name. */
case 'P':
case 'q':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
int is_quad = (code == 'q');
int regno;
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != (is_quad ? 16 : 8))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
|| !IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (x)))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = REGNO (x);
if ((is_quad && !NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
|| (!is_quad && !VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno)))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
fprintf (stream, "%c%d", is_quad ? 'q' : 'd',
(regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> (is_quad ? 2 : 1));
}
return;
/* These two codes print the low/high doubleword register of a Neon quad
register, respectively. For pair-structure types, can also print
low/high quadword registers. */
case 'e':
case 'f':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
int regno;
if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 16
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 32) || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = REGNO (x);
if (!NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 16)
fprintf (stream, "d%d", ((regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> 1)
+ (code == 'f' ? 1 : 0));
else
fprintf (stream, "q%d", ((regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) >> 2)
+ (code == 'f' ? 1 : 0));
}
return;
/* Print a VFPv3 floating-point constant, represented as an integer
index. */
case 'G':
{
int index = vfp3_const_double_index (x);
gcc_assert (index != -1);
fprintf (stream, "%d", index);
}
return;
/* Print bits representing opcode features for Neon.
Bit 0 is 1 for signed, 0 for unsigned. Floats count as signed
and polynomials as unsigned.
Bit 1 is 1 for floats and polynomials, 0 for ordinary integers.
Bit 2 is 1 for rounding functions, 0 otherwise. */
/* Identify the type as 's', 'u', 'p' or 'f'. */
case 'T':
{
HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
fputc ("uspf"[bits & 3], stream);
}
return;
/* Likewise, but signed and unsigned integers are both 'i'. */
case 'F':
{
HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
fputc ("iipf"[bits & 3], stream);
}
return;
/* As for 'T', but emit 'u' instead of 'p'. */
case 't':
{
HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
fputc ("usuf"[bits & 3], stream);
}
return;
/* Bit 2: rounding (vs none). */
case 'O':
{
HOST_WIDE_INT bits = INTVAL (x);
fputs ((bits & 4) != 0 ? "r" : "", stream);
}
return;
/* Memory operand for vld1/vst1 instruction. */
case 'A':
{
rtx addr;
bool postinc = FALSE;
unsigned align, memsize, align_bits;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == MEM);
addr = XEXP (x, 0);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
{
postinc = 1;
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
}
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r", REGNO (addr));
/* We know the alignment of this access, so we can emit a hint in the
instruction (for some alignments) as an aid to the memory subsystem
of the target. */
align = MEM_ALIGN (x) >> 3;
memsize = MEM_SIZE (x);
/* Only certain alignment specifiers are supported by the hardware. */
if (memsize == 32 && (align % 32) == 0)
align_bits = 256;
else if ((memsize == 16 || memsize == 32) && (align % 16) == 0)
align_bits = 128;
else if (memsize >= 8 && (align % 8) == 0)
align_bits = 64;
else
align_bits = 0;
if (align_bits != 0)
asm_fprintf (stream, ":%d", align_bits);
asm_fprintf (stream, "]");
if (postinc)
fputs("!", stream);
}
return;
case 'C':
{
rtx addr;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == MEM);
addr = XEXP (x, 0);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (addr) == REG);
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r]", REGNO (addr));
}
return;
/* Translate an S register number into a D register number and element index. */
case 'y':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
int regno;
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 4 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = REGNO (x);
if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
fprintf (stream, "d%d[%d]", regno / 2, regno % 2);
}
return;
case 'v':
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE);
fprintf (stream, "#%d", vfp3_const_double_for_fract_bits (x));
return;
/* Register specifier for vld1.16/vst1.16. Translate the S register
number into a D register number and element index. */
case 'z':
{
int mode = GET_MODE (x);
int regno;
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 2 || GET_CODE (x) != REG)
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = REGNO (x);
if (!VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
{
output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand for code '%c'", code);
return;
}
regno = regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
fprintf (stream, "d%d[%d]", regno/2, ((regno % 2) ? 2 : 0));
}
return;
default:
if (x == 0)
{
output_operand_lossage ("missing operand");
return;
}
switch (GET_CODE (x))
{
case REG:
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r", REGNO (x));
break;
case MEM:
output_memory_reference_mode = GET_MODE (x);
output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
break;
case CONST_DOUBLE:
if (TARGET_NEON)
{
char fpstr[20];
real_to_decimal (fpstr, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
sizeof (fpstr), 0, 1);
fprintf (stream, "#%s", fpstr);
}
else
fprintf (stream, "#%s", fp_immediate_constant (x));
break;
default:
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) != NEG);
fputc ('#', stream);
if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH)
{
fputs (":lower16:", stream);
x = XEXP (x, 0);
}
output_addr_const (stream, x);
break;
}
}
}
/* Target hook for printing a memory address. */
static void
arm_print_operand_address (FILE *stream, rtx x)
{
if (TARGET_32BIT)
{
int is_minus = GET_CODE (x) == MINUS;
if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #0]", REGNO (x));
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || is_minus)
{
rtx base = XEXP (x, 0);
rtx index = XEXP (x, 1);
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
if (GET_CODE (base) != REG
|| (GET_CODE (index) == REG && REGNO (index) == SP_REGNUM))
{
/* Ensure that BASE is a register. */
/* (one of them must be). */
/* Also ensure the SP is not used as in index register. */
rtx temp = base;
base = index;
index = temp;
}
switch (GET_CODE (index))
{
case CONST_INT:
offset = INTVAL (index);
if (is_minus)
offset = -offset;
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%wd]",
REGNO (base), offset);
break;
case REG:
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %s%r]",
REGNO (base), is_minus ? "-" : "",
REGNO (index));
break;
case MULT:
case ASHIFTRT:
case LSHIFTRT:
case ASHIFT:
case ROTATERT:
{
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %s%r",
REGNO (base), is_minus ? "-" : "",
REGNO (XEXP (index, 0)));
arm_print_operand (stream, index, 'S');
fputs ("]", stream);
break;
}
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC
|| GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (x) == POST_DEC)
{
extern enum machine_mode output_memory_reference_mode;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG);
if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (x) == PRE_INC)
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%s%d]!",
REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC ? "-" : "",
GET_MODE_SIZE (output_memory_reference_mode));
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r], #%s%d",
REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
GET_CODE (x) == POST_DEC ? "-" : "",
GET_MODE_SIZE (output_memory_reference_mode));
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PRE_MODIFY)
{
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, ", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT)
asm_fprintf (stream, "#%wd]!",
INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r]!",
REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_MODIFY)
{
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r], ", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT)
asm_fprintf (stream, "#%wd",
INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r",
REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)));
}
else output_addr_const (stream, x);
}
else
{
if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r]", REGNO (x));
else if (GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC)
asm_fprintf (stream, "%r!", REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)));
else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
{
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG);
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, #%wd]",
REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "[%r, %r]",
REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)),
REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)));
}
else
output_addr_const (stream, x);
}
}
/* Target hook for indicating whether a punctuation character for
TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND is valid. */
static bool
arm_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char code)
{
return (code == '@' || code == '|' || code == '.'
|| code == '(' || code == ')' || code == '#'
|| (TARGET_32BIT && (code == '?'))
|| (TARGET_THUMB2 && (code == '!'))
|| (TARGET_THUMB && (code == '_')));
}
/* Target hook for assembling integer objects. The ARM version needs to
handle word-sized values specially. */
static bool
arm_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
{
enum machine_mode mode;
if (size == UNITS_PER_WORD && aligned_p)
{
fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
/* Mark symbols as position independent. We only do this in the
.text segment, not in the .data segment. */
if (NEED_GOT_RELOC && flag_pic && making_const_table &&
(GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF))
{
/* See legitimize_pic_address for an explanation of the
TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP check. */
if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
|| (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x)))
fputs ("(GOT)", asm_out_file);
else
fputs ("(GOTOFF)", asm_out_file);
}
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
return true;
}
mode = GET_MODE (x);
if (arm_vector_mode_supported_p (mode))
{
int i, units;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
{
rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
assemble_integer
(elt, size, i == 0 ? BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT : size * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
}
else
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
{
rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
REAL_VALUE_TYPE rval;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rval, elt);
assemble_real
(rval, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
i == 0 ? BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT : size * BITS_PER_UNIT);
}
return true;
}
return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
}
static void
arm_elf_asm_cdtor (rtx symbol, int priority, bool is_ctor)
{
section *s;
if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
{
(is_ctor ?
default_named_section_asm_out_constructor
: default_named_section_asm_out_destructor) (symbol, priority);
return;
}
/* Put these in the .init_array section, using a special relocation. */
if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
{
char buf[18];
sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
is_ctor ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
priority);
s = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL_TREE);
}
else if (is_ctor)
s = ctors_section;
else
s = dtors_section;
switch_to_section (s);
assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, symbol);
fputs ("(target1)\n", asm_out_file);
}
/* Add a function to the list of static constructors. */
static void
arm_elf_asm_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
{
arm_elf_asm_cdtor (symbol, priority, /*is_ctor=*/true);
}
/* Add a function to the list of static destructors. */
static void
arm_elf_asm_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
{
arm_elf_asm_cdtor (symbol, priority, /*is_ctor=*/false);
}
/* A finite state machine takes care of noticing whether or not instructions
can be conditionally executed, and thus decrease execution time and code
size by deleting branch instructions. The fsm is controlled by
final_prescan_insn, and controls the actions of ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE. */
/* The state of the fsm controlling condition codes are:
0: normal, do nothing special
1: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
2: make ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE not output this instruction
3: make instructions conditional
4: make instructions conditional
State transitions (state->state by whom under condition):
0 -> 1 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is a label
0 -> 2 final_prescan_insn if the `target' is an unconditional branch
1 -> 3 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
2 -> 4 ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE after not having output the conditional branch
3 -> 0 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) if the `target' label is reached
(the target label has CODE_LABEL_NUMBER equal to arm_target_label).
4 -> 0 final_prescan_insn if the `target' unconditional branch is reached
(the target insn is arm_target_insn).
If the jump clobbers the conditions then we use states 2 and 4.
A similar thing can be done with conditional return insns.
XXX In case the `target' is an unconditional branch, this conditionalising
of the instructions always reduces code size, but not always execution
time. But then, I want to reduce the code size to somewhere near what
/bin/cc produces. */
/* In addition to this, state is maintained for Thumb-2 COND_EXEC
instructions. When a COND_EXEC instruction is seen the subsequent
instructions are scanned so that multiple conditional instructions can be
combined into a single IT block. arm_condexec_count and arm_condexec_mask
specify the length and true/false mask for the IT block. These will be
decremented/zeroed by arm_asm_output_opcode as the insns are output. */
/* Returns the index of the ARM condition code string in
`arm_condition_codes', or ARM_NV if the comparison is invalid.
COMPARISON should be an rtx like `(eq (...) (...))'. */
enum arm_cond_code
maybe_get_arm_condition_code (rtx comparison)
{
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison, 0));
enum arm_cond_code code;
enum rtx_code comp_code = GET_CODE (comparison);
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (comp_code, XEXP (comparison, 0),
XEXP (comparison, 1));
switch (mode)
{
case CC_DNEmode: code = ARM_NE; goto dominance;
case CC_DEQmode: code = ARM_EQ; goto dominance;
case CC_DGEmode: code = ARM_GE; goto dominance;
case CC_DGTmode: code = ARM_GT; goto dominance;
case CC_DLEmode: code = ARM_LE; goto dominance;
case CC_DLTmode: code = ARM_LT; goto dominance;
case CC_DGEUmode: code = ARM_CS; goto dominance;
case CC_DGTUmode: code = ARM_HI; goto dominance;
case CC_DLEUmode: code = ARM_LS; goto dominance;
case CC_DLTUmode: code = ARM_CC;
dominance:
if (comp_code == EQ)
return ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (code);
if (comp_code == NE)
return code;
return ARM_NV;
case CC_NOOVmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
case GE: return ARM_PL;
case LT: return ARM_MI;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_Zmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_Nmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_MI;
case EQ: return ARM_PL;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CCFPEmode:
case CCFPmode:
/* These encodings assume that AC=1 in the FPA system control
byte. This allows us to handle all cases except UNEQ and
LTGT. */
switch (comp_code)
{
case GE: return ARM_GE;
case GT: return ARM_GT;
case LE: return ARM_LS;
case LT: return ARM_MI;
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
case ORDERED: return ARM_VC;
case UNORDERED: return ARM_VS;
case UNLT: return ARM_LT;
case UNLE: return ARM_LE;
case UNGT: return ARM_HI;
case UNGE: return ARM_PL;
/* UNEQ and LTGT do not have a representation. */
case UNEQ: /* Fall through. */
case LTGT: /* Fall through. */
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_SWPmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
case GE: return ARM_LE;
case GT: return ARM_LT;
case LE: return ARM_GE;
case LT: return ARM_GT;
case GEU: return ARM_LS;
case GTU: return ARM_CC;
case LEU: return ARM_CS;
case LTU: return ARM_HI;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_Cmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case LTU: return ARM_CS;
case GEU: return ARM_CC;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_CZmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
case GEU: return ARM_CS;
case GTU: return ARM_HI;
case LEU: return ARM_LS;
case LTU: return ARM_CC;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CC_NCVmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case GE: return ARM_GE;
case LT: return ARM_LT;
case GEU: return ARM_CS;
case LTU: return ARM_CC;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
case CCmode:
switch (comp_code)
{
case NE: return ARM_NE;
case EQ: return ARM_EQ;
case GE: return ARM_GE;
case GT: return ARM_GT;
case LE: return ARM_LE;
case LT: return ARM_LT;
case GEU: return ARM_CS;
case GTU: return ARM_HI;
case LEU: return ARM_LS;
case LTU: return ARM_CC;
default: return ARM_NV;
}
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Like maybe_get_arm_condition_code, but never return ARM_NV. */
static enum arm_cond_code
get_arm_condition_code (rtx comparison)
{
enum arm_cond_code code = maybe_get_arm_condition_code (comparison);
gcc_assert (code != ARM_NV);
return code;
}
/* Tell arm_asm_output_opcode to output IT blocks for conditionally executed
instructions. */
void
thumb2_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
rtx first_insn = insn;
rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
rtx predicate;
enum arm_cond_code code;
int n;
int mask;
/* Remove the previous insn from the count of insns to be output. */
if (arm_condexec_count)
arm_condexec_count--;
/* Nothing to do if we are already inside a conditional block. */
if (arm_condexec_count)
return;
if (GET_CODE (body) != COND_EXEC)
return;
/* Conditional jumps are implemented directly. */
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
return;
predicate = COND_EXEC_TEST (body);
arm_current_cc = get_arm_condition_code (predicate);
n = get_attr_ce_count (insn);
arm_condexec_count = 1;
arm_condexec_mask = (1 << n) - 1;
arm_condexec_masklen = n;
/* See if subsequent instructions can be combined into the same block. */
for (;;)
{
insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
/* Jumping into the middle of an IT block is illegal, so a label or
barrier terminates the block. */
if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN && GET_CODE(insn) != JUMP_INSN)
break;
body = PATTERN (insn);
/* USE and CLOBBER aren't really insns, so just skip them. */
if (GET_CODE (body) == USE
|| GET_CODE (body) == CLOBBER)
continue;
/* ??? Recognize conditional jumps, and combine them with IT blocks. */
if (GET_CODE (body) != COND_EXEC)
break;
/* Allow up to 4 conditionally executed instructions in a block. */
n = get_attr_ce_count (insn);
if (arm_condexec_masklen + n > 4)
break;
predicate = COND_EXEC_TEST (body);
code = get_arm_condition_code (predicate);
mask = (1 << n) - 1;
if (arm_current_cc == code)
arm_condexec_mask |= (mask << arm_condexec_masklen);
else if (arm_current_cc != ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE(code))
break;
arm_condexec_count++;
arm_condexec_masklen += n;
/* A jump must be the last instruction in a conditional block. */
if (GET_CODE(insn) == JUMP_INSN)
break;
}
/* Restore recog_data (getting the attributes of other insns can
destroy this array, but final.c assumes that it remains intact
across this call). */
extract_constrain_insn_cached (first_insn);
}
void
arm_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
/* BODY will hold the body of INSN. */
rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
/* This will be 1 if trying to repeat the trick, and things need to be
reversed if it appears to fail. */
int reverse = 0;
/* If we start with a return insn, we only succeed if we find another one. */
int seeking_return = 0;
enum rtx_code return_code = UNKNOWN;
/* START_INSN will hold the insn from where we start looking. This is the
first insn after the following code_label if REVERSE is true. */
rtx start_insn = insn;
/* If in state 4, check if the target branch is reached, in order to
change back to state 0. */
if (arm_ccfsm_state == 4)
{
if (insn == arm_target_insn)
{
arm_target_insn = NULL;
arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
}
return;
}
/* If in state 3, it is possible to repeat the trick, if this insn is an
unconditional branch to a label, and immediately following this branch
is the previous target label which is only used once, and the label this
branch jumps to is not too far off. */
if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3)
{
if (simplejump_p (insn))
{
start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == BARRIER)
{
/* XXX Isn't this always a barrier? */
start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
}
if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == CODE_LABEL
&& CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn) == arm_target_label
&& LABEL_NUSES (start_insn) == 1)
reverse = TRUE;
else
return;
}
else if (ANY_RETURN_P (body))
{
start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == BARRIER)
start_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start_insn);
if (GET_CODE (start_insn) == CODE_LABEL
&& CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (start_insn) == arm_target_label
&& LABEL_NUSES (start_insn) == 1)
{
reverse = TRUE;
seeking_return = 1;
return_code = GET_CODE (body);
}
else
return;
}
else
return;
}
gcc_assert (!arm_ccfsm_state || reverse);
if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
return;
/* This jump might be paralleled with a clobber of the condition codes
the jump should always come first */
if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (body, 0) > 0)
body = XVECEXP (body, 0, 0);
if (reverse
|| (GET_CODE (body) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == PC
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
{
int insns_skipped;
int fail = FALSE, succeed = FALSE;
/* Flag which part of the IF_THEN_ELSE is the LABEL_REF. */
int then_not_else = TRUE;
rtx this_insn = start_insn, label = 0;
/* Register the insn jumped to. */
if (reverse)
{
if (!seeking_return)
label = XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 0);
}
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1)) == LABEL_REF)
label = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1), 0);
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2)) == LABEL_REF)
{
label = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2), 0);
then_not_else = FALSE;
}
else if (ANY_RETURN_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1)))
{
seeking_return = 1;
return_code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 1));
}
else if (ANY_RETURN_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2)))
{
seeking_return = 1;
return_code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 2));
then_not_else = FALSE;
}
else
gcc_unreachable ();
/* See how many insns this branch skips, and what kind of insns. If all
insns are okay, and the label or unconditional branch to the same
label is not too far away, succeed. */
for (insns_skipped = 0;
!fail && !succeed && insns_skipped++ < max_insns_skipped;)
{
rtx scanbody;
this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
if (!this_insn)
break;
switch (GET_CODE (this_insn))
{
case CODE_LABEL:
/* Succeed if it is the target label, otherwise fail since
control falls in from somewhere else. */
if (this_insn == label)
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
succeed = TRUE;
}
else
fail = TRUE;
break;
case BARRIER:
/* Succeed if the following insn is the target label.
Otherwise fail.
If return insns are used then the last insn in a function
will be a barrier. */
this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
if (this_insn && this_insn == label)
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
succeed = TRUE;
}
else
fail = TRUE;
break;
case CALL_INSN:
/* The AAPCS says that conditional calls should not be
used since they make interworking inefficient (the
linker can't transform BL into BLX). That's
only a problem if the machine has BLX. */
if (arm_arch5)
{
fail = TRUE;
break;
}
/* Succeed if the following insn is the target label, or
if the following two insns are a barrier and the
target label. */
this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
if (this_insn && GET_CODE (this_insn) == BARRIER)
this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
if (this_insn && this_insn == label
&& insns_skipped < max_insns_skipped)
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 1;
succeed = TRUE;
}
else
fail = TRUE;
break;
case JUMP_INSN:
/* If this is an unconditional branch to the same label, succeed.
If it is to another label, do nothing. If it is conditional,
fail. */
/* XXX Probably, the tests for SET and the PC are
unnecessary. */
scanbody = PATTERN (this_insn);
if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == SET
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (scanbody)) == PC)
{
if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody)) == LABEL_REF
&& XEXP (SET_SRC (scanbody), 0) == label && !reverse)
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 2;
succeed = TRUE;
}
else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (scanbody)) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
fail = TRUE;
}
/* Fail if a conditional return is undesirable (e.g. on a
StrongARM), but still allow this if optimizing for size. */
else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == return_code
&& !use_return_insn (TRUE, NULL)
&& !optimize_size)
fail = TRUE;
else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == return_code)
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 2;
succeed = TRUE;
}
else if (GET_CODE (scanbody) == PARALLEL)
{
switch (get_attr_conds (this_insn))
{
case CONDS_NOCOND:
break;
default:
fail = TRUE;
break;
}
}
else
fail = TRUE; /* Unrecognized jump (e.g. epilogue). */
break;
case INSN:
/* Instructions using or affecting the condition codes make it
fail. */
scanbody = PATTERN (this_insn);
if (!(GET_CODE (scanbody) == SET
|| GET_CODE (scanbody) == PARALLEL)
|| get_attr_conds (this_insn) != CONDS_NOCOND)
fail = TRUE;
/* A conditional cirrus instruction must be followed by
a non Cirrus instruction. However, since we
conditionalize instructions in this function and by
the time we get here we can't add instructions
(nops), because shorten_branches() has already been
called, we will disable conditionalizing Cirrus
instructions to be safe. */
if (GET_CODE (scanbody) != USE
&& GET_CODE (scanbody) != CLOBBER
&& get_attr_cirrus (this_insn) != CIRRUS_NOT)
fail = TRUE;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
if (succeed)
{
if ((!seeking_return) && (arm_ccfsm_state == 1 || reverse))
arm_target_label = CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label);
else
{
gcc_assert (seeking_return || arm_ccfsm_state == 2);
while (this_insn && GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_insn)) == USE)
{
this_insn = next_nonnote_insn (this_insn);
gcc_assert (!this_insn
|| (GET_CODE (this_insn) != BARRIER
&& GET_CODE (this_insn) != CODE_LABEL));
}
if (!this_insn)
{
/* Oh, dear! we ran off the end.. give up. */
extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);
arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
arm_target_insn = NULL;
return;
}
arm_target_insn = this_insn;
}
/* If REVERSE is true, ARM_CURRENT_CC needs to be inverted from
what it was. */
if (!reverse)
arm_current_cc = get_arm_condition_code (XEXP (SET_SRC (body), 0));
if (reverse || then_not_else)
arm_current_cc = ARM_INVERSE_CONDITION_CODE (arm_current_cc);
}
/* Restore recog_data (getting the attributes of other insns can
destroy this array, but final.c assumes that it remains intact
across this call. */
extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);
}
}
/* Output IT instructions. */
void
thumb2_asm_output_opcode (FILE * stream)
{
char buff[5];
int n;
if (arm_condexec_mask)
{
for (n = 0; n < arm_condexec_masklen; n++)
buff[n] = (arm_condexec_mask & (1 << n)) ? 't' : 'e';
buff[n] = 0;
asm_fprintf(stream, "i%s\t%s\n\t", buff,
arm_condition_codes[arm_current_cc]);
arm_condexec_mask = 0;
}
}
/* Returns true if REGNO is a valid register
for holding a quantity of type MODE. */
int
arm_hard_regno_mode_ok (unsigned int regno, enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
return (regno == CC_REGNUM
|| (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP
&& regno == VFPCC_REGNUM));
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
/* For the Thumb we only allow values bigger than SImode in
registers 0 - 6, so that there is always a second low
register available to hold the upper part of the value.
We probably we ought to ensure that the register is the
start of an even numbered register pair. */
return (ARM_NUM_REGS (mode) < 2) || (regno < LAST_LO_REGNUM);
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_MAVERICK
&& IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno))
/* We have outlawed SI values in Cirrus registers because they
reside in the lower 32 bits, but SF values reside in the
upper 32 bits. This causes gcc all sorts of grief. We can't
even split the registers into pairs because Cirrus SI values
get sign extended to 64bits-- aldyh. */
return (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) || (mode == DImode);
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_VFP
&& IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
{
if (mode == SFmode || mode == SImode)
return VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno);
if (mode == DFmode)
return VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno);
/* VFP registers can hold HFmode values, but there is no point in
putting them there unless we have hardware conversion insns. */
if (mode == HFmode)
return TARGET_FP16 && VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno);
if (TARGET_NEON)
return (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode) && VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_DOUBLE (regno))
|| (VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode)
&& NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_QUAD (regno))
|| (mode == TImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 2))
|| (mode == EImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 3))
|| (mode == OImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 4))
|| (mode == CImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 6))
|| (mode == XImode && NEON_REGNO_OK_FOR_NREGS (regno, 8));
return FALSE;
}
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
{
if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
return mode == SImode;
if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
return VALID_IWMMXT_REG_MODE (mode);
}
/* We allow almost any value to be stored in the general registers.
Restrict doubleword quantities to even register pairs so that we can
use ldrd. Do not allow very large Neon structure opaque modes in
general registers; they would use too many. */
if (regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM)
return !(TARGET_LDRD && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 4 && (regno & 1) != 0)
&& ARM_NUM_REGS (mode) <= 4;
if (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
/* We only allow integers in the fake hard registers. */
return GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT;
/* The only registers left are the FPA registers
which we only allow to hold FP values. */
return (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && TARGET_FPA
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
&& regno >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM
&& regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM);
}
/* Implement MODES_TIEABLE_P. */
bool
arm_modes_tieable_p (enum machine_mode mode1, enum machine_mode mode2)
{
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode1) == GET_MODE_CLASS (mode2))
return true;
/* We specifically want to allow elements of "structure" modes to
be tieable to the structure. This more general condition allows
other rarer situations too. */
if (TARGET_NEON
&& (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode1)
|| VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode1)
|| VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode1))
&& (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode2)
|| VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode2)
|| VALID_NEON_STRUCT_MODE (mode2)))
return true;
return false;
}
/* For efficiency and historical reasons LO_REGS, HI_REGS and CC_REGS are
not used in arm mode. */
enum reg_class
arm_regno_class (int regno)
{
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
if (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
return STACK_REG;
if (regno == CC_REGNUM)
return CC_REG;
if (regno < 8)
return LO_REGS;
return HI_REGS;
}
if (TARGET_THUMB2 && regno < 8)
return LO_REGS;
if ( regno <= LAST_ARM_REGNUM
|| regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|| regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
return TARGET_THUMB2 ? HI_REGS : GENERAL_REGS;
if (regno == CC_REGNUM || regno == VFPCC_REGNUM)
return TARGET_THUMB2 ? CC_REG : NO_REGS;
if (IS_CIRRUS_REGNUM (regno))
return CIRRUS_REGS;
if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
{
if (regno <= D7_VFP_REGNUM)
return VFP_D0_D7_REGS;
else if (regno <= LAST_LO_VFP_REGNUM)
return VFP_LO_REGS;
else
return VFP_HI_REGS;
}
if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
return IWMMXT_REGS;
if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
return IWMMXT_GR_REGS;
return FPA_REGS;
}
/* Handle a special case when computing the offset
of an argument from the frame pointer. */
int
arm_debugger_arg_offset (int value, rtx addr)
{
rtx insn;
/* We are only interested if dbxout_parms() failed to compute the offset. */
if (value != 0)
return 0;
/* We can only cope with the case where the address is held in a register. */
if (GET_CODE (addr) != REG)
return 0;
/* If we are using the frame pointer to point at the argument, then
an offset of 0 is correct. */
if (REGNO (addr) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
return 0;
/* If we are using the stack pointer to point at the
argument, then an offset of 0 is correct. */
/* ??? Check this is consistent with thumb2 frame layout. */
if ((TARGET_THUMB || !frame_pointer_needed)
&& REGNO (addr) == SP_REGNUM)
return 0;
/* Oh dear. The argument is pointed to by a register rather
than being held in a register, or being stored at a known
offset from the frame pointer. Since GDB only understands
those two kinds of argument we must translate the address
held in the register into an offset from the frame pointer.
We do this by searching through the insns for the function
looking to see where this register gets its value. If the
register is initialized from the frame pointer plus an offset
then we are in luck and we can continue, otherwise we give up.
This code is exercised by producing debugging information
for a function with arguments like this:
double func (double a, double b, int c, double d) {return d;}
Without this code the stab for parameter 'd' will be set to
an offset of 0 from the frame pointer, rather than 8. */
/* The if() statement says:
If the insn is a normal instruction
and if the insn is setting the value in a register
and if the register being set is the register holding the address of the argument
and if the address is computing by an addition
that involves adding to a register
which is the frame pointer
a constant integer
then... */
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
{
if ( GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
&& REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REGNO (addr)
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1)) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 0)) == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
{
value = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), 1));
break;
}
}
if (value == 0)
{
debug_rtx (addr);
warning (0, "unable to compute real location of stacked parameter");
value = 8; /* XXX magic hack */
}
return value;
}
typedef enum {
T_V8QI,
T_V4HI,
T_V2SI,
T_V2SF,
T_DI,
T_V16QI,
T_V8HI,
T_V4SI,
T_V4SF,
T_V2DI,
T_TI,
T_EI,
T_OI,
T_MAX /* Size of enum. Keep last. */
} neon_builtin_type_mode;
#define TYPE_MODE_BIT(X) (1 << (X))
#define TB_DREG (TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V8QI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4HI) \
| TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2SI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2SF) \
| TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_DI))
#define TB_QREG (TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V16QI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V8HI) \
| TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4SI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V4SF) \
| TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_V2DI) | TYPE_MODE_BIT (T_TI))
#define v8qi_UP T_V8QI
#define v4hi_UP T_V4HI
#define v2si_UP T_V2SI
#define v2sf_UP T_V2SF
#define di_UP T_DI
#define v16qi_UP T_V16QI
#define v8hi_UP T_V8HI
#define v4si_UP T_V4SI
#define v4sf_UP T_V4SF
#define v2di_UP T_V2DI
#define ti_UP T_TI
#define ei_UP T_EI
#define oi_UP T_OI
#define UP(X) X##_UP
typedef enum {
NEON_BINOP,
NEON_TERNOP,
NEON_UNOP,
NEON_GETLANE,
NEON_SETLANE,
NEON_CREATE,
NEON_DUP,
NEON_DUPLANE,
NEON_COMBINE,
NEON_SPLIT,
NEON_LANEMUL,
NEON_LANEMULL,
NEON_LANEMULH,
NEON_LANEMAC,
NEON_SCALARMUL,
NEON_SCALARMULL,
NEON_SCALARMULH,
NEON_SCALARMAC,
NEON_CONVERT,
NEON_FIXCONV,
NEON_SELECT,
NEON_RESULTPAIR,
NEON_REINTERP,
NEON_VTBL,
NEON_VTBX,
NEON_LOAD1,
NEON_LOAD1LANE,
NEON_STORE1,
NEON_STORE1LANE,
NEON_LOADSTRUCT,
NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE,
NEON_STORESTRUCT,
NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE,
NEON_LOGICBINOP,
NEON_SHIFTINSERT,
NEON_SHIFTIMM,
NEON_SHIFTACC
} neon_itype;
typedef struct {
const char *name;
const neon_itype itype;
const neon_builtin_type_mode mode;
const enum insn_code code;
unsigned int fcode;
} neon_builtin_datum;
#define CF(N,X) CODE_FOR_neon_##N##X
#define VAR1(T, N, A) \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (A), CF (N, A), 0}
#define VAR2(T, N, A, B) \
VAR1 (T, N, A), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (B), CF (N, B), 0}
#define VAR3(T, N, A, B, C) \
VAR2 (T, N, A, B), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (C), CF (N, C), 0}
#define VAR4(T, N, A, B, C, D) \
VAR3 (T, N, A, B, C), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (D), CF (N, D), 0}
#define VAR5(T, N, A, B, C, D, E) \
VAR4 (T, N, A, B, C, D), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (E), CF (N, E), 0}
#define VAR6(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F) \
VAR5 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (F), CF (N, F), 0}
#define VAR7(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G) \
VAR6 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (G), CF (N, G), 0}
#define VAR8(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H) \
VAR7 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (H), CF (N, H), 0}
#define VAR9(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I) \
VAR8 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (I), CF (N, I), 0}
#define VAR10(T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J) \
VAR9 (T, N, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I), \
{#N, NEON_##T, UP (J), CF (N, J), 0}
/* The mode entries in the following table correspond to the "key" type of the
instruction variant, i.e. equivalent to that which would be specified after
the assembler mnemonic, which usually refers to the last vector operand.
(Signed/unsigned/polynomial types are not differentiated between though, and
are all mapped onto the same mode for a given element size.) The modes
listed per instruction should be the same as those defined for that
instruction's pattern in neon.md. */
static neon_builtin_datum neon_builtin_data[] =
{
VAR10 (BINOP, vadd,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR3 (BINOP, vaddl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR3 (BINOP, vaddw, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (BINOP, vhadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vqadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (BINOP, vaddhn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (BINOP, vmul, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR8 (TERNOP, vmla, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR3 (TERNOP, vmlal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR8 (TERNOP, vmls, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR3 (TERNOP, vmlsl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR4 (BINOP, vqdmulh, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
VAR2 (TERNOP, vqdmlal, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (TERNOP, vqdmlsl, v4hi, v2si),
VAR3 (BINOP, vmull, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (SCALARMULL, vmull_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (LANEMULL, vmull_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (SCALARMULL, vqdmull_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (LANEMULL, vqdmull_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR4 (SCALARMULH, vqdmulh_n, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
VAR4 (LANEMULH, vqdmulh_lane, v4hi, v2si, v8hi, v4si),
VAR2 (BINOP, vqdmull, v4hi, v2si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vshl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (BINOP, vqshl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vshr_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vshrn_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vqshrn_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vqshrun_n, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vshl_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vqshl_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (SHIFTIMM, vqshlu_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (SHIFTIMM, vshll_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR8 (SHIFTACC, vsra_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR10 (BINOP, vsub,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR3 (BINOP, vsubl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR3 (BINOP, vsubw, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vqsub, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR6 (BINOP, vhsub, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR3 (BINOP, vsubhn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (BINOP, vceq, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR8 (BINOP, vcge, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (BINOP, vcgeu, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vcgt, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (BINOP, vcgtu, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR2 (BINOP, vcage, v2sf, v4sf),
VAR2 (BINOP, vcagt, v2sf, v4sf),
VAR6 (BINOP, vtst, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vabd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR3 (BINOP, vabdl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (TERNOP, vaba, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR3 (TERNOP, vabal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR8 (BINOP, vmax, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR8 (BINOP, vmin, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR4 (BINOP, vpadd, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
VAR6 (UNOP, vpaddl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR6 (BINOP, vpadal, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR4 (BINOP, vpmax, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
VAR4 (BINOP, vpmin, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf),
VAR2 (BINOP, vrecps, v2sf, v4sf),
VAR2 (BINOP, vrsqrts, v2sf, v4sf),
VAR8 (SHIFTINSERT, vsri_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (SHIFTINSERT, vsli_n, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR8 (UNOP, vabs, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (UNOP, vqabs, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR8 (UNOP, vneg, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (UNOP, vqneg, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR6 (UNOP, vcls, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR6 (UNOP, vclz, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
VAR2 (UNOP, vcnt, v8qi, v16qi),
VAR4 (UNOP, vrecpe, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
VAR4 (UNOP, vrsqrte, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (UNOP, vmvn, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si),
/* FIXME: vget_lane supports more variants than this! */
VAR10 (GETLANE, vget_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (SETLANE, vset_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (CREATE, vcreate, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR10 (DUP, vdup_n,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (DUPLANE, vdup_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (COMBINE, vcombine, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (SPLIT, vget_high, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (SPLIT, vget_low, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR3 (UNOP, vmovn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (UNOP, vqmovn, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (UNOP, vqmovun, v8hi, v4si, v2di),
VAR3 (UNOP, vmovl, v8qi, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (LANEMUL, vmul_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (LANEMAC, vmla_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR2 (LANEMAC, vmlal_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (LANEMAC, vqdmlal_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (LANEMAC, vmls_lane, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR2 (LANEMAC, vmlsl_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (LANEMAC, vqdmlsl_lane, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (SCALARMUL, vmul_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR6 (SCALARMAC, vmla_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vmlal_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vqdmlal_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR6 (SCALARMAC, vmls_n, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vmlsl_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR2 (SCALARMAC, vqdmlsl_n, v4hi, v2si),
VAR10 (BINOP, vext,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR8 (UNOP, vrev64, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR4 (UNOP, vrev32, v8qi, v4hi, v16qi, v8hi),
VAR2 (UNOP, vrev16, v8qi, v16qi),
VAR4 (CONVERT, vcvt, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
VAR4 (FIXCONV, vcvt_n, v2si, v2sf, v4si, v4sf),
VAR10 (SELECT, vbsl,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl1, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl2, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl3, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBL, vtbl4, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx1, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx2, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx3, v8qi),
VAR1 (VTBX, vtbx4, v8qi),
VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vtrn, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vzip, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR8 (RESULTPAIR, vuzp, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv8qi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4hi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2si, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2sf, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretdi, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv16qi, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv8hi, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4si, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv4sf, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR5 (REINTERP, vreinterpretv2di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOAD1, vld1,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOAD1LANE, vld1_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOAD1, vld1_dup,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (STORE1, vst1,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (STORE1LANE, vst1_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT,
vld2, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld2_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld2_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst2,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst2_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT,
vld3, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld3_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld3_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst3,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst3_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR9 (LOADSTRUCT, vld4,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (LOADSTRUCTLANE, vld4_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR5 (LOADSTRUCT, vld4_dup, v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di),
VAR9 (STORESTRUCT, vst4,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR7 (STORESTRUCTLANE, vst4_lane,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, v8hi, v4si, v4sf),
VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vand,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vorr,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (BINOP, veor,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vbic,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di),
VAR10 (LOGICBINOP, vorn,
v8qi, v4hi, v2si, v2sf, di, v16qi, v8hi, v4si, v4sf, v2di)
};
#undef CF
#undef VAR1
#undef VAR2
#undef VAR3
#undef VAR4
#undef VAR5
#undef VAR6
#undef VAR7
#undef VAR8
#undef VAR9
#undef VAR10
/* Neon defines builtins from ARM_BUILTIN_MAX upwards, though they don't have
symbolic names defined here (which would require too much duplication).
FIXME? */
enum arm_builtins
{
ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX,
ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX,
ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO,
ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2BR,
ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2HR,
ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2B,
ARM_BUILTIN_WAVG2H,
ARM_BUILTIN_WACCB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WACCH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WACCW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMACSZ,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMACUZ,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ,
ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TMOVMSKW,
ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TBCSTW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMADDS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMADDU,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHSS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWSS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDSS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKHUS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKWUS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WPACKDUS,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDSSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WADDUSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBSSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSUBUSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WAND,
ARM_BUILTIN_WANDN,
ARM_BUILTIN_WOR,
ARM_BUILTIN_WXOR,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPEQW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WCMPGTSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB,
ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH,
ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMAXUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMINUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMULUM,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMULSM,
ARM_BUILTIN_WMULUL,
ARM_BUILTIN_PSADBH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLD,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAD,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLD,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORD,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLHI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLWI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSLLDI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAHI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRAWI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRADI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLHI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLWI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WSRLDI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORHI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORWI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WRORDI,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKIHW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKILW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKEHUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELSW,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUB,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUH,
ARM_BUILTIN_WUNPCKELUW,
ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER,
ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE,
ARM_BUILTIN_MAX = ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE + ARRAY_SIZE (neon_builtin_data)
};
static GTY(()) tree arm_builtin_decls[ARM_BUILTIN_MAX];
static void
arm_init_neon_builtins (void)
{
unsigned int i, fcode;
tree decl;
tree neon_intQI_type_node;
tree neon_intHI_type_node;
tree neon_polyQI_type_node;
tree neon_polyHI_type_node;
tree neon_intSI_type_node;
tree neon_intDI_type_node;
tree neon_float_type_node;
tree intQI_pointer_node;
tree intHI_pointer_node;
tree intSI_pointer_node;
tree intDI_pointer_node;
tree float_pointer_node;
tree const_intQI_node;
tree const_intHI_node;
tree const_intSI_node;
tree const_intDI_node;
tree const_float_node;
tree const_intQI_pointer_node;
tree const_intHI_pointer_node;
tree const_intSI_pointer_node;
tree const_intDI_pointer_node;
tree const_float_pointer_node;
tree V8QI_type_node;
tree V4HI_type_node;
tree V2SI_type_node;
tree V2SF_type_node;
tree V16QI_type_node;
tree V8HI_type_node;
tree V4SI_type_node;
tree V4SF_type_node;
tree V2DI_type_node;
tree intUQI_type_node;
tree intUHI_type_node;
tree intUSI_type_node;
tree intUDI_type_node;
tree intEI_type_node;
tree intOI_type_node;
tree intCI_type_node;
tree intXI_type_node;
tree V8QI_pointer_node;
tree V4HI_pointer_node;
tree V2SI_pointer_node;
tree V2SF_pointer_node;
tree V16QI_pointer_node;
tree V8HI_pointer_node;
tree V4SI_pointer_node;
tree V4SF_pointer_node;
tree V2DI_pointer_node;
tree void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi;
tree void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi;
tree void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si;
tree void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf;
tree void_ftype_pdi_di_di;
tree void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi;
tree void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi;
tree void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si;
tree void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf;
tree void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di;
tree reinterp_ftype_dreg[5][5];
tree reinterp_ftype_qreg[5][5];
tree dreg_types[5], qreg_types[5];
/* Create distinguished type nodes for NEON vector element types,
and pointers to values of such types, so we can detect them later. */
neon_intQI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
neon_intHI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
neon_polyQI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
neon_polyHI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
neon_intSI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (SImode));
neon_intDI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (DImode));
neon_float_type_node = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
TYPE_PRECISION (neon_float_type_node) = FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE;
layout_type (neon_float_type_node);
/* Define typedefs which exactly correspond to the modes we are basing vector
types on. If you change these names you'll need to change
the table used by arm_mangle_type too. */
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intQI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_qi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intHI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_hi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intSI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_si");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_float_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_sf");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_intDI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_di");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_polyQI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_poly8");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (neon_polyHI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_poly16");
intQI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intQI_type_node);
intHI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intHI_type_node);
intSI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intSI_type_node);
intDI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_intDI_type_node);
float_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (neon_float_type_node);
/* Next create constant-qualified versions of the above types. */
const_intQI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intQI_type_node,
TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
const_intHI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intHI_type_node,
TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
const_intSI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intSI_type_node,
TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
const_intDI_node = build_qualified_type (neon_intDI_type_node,
TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
const_float_node = build_qualified_type (neon_float_type_node,
TYPE_QUAL_CONST);
const_intQI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intQI_node);
const_intHI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intHI_node);
const_intSI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intSI_node);
const_intDI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_intDI_node);
const_float_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (const_float_node);
/* Now create vector types based on our NEON element types. */
/* 64-bit vectors. */
V8QI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intQI_type_node, V8QImode);
V4HI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intHI_type_node, V4HImode);
V2SI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intSI_type_node, V2SImode);
V2SF_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_float_type_node, V2SFmode);
/* 128-bit vectors. */
V16QI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intQI_type_node, V16QImode);
V8HI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intHI_type_node, V8HImode);
V4SI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intSI_type_node, V4SImode);
V4SF_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_float_type_node, V4SFmode);
V2DI_type_node =
build_vector_type_for_mode (neon_intDI_type_node, V2DImode);
/* Unsigned integer types for various mode sizes. */
intUQI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (QImode));
intUHI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (HImode));
intUSI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (SImode));
intUDI_type_node = make_unsigned_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (DImode));
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUQI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_uqi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUHI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_uhi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUSI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_usi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intUDI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_udi");
/* Opaque integer types for structures of vectors. */
intEI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (EImode));
intOI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (OImode));
intCI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (CImode));
intXI_type_node = make_signed_type (GET_MODE_PRECISION (XImode));
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intTI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_ti");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intEI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_ei");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intOI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_oi");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intCI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_ci");
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (intXI_type_node,
"__builtin_neon_xi");
/* Pointers to vector types. */
V8QI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V8QI_type_node);
V4HI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4HI_type_node);
V2SI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2SI_type_node);
V2SF_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2SF_type_node);
V16QI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V16QI_type_node);
V8HI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V8HI_type_node);
V4SI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4SI_type_node);
V4SF_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V4SF_type_node);
V2DI_pointer_node = build_pointer_type (V2DI_type_node);
/* Operations which return results as pairs. */
void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V8QI_pointer_node, V8QI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4HI_pointer_node, V4HI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2SI_pointer_node, V2SI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2SF_pointer_node, V2SF_type_node,
V2SF_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pdi_di_di =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, intDI_pointer_node,
neon_intDI_type_node, neon_intDI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V16QI_pointer_node,
V16QI_type_node, V16QI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V8HI_pointer_node, V8HI_type_node,
V8HI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4SI_pointer_node, V4SI_type_node,
V4SI_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V4SF_pointer_node, V4SF_type_node,
V4SF_type_node, NULL);
void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di =
build_function_type_list (void_type_node, V2DI_pointer_node, V2DI_type_node,
V2DI_type_node, NULL);
dreg_types[0] = V8QI_type_node;
dreg_types[1] = V4HI_type_node;
dreg_types[2] = V2SI_type_node;
dreg_types[3] = V2SF_type_node;
dreg_types[4] = neon_intDI_type_node;
qreg_types[0] = V16QI_type_node;
qreg_types[1] = V8HI_type_node;
qreg_types[2] = V4SI_type_node;
qreg_types[3] = V4SF_type_node;
qreg_types[4] = V2DI_type_node;
for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
{
int j;
for (j = 0; j < 5; j++)
{
reinterp_ftype_dreg[i][j]
= build_function_type_list (dreg_types[i], dreg_types[j], NULL);
reinterp_ftype_qreg[i][j]
= build_function_type_list (qreg_types[i], qreg_types[j], NULL);
}
}
for (i = 0, fcode = ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE;
i < ARRAY_SIZE (neon_builtin_data);
i++, fcode++)
{
neon_builtin_datum *d = &neon_builtin_data[i];
const char* const modenames[] = {
"v8qi", "v4hi", "v2si", "v2sf", "di",
"v16qi", "v8hi", "v4si", "v4sf", "v2di",
"ti", "ei", "oi"
};
char namebuf[60];
tree ftype = NULL;
int is_load = 0, is_store = 0;
gcc_assert (ARRAY_SIZE (modenames) == T_MAX);
d->fcode = fcode;
switch (d->itype)
{
case NEON_LOAD1:
case NEON_LOAD1LANE:
case NEON_LOADSTRUCT:
case NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE:
is_load = 1;
/* Fall through. */
case NEON_STORE1:
case NEON_STORE1LANE:
case NEON_STORESTRUCT:
case NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE:
if (!is_load)
is_store = 1;
/* Fall through. */
case NEON_UNOP:
case NEON_BINOP:
case NEON_LOGICBINOP:
case NEON_SHIFTINSERT:
case NEON_TERNOP:
case NEON_GETLANE:
case NEON_SETLANE:
case NEON_CREATE:
case NEON_DUP:
case NEON_DUPLANE:
case NEON_SHIFTIMM:
case NEON_SHIFTACC:
case NEON_COMBINE:
case NEON_SPLIT:
case NEON_CONVERT:
case NEON_FIXCONV:
case NEON_LANEMUL:
case NEON_LANEMULL:
case NEON_LANEMULH:
case NEON_LANEMAC:
case NEON_SCALARMUL:
case NEON_SCALARMULL:
case NEON_SCALARMULH:
case NEON_SCALARMAC:
case NEON_SELECT:
case NEON_VTBL:
case NEON_VTBX:
{
int k;
tree return_type = void_type_node, args = void_list_node;
/* Build a function type directly from the insn_data for
this builtin. The build_function_type() function takes
care of removing duplicates for us. */
for (k = insn_data[d->code].n_generator_args - 1; k >= 0; k--)
{
tree eltype;
if (is_load && k == 1)
{
/* Neon load patterns always have the memory
operand in the operand 1 position. */
gcc_assert (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].predicate
== neon_struct_operand);
switch (d->mode)
{
case T_V8QI:
case T_V16QI:
eltype = const_intQI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V4HI:
case T_V8HI:
eltype = const_intHI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V2SI:
case T_V4SI:
eltype = const_intSI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V2SF:
case T_V4SF:
eltype = const_float_pointer_node;
break;
case T_DI:
case T_V2DI:
eltype = const_intDI_pointer_node;
break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
else if (is_store && k == 0)
{
/* Similarly, Neon store patterns use operand 0 as
the memory location to store to. */
gcc_assert (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].predicate
== neon_struct_operand);
switch (d->mode)
{
case T_V8QI:
case T_V16QI:
eltype = intQI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V4HI:
case T_V8HI:
eltype = intHI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V2SI:
case T_V4SI:
eltype = intSI_pointer_node;
break;
case T_V2SF:
case T_V4SF:
eltype = float_pointer_node;
break;
case T_DI:
case T_V2DI:
eltype = intDI_pointer_node;
break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
else
{
switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[k].mode)
{
case VOIDmode: eltype = void_type_node; break;
/* Scalars. */
case QImode: eltype = neon_intQI_type_node; break;
case HImode: eltype = neon_intHI_type_node; break;
case SImode: eltype = neon_intSI_type_node; break;
case SFmode: eltype = neon_float_type_node; break;
case DImode: eltype = neon_intDI_type_node; break;
case TImode: eltype = intTI_type_node; break;
case EImode: eltype = intEI_type_node; break;
case OImode: eltype = intOI_type_node; break;
case CImode: eltype = intCI_type_node; break;
case XImode: eltype = intXI_type_node; break;
/* 64-bit vectors. */
case V8QImode: eltype = V8QI_type_node; break;
case V4HImode: eltype = V4HI_type_node; break;
case V2SImode: eltype = V2SI_type_node; break;
case V2SFmode: eltype = V2SF_type_node; break;
/* 128-bit vectors. */
case V16QImode: eltype = V16QI_type_node; break;
case V8HImode: eltype = V8HI_type_node; break;
case V4SImode: eltype = V4SI_type_node; break;
case V4SFmode: eltype = V4SF_type_node; break;
case V2DImode: eltype = V2DI_type_node; break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
if (k == 0 && !is_store)
return_type = eltype;
else
args = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, eltype, args);
}
ftype = build_function_type (return_type, args);
}
break;
case NEON_RESULTPAIR:
{
switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[1].mode)
{
case V8QImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv8qi_v8qi_v8qi; break;
case V4HImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4hi_v4hi_v4hi; break;
case V2SImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2si_v2si_v2si; break;
case V2SFmode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2sf_v2sf_v2sf; break;
case DImode: ftype = void_ftype_pdi_di_di; break;
case V16QImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv16qi_v16qi_v16qi; break;
case V8HImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv8hi_v8hi_v8hi; break;
case V4SImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4si_v4si_v4si; break;
case V4SFmode: ftype = void_ftype_pv4sf_v4sf_v4sf; break;
case V2DImode: ftype = void_ftype_pv2di_v2di_v2di; break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
break;
case NEON_REINTERP:
{
/* We iterate over 5 doubleword types, then 5 quadword
types. */
int rhs = d->mode % 5;
switch (insn_data[d->code].operand[0].mode)
{
case V8QImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[0][rhs]; break;
case V4HImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[1][rhs]; break;
case V2SImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[2][rhs]; break;
case V2SFmode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[3][rhs]; break;
case DImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_dreg[4][rhs]; break;
case V16QImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[0][rhs]; break;
case V8HImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[1][rhs]; break;
case V4SImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[2][rhs]; break;
case V4SFmode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[3][rhs]; break;
case V2DImode: ftype = reinterp_ftype_qreg[4][rhs]; break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
gcc_assert (ftype != NULL);
sprintf (namebuf, "__builtin_neon_%s%s", d->name, modenames[d->mode]);
decl = add_builtin_function (namebuf, ftype, fcode, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL,
NULL_TREE);
arm_builtin_decls[fcode] = decl;
}
}
#define def_mbuiltin(MASK, NAME, TYPE, CODE) \
do \
{ \
if ((MASK) & insn_flags) \
{ \
tree bdecl; \
bdecl = add_builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE), \
BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE); \
arm_builtin_decls[CODE] = bdecl; \
} \
} \
while (0)
struct builtin_description
{
const unsigned int mask;
const enum insn_code icode;
const char * const name;
const enum arm_builtins code;
const enum rtx_code comparison;
const unsigned int flag;
};
static const struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg[] =
{
#define IWMMXT_BUILTIN(code, string, builtin) \
{ FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, "__builtin_arm_" string, \
ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, UNKNOWN, 0 },
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv8qi3, "waddb", WADDB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv4hi3, "waddh", WADDH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (addv2si3, "waddw", WADDW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv8qi3, "wsubb", WSUBB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv4hi3, "wsubh", WSUBH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (subv2si3, "wsubw", WSUBW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv8qi3, "waddbss", WADDSSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv4hi3, "waddhss", WADDSSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ssaddv2si3, "waddwss", WADDSSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv8qi3, "wsubbss", WSUBSSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv4hi3, "wsubhss", WSUBSSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sssubv2si3, "wsubwss", WSUBSSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv8qi3, "waddbus", WADDUSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv4hi3, "waddhus", WADDUSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (usaddv2si3, "waddwus", WADDUSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv8qi3, "wsubbus", WSUBUSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv4hi3, "wsubhus", WSUBUSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (ussubv2si3, "wsubwus", WSUBUSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (mulv4hi3, "wmulul", WMULUL)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smulv4hi3_highpart, "wmulsm", WMULSM)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umulv4hi3_highpart, "wmulum", WMULUM)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv8qi3, "wcmpeqb", WCMPEQB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv4hi3, "wcmpeqh", WCMPEQH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (eqv2si3, "wcmpeqw", WCMPEQW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv8qi3, "wcmpgtub", WCMPGTUB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv4hi3, "wcmpgtuh", WCMPGTUH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtuv2si3, "wcmpgtuw", WCMPGTUW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv8qi3, "wcmpgtsb", WCMPGTSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv4hi3, "wcmpgtsh", WCMPGTSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (gtv2si3, "wcmpgtsw", WCMPGTSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv8qi3, "wmaxub", WMAXUB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv8qi3, "wmaxsb", WMAXSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv4hi3, "wmaxuh", WMAXUH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv4hi3, "wmaxsh", WMAXSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (umaxv2si3, "wmaxuw", WMAXUW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (smaxv2si3, "wmaxsw", WMAXSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv8qi3, "wminub", WMINUB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv8qi3, "wminsb", WMINSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv4hi3, "wminuh", WMINUH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv4hi3, "wminsh", WMINSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (uminv2si3, "wminuw", WMINUW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (sminv2si3, "wminsw", WMINSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_anddi3, "wand", WAND)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_nanddi3, "wandn", WANDN)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_iordi3, "wor", WOR)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_xordi3, "wxor", WXOR)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv8qi3, "wavg2b", WAVG2B)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgv4hi3, "wavg2h", WAVG2H)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv8qi3, "wavg2br", WAVG2BR)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_uavgrndv4hi3, "wavg2hr", WAVG2HR)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilb, "wunpckilb", WUNPCKILB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilh, "wunpckilh", WUNPCKILH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckilw, "wunpckilw", WUNPCKILW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihb, "wunpckihb", WUNPCKIHB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihh, "wunpckihh", WUNPCKIHH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckihw, "wunpckihw", WUNPCKIHW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmadds, "wmadds", WMADDS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wmaddu, "wmaddu", WMADDU)
#define IWMMXT_BUILTIN2(code, builtin) \
{ FL_IWMMXT, CODE_FOR_##code, NULL, ARM_BUILTIN_##builtin, UNKNOWN, 0 },
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhss, WPACKHSS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwss, WPACKWSS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdss, WPACKDSS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackhus, WPACKHUS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackwus, WPACKWUS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wpackdus, WPACKDUS)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3_di, WSLLH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSLLHI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3_di, WSLLW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashlv2si3_iwmmxt, WSLLWI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_di, WSLLD)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashldi3_iwmmxt, WSLLDI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3_di, WSRLH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSRLHI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3_di, WSRLW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrv2si3_iwmmxt, WSRLWI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_di, WSRLD)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (lshrdi3_iwmmxt, WSRLDI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3_di, WSRAH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv4hi3_iwmmxt, WSRAHI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3_di, WSRAW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrv2si3_iwmmxt, WSRAWI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_di, WSRAD)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (ashrdi3_iwmmxt, WSRADI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3_di, WRORH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv4hi3, WRORHI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3_di, WRORW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rorv2si3, WRORWI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3_di, WRORD)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (rordi3, WRORDI)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacuz, WMACUZ)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN2 (iwmmxt_wmacsz, WMACSZ)
};
static const struct builtin_description bdesc_1arg[] =
{
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskb, "tmovmskb", TMOVMSKB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskh, "tmovmskh", TMOVMSKH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_tmovmskw, "tmovmskw", TMOVMSKW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccb, "waccb", WACCB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wacch, "wacch", WACCH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_waccw, "waccw", WACCW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehub, "wunpckehub", WUNPCKEHUB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuh, "wunpckehuh", WUNPCKEHUH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehuw, "wunpckehuw", WUNPCKEHUW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsb, "wunpckehsb", WUNPCKEHSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsh, "wunpckehsh", WUNPCKEHSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckehsw, "wunpckehsw", WUNPCKEHSW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelub, "wunpckelub", WUNPCKELUB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluh, "wunpckeluh", WUNPCKELUH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckeluw, "wunpckeluw", WUNPCKELUW)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsb, "wunpckelsb", WUNPCKELSB)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsh, "wunpckelsh", WUNPCKELSH)
IWMMXT_BUILTIN (iwmmxt_wunpckelsw, "wunpckelsw", WUNPCKELSW)
};
/* Set up all the iWMMXt builtins. This is not called if
TARGET_IWMMXT is zero. */
static void
arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins (void)
{
const struct builtin_description * d;
size_t i;
tree V2SI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intSI_type_node, V2SImode);
tree V4HI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intHI_type_node, V4HImode);
tree V8QI_type_node = build_vector_type_for_mode (intQI_type_node, V8QImode);
tree int_ftype_int
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int
= build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_di_di
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
long_long_integer_type_node,
long_long_integer_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_di_int
= build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
long_long_integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_di_int_int
= build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
long_long_integer_type_node,
integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v8qi
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v2si
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v8qi_int
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v4hi_int
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree int_ftype_v2si_int
= build_function_type_list (integer_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int
= build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, integer_type_node,
integer_type_node, NULL_TREE);
/* Miscellaneous. */
tree v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, long_long_integer_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v2si_di
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, long_long_integer_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
tree void_ftype_int_int
= build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
integer_type_node, integer_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_void
= build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_v8qi
= build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_v2si
= build_function_type_list (long_long_integer_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v8qi
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
long_long_unsigned_type_node,
V4HI_type_node, V4HI_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
V4HI_type_node,V4HI_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
/* Normal vector binops. */
tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi
= build_function_type_list (V8QI_type_node,
V8QI_type_node, V8QI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi
= build_function_type_list (V4HI_type_node,
V4HI_type_node,V4HI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si
= build_function_type_list (V2SI_type_node,
V2SI_type_node, V2SI_type_node, NULL_TREE);
tree di_ftype_di_di
= build_function_type_list (long_long_unsigned_type_node,
long_long_unsigned_type_node,
long_long_unsigned_type_node,
NULL_TREE);
/* Add all builtins that are more or less simple operations on two
operands. */
for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
{
/* Use one of the operands; the target can have a different mode for
mask-generating compares. */
enum machine_mode mode;
tree type;
if (d->name == 0)
continue;
mode = insn_data[d->icode].operand[1].mode;
switch (mode)
{
case V8QImode:
type = v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi;
break;
case V4HImode:
type = v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi;
break;
case V2SImode:
type = v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si;
break;
case DImode:
type = di_ftype_di_di;
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
def_mbuiltin (d->mask, d->name, type, d->code);
}
/* Add the remaining MMX insns with somewhat more complicated types. */
#define iwmmx_mbuiltin(NAME, TYPE, CODE) \
def_mbuiltin (FL_IWMMXT, "__builtin_arm_" NAME, (TYPE), \
ARM_BUILTIN_ ## CODE)
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wzero", di_ftype_void, WZERO);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("setwcx", void_ftype_int_int, SETWCX);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("getwcx", int_ftype_int, GETWCX);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSLLH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSLLW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wslld", di_ftype_di_di, WSLLD);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSLLHI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsllwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSLLWI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wslldi", di_ftype_di_int, WSLLDI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSRLH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSRLW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrld", di_ftype_di_di, WSRLD);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSRLHI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrlwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSRLWI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrldi", di_ftype_di_int, WSRLDI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrah", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WSRAH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsraw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WSRAW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrad", di_ftype_di_di, WSRAD);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrahi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSRAHI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsrawi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WSRAWI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsradi", di_ftype_di_int, WSRADI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_di, WRORH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorw", v2si_ftype_v2si_di, WRORW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrord", di_ftype_di_di, WRORD);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorhi", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WRORHI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrorwi", v2si_ftype_v2si_int, WRORWI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wrordi", di_ftype_di_int, WRORDI);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wshufh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int, WSHUFH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadb", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi, WSADB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadh", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WSADH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadbz", v2si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi, WSADBZ);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wsadhz", v2si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WSADHZ);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsb", int_ftype_v8qi_int, TEXTRMSB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsh", int_ftype_v4hi_int, TEXTRMSH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmsw", int_ftype_v2si_int, TEXTRMSW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmub", int_ftype_v8qi_int, TEXTRMUB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmuh", int_ftype_v4hi_int, TEXTRMUH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("textrmuw", int_ftype_v2si_int, TEXTRMUW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrb", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_int_int, TINSRB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrh", v4hi_ftype_v4hi_int_int, TINSRH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tinsrw", v2si_ftype_v2si_int_int, TINSRW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("waccb", di_ftype_v8qi, WACCB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wacch", di_ftype_v4hi, WACCH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("waccw", di_ftype_v2si, WACCW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskb", int_ftype_v8qi, TMOVMSKB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskh", int_ftype_v4hi, TMOVMSKH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmovmskw", int_ftype_v2si, TMOVMSKW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackhss", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WPACKHSS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackhus", v8qi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WPACKHUS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackwus", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si, WPACKWUS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackwss", v4hi_ftype_v2si_v2si, WPACKWSS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackdus", v2si_ftype_di_di, WPACKDUS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wpackdss", v2si_ftype_di_di, WPACKDSS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKEHUB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehuh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKEHUH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehuw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKEHUW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKEHSB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKEHSH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckehsw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKEHSW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelub", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKELUB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckeluh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKELUH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckeluw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKELUW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsb", v4hi_ftype_v8qi, WUNPCKELSB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsh", v2si_ftype_v4hi, WUNPCKELSH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wunpckelsw", di_ftype_v2si, WUNPCKELSW);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacs", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi, WMACS);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacsz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WMACSZ);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacu", di_ftype_di_v4hi_v4hi, WMACU);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("wmacuz", di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi, WMACUZ);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("walign", v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_int, WALIGN);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmia", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIA);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiaph", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIAPH);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiabb", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIABB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiabt", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIABT);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiatb", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIATB);
iwmmx_mbuiltin ("tmiatt", di_ftype_di_int_int, TMIATT);
#undef iwmmx_mbuiltin
}
static void
arm_init_tls_builtins (void)
{
tree ftype, decl;
ftype = build_function_type (ptr_type_node, void_list_node);
decl = add_builtin_function ("__builtin_thread_pointer", ftype,
ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER, BUILT_IN_MD,
NULL, NULL_TREE);
TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = 1;
TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
arm_builtin_decls[ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER] = decl;
}
static void
arm_init_fp16_builtins (void)
{
tree fp16_type = make_node (REAL_TYPE);
TYPE_PRECISION (fp16_type) = 16;
layout_type (fp16_type);
(*lang_hooks.types.register_builtin_type) (fp16_type, "__fp16");
}
static void
arm_init_builtins (void)
{
arm_init_tls_builtins ();
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
arm_init_iwmmxt_builtins ();
if (TARGET_NEON)
arm_init_neon_builtins ();
if (arm_fp16_format)
arm_init_fp16_builtins ();
}
/* Return the ARM builtin for CODE. */
static tree
arm_builtin_decl (unsigned code, bool initialize_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (code >= ARM_BUILTIN_MAX)
return error_mark_node;
return arm_builtin_decls[code];
}
/* Implement TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE. */
static const char *
arm_invalid_parameter_type (const_tree t)
{
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
return N_("function parameters cannot have __fp16 type");
return NULL;
}
/* Implement TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE. */
static const char *
arm_invalid_return_type (const_tree t)
{
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
return N_("functions cannot return __fp16 type");
return NULL;
}
/* Implement TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE. */
static tree
arm_promoted_type (const_tree t)
{
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (t) && TYPE_PRECISION (t) == 16)
return float_type_node;
return NULL_TREE;
}
/* Implement TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE.
Specifically, this hook implements the peculiarity of the ARM
half-precision floating-point C semantics that requires conversions between
__fp16 to or from double to do an intermediate conversion to float. */
static tree
arm_convert_to_type (tree type, tree expr)
{
tree fromtype = TREE_TYPE (expr);
if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (fromtype) || !SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
return NULL_TREE;
if ((TYPE_PRECISION (fromtype) == 16 && TYPE_PRECISION (type) > 32)
|| (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 16 && TYPE_PRECISION (fromtype) > 32))
return convert (type, convert (float_type_node, expr));
return NULL_TREE;
}
/* Implement TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P.
This simply adds HFmode as a supported mode; even though we don't
implement arithmetic on this type directly, it's supported by
optabs conversions, much the way the double-word arithmetic is
special-cased in the default hook. */
static bool
arm_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (mode == HFmode)
return (arm_fp16_format != ARM_FP16_FORMAT_NONE);
else if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode))
return true;
else
return default_scalar_mode_supported_p (mode);
}
/* Errors in the source file can cause expand_expr to return const0_rtx
where we expect a vector. To avoid crashing, use one of the vector
clear instructions. */
static rtx
safe_vector_operand (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (x != const0_rtx)
return x;
x = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (mode == DImode ? x
: gen_rtx_SUBREG (DImode, x, 0)));
return x;
}
/* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of binop insns. */
static rtx
arm_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code icode,
tree exp, rtx target)
{
rtx pat;
tree arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
tree arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
rtx op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
rtx op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0))
op0 = safe_vector_operand (op0, mode0);
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode1))
op1 = safe_vector_operand (op1, mode1);
if (! target
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == mode0 && GET_MODE (op1) == mode1);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
}
/* Subroutine of arm_expand_builtin to take care of unop insns. */
static rtx
arm_expand_unop_builtin (enum insn_code icode,
tree exp, rtx target, int do_load)
{
rtx pat;
tree arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
rtx op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
if (! target
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
if (do_load)
op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode0, copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, op0));
else
{
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode0))
op0 = safe_vector_operand (op0, mode0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
}
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
}
typedef enum {
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_MEMORY,
NEON_ARG_STOP
} builtin_arg;
#define NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS 5
/* EXP is a pointer argument to a Neon load or store intrinsic. Derive
and return an expression for the accessed memory.
The intrinsic function operates on a block of registers that has
mode REG_MODE. This block contains vectors of type TYPE_MODE. The
function references the memory at EXP of type TYPE and in mode
MEM_MODE; this mode may be BLKmode if no more suitable mode is
available. */
static tree
neon_dereference_pointer (tree exp, tree type, enum machine_mode mem_mode,
enum machine_mode reg_mode,
neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT reg_size, vector_size, nvectors, nelems;
tree elem_type, upper_bound, array_type;
/* Work out the size of the register block in bytes. */
reg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_mode);
/* Work out the size of each vector in bytes. */
gcc_assert (TYPE_MODE_BIT (type_mode) & (TB_DREG | TB_QREG));
vector_size = (TYPE_MODE_BIT (type_mode) & TB_QREG ? 16 : 8);
/* Work out how many vectors there are. */
gcc_assert (reg_size % vector_size == 0);
nvectors = reg_size / vector_size;
/* Work out the type of each element. */
gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (type));
elem_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
/* Work out how many elements are being loaded or stored.
MEM_MODE == REG_MODE implies a one-to-one mapping between register
and memory elements; anything else implies a lane load or store. */
if (mem_mode == reg_mode)
nelems = vector_size * nvectors / int_size_in_bytes (elem_type);
else
nelems = nvectors;
/* Create a type that describes the full access. */
upper_bound = build_int_cst (size_type_node, nelems - 1);
array_type = build_array_type (elem_type, build_index_type (upper_bound));
/* Dereference EXP using that type. */
return fold_build2 (MEM_REF, array_type, exp,
build_int_cst (build_pointer_type (array_type), 0));
}
/* Expand a Neon builtin. */
static rtx
arm_expand_neon_args (rtx target, int icode, int have_retval,
neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode,
tree exp, int fcode, ...)
{
va_list ap;
rtx pat;
tree arg[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
rtx op[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
tree arg_type;
tree formals;
enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
enum machine_mode mode[NEON_MAX_BUILTIN_ARGS];
enum machine_mode other_mode;
int argc = 0;
int opno;
if (have_retval
&& (!target
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode)))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
va_start (ap, fcode);
formals = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (arm_builtin_decls[fcode]));
for (;;)
{
builtin_arg thisarg = (builtin_arg) va_arg (ap, int);
if (thisarg == NEON_ARG_STOP)
break;
else
{
opno = argc + have_retval;
mode[argc] = insn_data[icode].operand[opno].mode;
arg[argc] = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, argc);
arg_type = TREE_VALUE (formals);
if (thisarg == NEON_ARG_MEMORY)
{
other_mode = insn_data[icode].operand[1 - opno].mode;
arg[argc] = neon_dereference_pointer (arg[argc], arg_type,
mode[argc], other_mode,
type_mode);
}
op[argc] = expand_normal (arg[argc]);
switch (thisarg)
{
case NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG:
/*gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op[argc]) == mode[argc]);*/
if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
(op[argc], mode[argc]))
op[argc] = copy_to_mode_reg (mode[argc], op[argc]);
break;
case NEON_ARG_CONSTANT:
/* FIXME: This error message is somewhat unhelpful. */
if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
(op[argc], mode[argc]))
error ("argument must be a constant");
break;
case NEON_ARG_MEMORY:
gcc_assert (MEM_P (op[argc]));
PUT_MODE (op[argc], mode[argc]);
/* ??? arm_neon.h uses the same built-in functions for signed
and unsigned accesses, casting where necessary. This isn't
alias safe. */
set_mem_alias_set (op[argc], 0);
if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[opno].predicate)
(op[argc], mode[argc]))
op[argc] = (replace_equiv_address
(op[argc], force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op[argc], 0))));
break;
case NEON_ARG_STOP:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
argc++;
formals = TREE_CHAIN (formals);
}
}
va_end (ap);
if (have_retval)
switch (argc)
{
case 1:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0]);
break;
case 2:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1]);
break;
case 3:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
break;
case 4:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
break;
case 5:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3], op[4]);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
else
switch (argc)
{
case 1:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0]);
break;
case 2:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1]);
break;
case 3:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2]);
break;
case 4:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
break;
case 5:
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3], op[4]);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
if (!pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
}
/* Expand a Neon builtin. These are "special" because they don't have symbolic
constants defined per-instruction or per instruction-variant. Instead, the
required info is looked up in the table neon_builtin_data. */
static rtx
arm_expand_neon_builtin (int fcode, tree exp, rtx target)
{
neon_builtin_datum *d = &neon_builtin_data[fcode - ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE];
neon_itype itype = d->itype;
enum insn_code icode = d->code;
neon_builtin_type_mode type_mode = d->mode;
switch (itype)
{
case NEON_UNOP:
case NEON_CONVERT:
case NEON_DUPLANE:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_BINOP:
case NEON_SETLANE:
case NEON_SCALARMUL:
case NEON_SCALARMULL:
case NEON_SCALARMULH:
case NEON_SHIFTINSERT:
case NEON_LOGICBINOP:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_TERNOP:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_GETLANE:
case NEON_FIXCONV:
case NEON_SHIFTIMM:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_CREATE:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_DUP:
case NEON_SPLIT:
case NEON_REINTERP:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_COMBINE:
case NEON_VTBL:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_RESULTPAIR:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_LANEMUL:
case NEON_LANEMULL:
case NEON_LANEMULH:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_LANEMAC:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_SHIFTACC:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_SCALARMAC:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_CONSTANT, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_SELECT:
case NEON_VTBX:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_LOAD1:
case NEON_LOADSTRUCT:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_LOAD1LANE:
case NEON_LOADSTRUCTLANE:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 1, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_STORE1:
case NEON_STORESTRUCT:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_STOP);
case NEON_STORE1LANE:
case NEON_STORESTRUCTLANE:
return arm_expand_neon_args (target, icode, 0, type_mode, exp, fcode,
NEON_ARG_MEMORY, NEON_ARG_COPY_TO_REG, NEON_ARG_CONSTANT,
NEON_ARG_STOP);
}
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* Emit code to reinterpret one Neon type as another, without altering bits. */
void
neon_reinterpret (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
emit_move_insn (dest, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (dest), src));
}
/* Emit code to place a Neon pair result in memory locations (with equal
registers). */
void
neon_emit_pair_result_insn (enum machine_mode mode,
rtx (*intfn) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx), rtx destaddr,
rtx op1, rtx op2)
{
rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, destaddr);
rtx tmp1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
rtx tmp2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
emit_insn (intfn (tmp1, op1, op2, tmp2));
emit_move_insn (mem, tmp1);
mem = adjust_address (mem, mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
emit_move_insn (mem, tmp2);
}
/* Set up OPERANDS for a register copy from SRC to DEST, taking care
not to early-clobber SRC registers in the process.
We assume that the operands described by SRC and DEST represent a
decomposed copy of OPERANDS[1] into OPERANDS[0]. COUNT is the
number of components into which the copy has been decomposed. */
void
neon_disambiguate_copy (rtx *operands, rtx *dest, rtx *src, unsigned int count)
{
unsigned int i;
if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[0], operands[1])
|| REGNO (operands[0]) < REGNO (operands[1]))
{
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
operands[2 * i] = dest[i];
operands[2 * i + 1] = src[i];
}
}
else
{
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
operands[2 * i] = dest[count - i - 1];
operands[2 * i + 1] = src[count - i - 1];
}
}
}
/* Split operands into moves from op[1] + op[2] into op[0]. */
void
neon_split_vcombine (rtx operands[3])
{
unsigned int dest = REGNO (operands[0]);
unsigned int src1 = REGNO (operands[1]);
unsigned int src2 = REGNO (operands[2]);
enum machine_mode halfmode = GET_MODE (operands[1]);
unsigned int halfregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (src1, halfmode);
rtx destlo, desthi;
if (src1 == dest && src2 == dest + halfregs)
{
/* No-op move. Can't split to nothing; emit something. */
emit_note (NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
return;
}
/* Preserve register attributes for variable tracking. */
destlo = gen_rtx_REG_offset (operands[0], halfmode, dest, 0);
desthi = gen_rtx_REG_offset (operands[0], halfmode, dest + halfregs,
GET_MODE_SIZE (halfmode));
/* Special case of reversed high/low parts. Use VSWP. */
if (src2 == dest && src1 == dest + halfregs)
{
rtx x = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, destlo, operands[1]);
rtx y = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, desthi, operands[2]);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, x, y)));
return;
}
if (!reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands[2], destlo))
{
/* Try to avoid unnecessary moves if part of the result
is in the right place already. */
if (src1 != dest)
emit_move_insn (destlo, operands[1]);
if (src2 != dest + halfregs)
emit_move_insn (desthi, operands[2]);
}
else
{
if (src2 != dest + halfregs)
emit_move_insn (desthi, operands[2]);
if (src1 != dest)
emit_move_insn (destlo, operands[1]);
}
}
/* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
(and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
static rtx
arm_expand_builtin (tree exp,
rtx target,
rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
const struct builtin_description * d;
enum insn_code icode;
tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp), 0);
tree arg0;
tree arg1;
tree arg2;
rtx op0;
rtx op1;
rtx op2;
rtx pat;
int fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
size_t i;
enum machine_mode tmode;
enum machine_mode mode0;
enum machine_mode mode1;
enum machine_mode mode2;
if (fcode >= ARM_BUILTIN_NEON_BASE)
return arm_expand_neon_builtin (fcode, exp, target);
switch (fcode)
{
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSW:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUW:
icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsb
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmub
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMSH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmsh
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TEXTRMUH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmuh
: CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_textrmw);
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
{
/* @@@ better error message */
error ("selector must be an immediate");
return gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
}
if (target == 0
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRW:
icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrb
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TINSRH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrh
: CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tinsrw);
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 2);
op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[3].mode;
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, mode2))
{
/* @@@ better error message */
error ("selector must be an immediate");
return const0_rtx;
}
if (target == 0
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_SETWCX:
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
op0 = force_reg (SImode, expand_normal (arg0));
op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmcr (op1, op0));
return 0;
case ARM_BUILTIN_GETWCX:
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_tmrc (target, op0));
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_WSHUFH:
icode = CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wshufh;
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode1))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode2))
{
/* @@@ better error message */
error ("mask must be an immediate");
return const0_rtx;
}
if (target == 0
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADB:
return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadb, exp, target);
case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADH:
return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadh, exp, target);
case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADBZ:
return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadbz, exp, target);
case ARM_BUILTIN_WSADHZ:
return arm_expand_binop_builtin (CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wsadhz, exp, target);
/* Several three-argument builtins. */
case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS:
case ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU:
case ARM_BUILTIN_WALIGN:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT:
case ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB:
icode = (fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_WMACS ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacs
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_WMACU ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_wmacu
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIA ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmia
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIAPH ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiaph
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabb
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIABT ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiabt
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATB ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatb
: fcode == ARM_BUILTIN_TMIATT ? CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_tmiatt
: CODE_FOR_iwmmxt_walign);
arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 1);
arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 2);
op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
mode2 = insn_data[icode].operand[3].mode;
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, mode2))
op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode2, op2);
if (target == 0
|| GET_MODE (target) != tmode
|| ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
if (! pat)
return 0;
emit_insn (pat);
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_WZERO:
target = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
emit_insn (gen_iwmmxt_clrdi (target));
return target;
case ARM_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER:
return arm_load_tp (target);
default:
break;
}
for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
if (d->code == (const enum arm_builtins) fcode)
return arm_expand_binop_builtin (d->icode, exp, target);
for (i = 0, d = bdesc_1arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_1arg); i++, d++)
if (d->code == (const enum arm_builtins) fcode)
return arm_expand_unop_builtin (d->icode, exp, target, 0);
/* @@@ Should really do something sensible here. */
return NULL_RTX;
}
/* Return the number (counting from 0) of
the least significant set bit in MASK. */
inline static int
number_of_first_bit_set (unsigned mask)
{
return ctz_hwi (mask);
}
/* Like emit_multi_reg_push, but allowing for a different set of
registers to be described as saved. MASK is the set of registers
to be saved; REAL_REGS is the set of registers to be described as
saved. If REAL_REGS is 0, only describe the stack adjustment. */
static rtx
thumb1_emit_multi_reg_push (unsigned long mask, unsigned long real_regs)
{
unsigned long regno;
rtx par[10], tmp, reg, insn;
int i, j;
/* Build the parallel of the registers actually being stored. */
for (i = 0; mask; ++i, mask &= mask - 1)
{
regno = ctz_hwi (mask);
reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno);
if (i == 0)
tmp = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (BLKmode, gen_rtvec (1, reg), UNSPEC_PUSH_MULT);
else
tmp = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg);
par[i] = tmp;
}
tmp = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -4 * i);
tmp = gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, tmp);
tmp = gen_frame_mem (BLKmode, tmp);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tmp, par[0]);
par[0] = tmp;
tmp = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (i, par));
insn = emit_insn (tmp);
/* Always build the stack adjustment note for unwind info. */
tmp = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -4 * i);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx, tmp);
par[0] = tmp;
/* Build the parallel of the registers recorded as saved for unwind. */
for (j = 0; real_regs; ++j, real_regs &= real_regs - 1)
{
regno = ctz_hwi (real_regs);
reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno);
tmp = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, j * 4);
tmp = gen_frame_mem (SImode, tmp);
tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tmp, reg);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
par[j + 1] = tmp;
}
if (j == 0)
tmp = par[0];
else
{
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (par[0]) = 1;
tmp = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (j + 1, par));
}
add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, tmp);
return insn;
}
/* Emit code to push or pop registers to or from the stack. F is the
assembly file. MASK is the registers to pop. */
static void
thumb_pop (FILE *f, unsigned long mask)
{
int regno;
int lo_mask = mask & 0xFF;
int pushed_words = 0;
gcc_assert (mask);
if (lo_mask == 0 && (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM)))
{
/* Special case. Do not generate a POP PC statement here, do it in
thumb_exit() */
thumb_exit (f, -1);
return;
}
fprintf (f, "\tpop\t{");
/* Look at the low registers first. */
for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++, lo_mask >>= 1)
{
if (lo_mask & 1)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "%r", regno);
if ((lo_mask & ~1) != 0)
fprintf (f, ", ");
pushed_words++;
}
}
if (mask & (1 << PC_REGNUM))
{
/* Catch popping the PC. */
if (TARGET_INTERWORK || TARGET_BACKTRACE
|| crtl->calls_eh_return)
{
/* The PC is never poped directly, instead
it is popped into r3 and then BX is used. */
fprintf (f, "}\n");
thumb_exit (f, -1);
return;
}
else
{
if (mask & 0xFF)
fprintf (f, ", ");
asm_fprintf (f, "%r", PC_REGNUM);
}
}
fprintf (f, "}\n");
}
/* Generate code to return from a thumb function.
If 'reg_containing_return_addr' is -1, then the return address is
actually on the stack, at the stack pointer. */
static void
thumb_exit (FILE *f, int reg_containing_return_addr)
{
unsigned regs_available_for_popping;
unsigned regs_to_pop;
int pops_needed;
unsigned available;
unsigned required;
int mode;
int size;
int restore_a4 = FALSE;
/* Compute the registers we need to pop. */
regs_to_pop = 0;
pops_needed = 0;
if (reg_containing_return_addr == -1)
{
regs_to_pop |= 1 << LR_REGNUM;
++pops_needed;
}
if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
{
/* Restore the (ARM) frame pointer and stack pointer. */
regs_to_pop |= (1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) | (1 << SP_REGNUM);
pops_needed += 2;
}
/* If there is nothing to pop then just emit the BX instruction and
return. */
if (pops_needed == 0)
{
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr);
return;
}
/* Otherwise if we are not supporting interworking and we have not created
a backtrace structure and the function was not entered in ARM mode then
just pop the return address straight into the PC. */
else if (!TARGET_INTERWORK
&& !TARGET_BACKTRACE
&& !is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl)
&& !crtl->calls_eh_return)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tpop\t{%r}\n", PC_REGNUM);
return;
}
/* Find out how many of the (return) argument registers we can corrupt. */
regs_available_for_popping = 0;
/* If returning via __builtin_eh_return, the bottom three registers
all contain information needed for the return. */
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
size = 12;
else
{
/* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's
return value. This is more reliable that examining
df_regs_ever_live_p () because that will be set if the register is
ever used in the function, not just if the register is used
to hold a return value. */
if (crtl->return_rtx != 0)
mode = GET_MODE (crtl->return_rtx);
else
mode = DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
if (size == 0)
{
/* In a void function we can use any argument register.
In a function that returns a structure on the stack
we can use the second and third argument registers. */
if (mode == VOIDmode)
regs_available_for_popping =
(1 << ARG_REGISTER (1))
| (1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
| (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
else
regs_available_for_popping =
(1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
| (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
}
else if (size <= 4)
regs_available_for_popping =
(1 << ARG_REGISTER (2))
| (1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
else if (size <= 8)
regs_available_for_popping =
(1 << ARG_REGISTER (3));
}
/* Match registers to be popped with registers into which we pop them. */
for (available = regs_available_for_popping,
required = regs_to_pop;
required != 0 && available != 0;
available &= ~(available & - available),
required &= ~(required & - required))
-- pops_needed;
/* If we have any popping registers left over, remove them. */
if (available > 0)
regs_available_for_popping &= ~available;
/* Otherwise if we need another popping register we can use
the fourth argument register. */
else if (pops_needed)
{
/* If we have not found any free argument registers and
reg a4 contains the return address, we must move it. */
if (regs_available_for_popping == 0
&& reg_containing_return_addr == LAST_ARG_REGNUM)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
}
else if (size > 12)
{
/* Register a4 is being used to hold part of the return value,
but we have dire need of a free, low register. */
restore_a4 = TRUE;
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",IP_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
}
if (reg_containing_return_addr != LAST_ARG_REGNUM)
{
/* The fourth argument register is available. */
regs_available_for_popping |= 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
--pops_needed;
}
}
/* Pop as many registers as we can. */
thumb_pop (f, regs_available_for_popping);
/* Process the registers we popped. */
if (reg_containing_return_addr == -1)
{
/* The return address was popped into the lowest numbered register. */
regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << LR_REGNUM);
reg_containing_return_addr =
number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
/* Remove this register for the mask of available registers, so that
the return address will not be corrupted by further pops. */
regs_available_for_popping &= ~(1 << reg_containing_return_addr);
}
/* If we popped other registers then handle them here. */
if (regs_available_for_popping)
{
int frame_pointer;
/* Work out which register currently contains the frame pointer. */
frame_pointer = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
/* Move it into the correct place. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n",
ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, frame_pointer);
/* (Temporarily) remove it from the mask of popped registers. */
regs_available_for_popping &= ~(1 << frame_pointer);
regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
if (regs_available_for_popping)
{
int stack_pointer;
/* We popped the stack pointer as well,
find the register that contains it. */
stack_pointer = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
/* Move it into the stack register. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, stack_pointer);
/* At this point we have popped all necessary registers, so
do not worry about restoring regs_available_for_popping
to its correct value:
assert (pops_needed == 0)
assert (regs_available_for_popping == (1 << frame_pointer))
assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER)) */
}
else
{
/* Since we have just move the popped value into the frame
pointer, the popping register is available for reuse, and
we know that we still have the stack pointer left to pop. */
regs_available_for_popping |= (1 << frame_pointer);
}
}
/* If we still have registers left on the stack, but we no longer have
any registers into which we can pop them, then we must move the return
address into the link register and make available the register that
contained it. */
if (regs_available_for_popping == 0 && pops_needed > 0)
{
regs_available_for_popping |= 1 << reg_containing_return_addr;
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM,
reg_containing_return_addr);
reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
}
/* If we have registers left on the stack then pop some more.
We know that at most we will want to pop FP and SP. */
if (pops_needed > 0)
{
int popped_into;
int move_to;
thumb_pop (f, regs_available_for_popping);
/* We have popped either FP or SP.
Move whichever one it is into the correct register. */
popped_into = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
move_to = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_to_pop);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", move_to, popped_into);
regs_to_pop &= ~(1 << move_to);
--pops_needed;
}
/* If we still have not popped everything then we must have only
had one register available to us and we are now popping the SP. */
if (pops_needed > 0)
{
int popped_into;
thumb_pop (f, regs_available_for_popping);
popped_into = number_of_first_bit_set (regs_available_for_popping);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, popped_into);
/*
assert (regs_to_pop == (1 << STACK_POINTER))
assert (pops_needed == 1)
*/
}
/* If necessary restore the a4 register. */
if (restore_a4)
{
if (reg_containing_return_addr != LR_REGNUM)
{
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
reg_containing_return_addr = LR_REGNUM;
}
asm_fprintf (f, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM, IP_REGNUM);
}
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
asm_fprintf (f, "\tadd\t%r, %r\n", SP_REGNUM, ARM_EH_STACKADJ_REGNUM);
/* Return to caller. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", reg_containing_return_addr);
}
/* Scan INSN just before assembler is output for it.
For Thumb-1, we track the status of the condition codes; this
information is used in the cbranchsi4_insn pattern. */
void
thumb1_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn)
{
if (flag_print_asm_name)
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "%@ 0x%04x\n",
INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
/* Don't overwrite the previous setter when we get to a cbranch. */
if (INSN_CODE (insn) != CODE_FOR_cbranchsi4_insn)
{
enum attr_conds conds;
if (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn)
{
if (modified_in_p (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op0, insn)
|| modified_in_p (cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op1, insn))
CC_STATUS_INIT;
}
conds = get_attr_conds (insn);
if (conds == CONDS_SET)
{
rtx set = single_set (insn);
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn = insn;
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op0 = SET_DEST (set);
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_op1 = const0_rtx;
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_mode = CC_NOOVmode;
if (INSN_CODE (insn) == CODE_FOR_thumb1_subsi3_insn)
{
rtx src1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1);
if (src1 == const0_rtx)
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_mode = CCmode;
}
}
else if (conds != CONDS_NOCOND)
cfun->machine->thumb1_cc_insn = NULL_RTX;
}
}
int
thumb_shiftable_const (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val)
{
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = 0xff;
int i;
val = val & (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0xffffffffu;
if (val == 0) /* XXX */
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < 25; i++)
if ((val & (mask << i)) == val)
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Returns nonzero if the current function contains,
or might contain a far jump. */
static int
thumb_far_jump_used_p (void)
{
rtx insn;
/* This test is only important for leaf functions. */
/* assert (!leaf_function_p ()); */
/* If we have already decided that far jumps may be used,
do not bother checking again, and always return true even if
it turns out that they are not being used. Once we have made
the decision that far jumps are present (and that hence the link
register will be pushed onto the stack) we cannot go back on it. */
if (cfun->machine->far_jump_used)
return 1;
/* If this function is not being called from the prologue/epilogue
generation code then it must be being called from the
INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET macro. */
if (!(ARM_DOUBLEWORD_ALIGN || reload_completed))
{
/* In this case we know that we are being asked about the elimination
of the arg pointer register. If that register is not being used,
then there are no arguments on the stack, and we do not have to
worry that a far jump might force the prologue to push the link
register, changing the stack offsets. In this case we can just
return false, since the presence of far jumps in the function will
not affect stack offsets.
If the arg pointer is live (or if it was live, but has now been
eliminated and so set to dead) then we do have to test to see if
the function might contain a far jump. This test can lead to some
false negatives, since before reload is completed, then length of
branch instructions is not known, so gcc defaults to returning their
longest length, which in turn sets the far jump attribute to true.
A false negative will not result in bad code being generated, but it
will result in a needless push and pop of the link register. We
hope that this does not occur too often.
If we need doubleword stack alignment this could affect the other
elimination offsets so we can't risk getting it wrong. */
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM))
cfun->machine->arg_pointer_live = 1;
else if (!cfun->machine->arg_pointer_live)
return 0;
}
/* Check to see if the function contains a branch
insn with the far jump attribute set. */
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
{
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
/* Ignore tablejump patterns. */
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_VEC
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
&& get_attr_far_jump (insn) == FAR_JUMP_YES
)
{
/* Record the fact that we have decided that
the function does use far jumps. */
cfun->machine->far_jump_used = 1;
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Return nonzero if FUNC must be entered in ARM mode. */
int
is_called_in_ARM_mode (tree func)
{
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (func) == FUNCTION_DECL);
/* Ignore the problem about functions whose address is taken. */
if (TARGET_CALLEE_INTERWORKING && TREE_PUBLIC (func))
return TRUE;
#ifdef ARM_PE
return lookup_attribute ("interfacearm", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func)) != NULL_TREE;
#else
return FALSE;
#endif
}
/* Given the stack offsets and register mask in OFFSETS, decide how
many additional registers to push instead of subtracting a constant
from SP. For epilogues the principle is the same except we use pop.
FOR_PROLOGUE indicates which we're generating. */
static int
thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (arm_stack_offsets *offsets, bool for_prologue)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
unsigned long live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
/* Extract a mask of the ones we can give to the Thumb's push/pop
instruction. */
unsigned long l_mask = live_regs_mask & (for_prologue ? 0x40ff : 0xff);
/* Then count how many other high registers will need to be pushed. */
unsigned long high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);
int n_free, reg_base, size;
if (!for_prologue && frame_pointer_needed)
amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
else
amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
/* If the stack frame size is 512 exactly, we can save one load
instruction, which should make this a win even when optimizing
for speed. */
if (!optimize_size && amount != 512)
return 0;
/* Can't do this if there are high registers to push. */
if (high_regs_pushed != 0)
return 0;
/* Shouldn't do it in the prologue if no registers would normally
be pushed at all. In the epilogue, also allow it if we'll have
a pop insn for the PC. */
if (l_mask == 0
&& (for_prologue
|| TARGET_BACKTRACE
|| (live_regs_mask & 1 << LR_REGNUM) == 0
|| TARGET_INTERWORK
|| crtl->args.pretend_args_size != 0))
return 0;
/* Don't do this if thumb_expand_prologue wants to emit instructions
between the push and the stack frame allocation. */
if (for_prologue
&& ((flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
|| (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)))
return 0;
reg_base = 0;
n_free = 0;
if (!for_prologue)
{
size = arm_size_return_regs ();
reg_base = ARM_NUM_INTS (size);
live_regs_mask >>= reg_base;
}
while (reg_base + n_free < 8 && !(live_regs_mask & 1)
&& (for_prologue || call_used_regs[reg_base + n_free]))
{
live_regs_mask >>= 1;
n_free++;
}
if (n_free == 0)
return 0;
gcc_assert (amount / 4 * 4 == amount);
if (amount >= 512 && (amount - n_free * 4) < 512)
return (amount - 508) / 4;
if (amount <= n_free * 4)
return amount / 4;
return 0;
}
/* The bits which aren't usefully expanded as rtl. */
const char *
thumb_unexpanded_epilogue (void)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
int regno;
unsigned long live_regs_mask = 0;
int high_regs_pushed = 0;
int extra_pop;
int had_to_push_lr;
int size;
if (cfun->machine->return_used_this_function != 0)
return "";
if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
return "";
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);
/* If we can deduce the registers used from the function's return value.
This is more reliable that examining df_regs_ever_live_p () because that
will be set if the register is ever used in the function, not just if
the register is used to hold a return value. */
size = arm_size_return_regs ();
extra_pop = thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, false);
if (extra_pop > 0)
{
unsigned long extra_mask = (1 << extra_pop) - 1;
live_regs_mask |= extra_mask << ARM_NUM_INTS (size);
}
/* The prolog may have pushed some high registers to use as
work registers. e.g. the testsuite file:
gcc/testsuite/gcc/gcc.c-torture/execute/complex-2.c
compiles to produce:
push {r4, r5, r6, r7, lr}
mov r7, r9
mov r6, r8
push {r6, r7}
as part of the prolog. We have to undo that pushing here. */
if (high_regs_pushed)
{
unsigned long mask = live_regs_mask & 0xff;
int next_hi_reg;
/* The available low registers depend on the size of the value we are
returning. */
if (size <= 12)
mask |= 1 << 3;
if (size <= 8)
mask |= 1 << 2;
if (mask == 0)
/* Oh dear! We have no low registers into which we can pop
high registers! */
internal_error
("no low registers available for popping high registers");
for (next_hi_reg = 8; next_hi_reg < 13; next_hi_reg++)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
break;
while (high_regs_pushed)
{
/* Find lo register(s) into which the high register(s) can
be popped. */
for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
{
if (mask & (1 << regno))
high_regs_pushed--;
if (high_regs_pushed == 0)
break;
}
mask &= (2 << regno) - 1; /* A noop if regno == 8 */
/* Pop the values into the low register(s). */
thumb_pop (asm_out_file, mask);
/* Move the value(s) into the high registers. */
for (regno = 0; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
{
if (mask & (1 << regno))
{
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", next_hi_reg,
regno);
for (next_hi_reg++; next_hi_reg < 13; next_hi_reg++)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
break;
}
}
}
live_regs_mask &= ~0x0f00;
}
had_to_push_lr = (live_regs_mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) != 0;
live_regs_mask &= 0xff;
if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size == 0 || TARGET_BACKTRACE)
{
/* Pop the return address into the PC. */
if (had_to_push_lr)
live_regs_mask |= 1 << PC_REGNUM;
/* Either no argument registers were pushed or a backtrace
structure was created which includes an adjusted stack
pointer, so just pop everything. */
if (live_regs_mask)
thumb_pop (asm_out_file, live_regs_mask);
/* We have either just popped the return address into the
PC or it is was kept in LR for the entire function.
Note that thumb_pop has already called thumb_exit if the
PC was in the list. */
if (!had_to_push_lr)
thumb_exit (asm_out_file, LR_REGNUM);
}
else
{
/* Pop everything but the return address. */
if (live_regs_mask)
thumb_pop (asm_out_file, live_regs_mask);
if (had_to_push_lr)
{
if (size > 12)
{
/* We have no free low regs, so save one. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", IP_REGNUM,
LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
}
/* Get the return address into a temporary register. */
thumb_pop (asm_out_file, 1 << LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
if (size > 12)
{
/* Move the return address to lr. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LR_REGNUM,
LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
/* Restore the low register. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmov\t%r, %r\n", LAST_ARG_REGNUM,
IP_REGNUM);
regno = LR_REGNUM;
}
else
regno = LAST_ARG_REGNUM;
}
else
regno = LR_REGNUM;
/* Remove the argument registers that were pushed onto the stack. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
SP_REGNUM, SP_REGNUM,
crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
thumb_exit (asm_out_file, regno);
}
return "";
}
/* Functions to save and restore machine-specific function data. */
static struct machine_function *
arm_init_machine_status (void)
{
struct machine_function *machine;
machine = ggc_alloc_cleared_machine_function ();
#if ARM_FT_UNKNOWN != 0
machine->func_type = ARM_FT_UNKNOWN;
#endif
return machine;
}
/* Return an RTX indicating where the return address to the
calling function can be found. */
rtx
arm_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (count != 0)
return NULL_RTX;
return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, LR_REGNUM);
}
/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function. */
void
arm_init_expanders (void)
{
/* Arrange to initialize and mark the machine per-function status. */
init_machine_status = arm_init_machine_status;
/* This is to stop the combine pass optimizing away the alignment
adjustment of va_arg. */
/* ??? It is claimed that this should not be necessary. */
if (cfun)
mark_reg_pointer (arg_pointer_rtx, PARM_BOUNDARY);
}
/* Like arm_compute_initial_elimination offset. Simpler because there
isn't an ABI specified frame pointer for Thumb. Instead, we set it
to point at the base of the local variables after static stack
space for a function has been allocated. */
HOST_WIDE_INT
thumb_compute_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from, unsigned int to)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
switch (from)
{
case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
switch (to)
{
case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;
case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;
case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->saved_regs - offsets->saved_args;
case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_args;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
break;
case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
switch (to)
{
case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->soft_frame;
case ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->saved_regs - offsets->soft_frame;
case THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
return offsets->locals_base - offsets->soft_frame;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Generate the function's prologue. */
void
thumb1_expand_prologue (void)
{
rtx insn;
HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
unsigned long func_type;
int regno;
unsigned long live_regs_mask;
unsigned long l_mask;
unsigned high_regs_pushed = 0;
func_type = arm_current_func_type ();
/* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
return;
if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
{
error ("interrupt Service Routines cannot be coded in Thumb mode");
return;
}
if (is_called_in_ARM_mode (current_function_decl))
emit_insn (gen_prologue_thumb1_interwork ());
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
live_regs_mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
/* Extract a mask of the ones we can give to the Thumb's push instruction. */
l_mask = live_regs_mask & 0x40ff;
/* Then count how many other high registers will need to be pushed. */
high_regs_pushed = bit_count (live_regs_mask & 0x0f00);
if (crtl->args.pretend_args_size)
{
rtx x = GEN_INT (-crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
if (cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args)
{
int num_pushes = ARM_NUM_INTS (crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
unsigned long mask;
mask = 1ul << (LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1);
mask -= 1ul << (LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1 - num_pushes);
insn = thumb1_emit_multi_reg_push (mask, 0);
}
else
{
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx, x));
}
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
if (TARGET_BACKTRACE)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
unsigned work_register;
rtx work_reg, x, arm_hfp_rtx;
/* We have been asked to create a stack backtrace structure.
The code looks like this:
0 .align 2
0 func:
0 sub SP, #16 Reserve space for 4 registers.
2 push {R7} Push low registers.
4 add R7, SP, #20 Get the stack pointer before the push.
6 str R7, [SP, #8] Store the stack pointer
(before reserving the space).
8 mov R7, PC Get hold of the start of this code + 12.
10 str R7, [SP, #16] Store it.
12 mov R7, FP Get hold of the current frame pointer.
14 str R7, [SP, #4] Store it.
16 mov R7, LR Get hold of the current return address.
18 str R7, [SP, #12] Store it.
20 add R7, SP, #16 Point at the start of the
backtrace structure.
22 mov FP, R7 Put this value into the frame pointer. */
work_register = thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask);
work_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, work_register);
arm_hfp_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (-16)));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
if (l_mask)
{
insn = thumb1_emit_multi_reg_push (l_mask, l_mask);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
offset = bit_count (l_mask) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}
x = GEN_INT (offset + 16 + crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (work_reg, stack_pointer_rtx, x));
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset + 4);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
/* Make sure that the instruction fetching the PC is in the right place
to calculate "start of backtrace creation code + 12". */
/* ??? The stores using the common WORK_REG ought to be enough to
prevent the scheduler from doing anything weird. Failing that
we could always move all of the following into an UNSPEC_VOLATILE. */
if (l_mask)
{
x = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, PC_REGNUM);
emit_move_insn (work_reg, x);
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset + 12);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
emit_move_insn (work_reg, arm_hfp_rtx);
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
}
else
{
emit_move_insn (work_reg, arm_hfp_rtx);
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
x = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, PC_REGNUM);
emit_move_insn (work_reg, x);
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset + 12);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
}
x = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LR_REGNUM);
emit_move_insn (work_reg, x);
x = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset + 8);
x = gen_frame_mem (SImode, x);
emit_move_insn (x, work_reg);
x = GEN_INT (offset + 12);
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (work_reg, stack_pointer_rtx, x));
emit_move_insn (arm_hfp_rtx, work_reg);
}
/* Optimization: If we are not pushing any low registers but we are going
to push some high registers then delay our first push. This will just
be a push of LR and we can combine it with the push of the first high
register. */
else if ((l_mask & 0xff) != 0
|| (high_regs_pushed == 0 && l_mask))
{
unsigned long mask = l_mask;
mask |= (1 << thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, true)) - 1;
insn = thumb1_emit_multi_reg_push (mask, mask);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
if (high_regs_pushed)
{
unsigned pushable_regs;
unsigned next_hi_reg;
for (next_hi_reg = 12; next_hi_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM; next_hi_reg--)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
break;
pushable_regs = l_mask & 0xff;
if (pushable_regs == 0)
pushable_regs = 1 << thumb_find_work_register (live_regs_mask);
while (high_regs_pushed > 0)
{
unsigned long real_regs_mask = 0;
for (regno = LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno >= 0; regno --)
{
if (pushable_regs & (1 << regno))
{
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno),
gen_rtx_REG (SImode, next_hi_reg));
high_regs_pushed --;
real_regs_mask |= (1 << next_hi_reg);
if (high_regs_pushed)
{
for (next_hi_reg --; next_hi_reg > LAST_LO_REGNUM;
next_hi_reg --)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << next_hi_reg))
break;
}
else
{
pushable_regs &= ~((1 << regno) - 1);
break;
}
}
}
/* If we had to find a work register and we have not yet
saved the LR then add it to the list of regs to push. */
if (l_mask == (1 << LR_REGNUM))
{
pushable_regs |= l_mask;
real_regs_mask |= l_mask;
l_mask = 0;
}
insn = thumb1_emit_multi_reg_push (pushable_regs, real_regs_mask);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
}
/* Load the pic register before setting the frame pointer,
so we can use r7 as a temporary work register. */
if (flag_pic && arm_pic_register != INVALID_REGNUM)
arm_load_pic_register (live_regs_mask);
if (!frame_pointer_needed && CALLER_INTERWORKING_SLOT_SIZE > 0)
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
stack_pointer_rtx);
if (flag_stack_usage_info)
current_function_static_stack_size
= offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;
amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
amount -= 4 * thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, true);
if (amount)
{
if (amount < 512)
{
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
GEN_INT (- amount)));
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
else
{
rtx reg, dwarf;
/* The stack decrement is too big for an immediate value in a single
insn. In theory we could issue multiple subtracts, but after
three of them it becomes more space efficient to place the full
value in the constant pool and load into a register. (Also the
ARM debugger really likes to see only one stack decrement per
function). So instead we look for a scratch register into which
we can load the decrement, and then we subtract this from the
stack pointer. Unfortunately on the thumb the only available
scratch registers are the argument registers, and we cannot use
these as they may hold arguments to the function. Instead we
attempt to locate a call preserved register which is used by this
function. If we can find one, then we know that it will have
been pushed at the start of the prologue and so we can corrupt
it now. */
for (regno = LAST_ARG_REGNUM + 1; regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM; regno++)
if (live_regs_mask & (1 << regno))
break;
gcc_assert(regno <= LAST_LO_REGNUM);
reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno);
emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, GEN_INT (- amount)));
insn = emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
stack_pointer_rtx, reg));
dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
-amount));
add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf);
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
}
}
if (frame_pointer_needed)
thumb_set_frame_pointer (offsets);
/* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
the call to mcount. Similarly if the user has requested no
scheduling in the prolog. Similarly if we want non-call exceptions
using the EABI unwinder, to prevent faulting instructions from being
swapped with a stack adjustment. */
if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG
|| (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_TARGET
&& cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions))
emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = !thumb_force_lr_save ();
if (live_regs_mask & 0xff)
cfun->machine->lr_save_eliminated = 0;
}
void
thumb1_expand_epilogue (void)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
int regno;
/* Naked functions don't have prologues. */
if (IS_NAKED (arm_current_func_type ()))
return;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
amount = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_regs;
if (frame_pointer_needed)
{
emit_insn (gen_movsi (stack_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx));
amount = offsets->locals_base - offsets->saved_regs;
}
amount -= 4 * thumb1_extra_regs_pushed (offsets, false);
gcc_assert (amount >= 0);
if (amount)
{
emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
if (amount < 512)
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
GEN_INT (amount)));
else
{
/* r3 is always free in the epilogue. */
rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LAST_ARG_REGNUM);
emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, GEN_INT (amount)));
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, reg));
}
}
/* Emit a USE (stack_pointer_rtx), so that
the stack adjustment will not be deleted. */
emit_insn (gen_prologue_use (stack_pointer_rtx));
if (crtl->profile || !TARGET_SCHED_PROLOG)
emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
/* Emit a clobber for each insn that will be restored in the epilogue,
so that flow2 will get register lifetimes correct. */
for (regno = 0; regno < 13; regno++)
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno) && !call_used_regs[regno])
emit_clobber (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno));
if (! df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM))
emit_use (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LR_REGNUM));
}
/* Implementation of insn prologue_thumb1_interwork. This is the first
"instruction" of a function called in ARM mode. Swap to thumb mode. */
const char *
thumb1_output_interwork (void)
{
const char * name;
FILE *f = asm_out_file;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl)) == MEM);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0))
== SYMBOL_REF);
name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);
/* Generate code sequence to switch us into Thumb mode. */
/* The .code 32 directive has already been emitted by
ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME. */
asm_fprintf (f, "\torr\t%r, %r, #1\n", IP_REGNUM, PC_REGNUM);
asm_fprintf (f, "\tbx\t%r\n", IP_REGNUM);
/* Generate a label, so that the debugger will notice the
change in instruction sets. This label is also used by
the assembler to bypass the ARM code when this function
is called from a Thumb encoded function elsewhere in the
same file. Hence the definition of STUB_NAME here must
agree with the definition in gas/config/tc-arm.c. */
#define STUB_NAME ".real_start_of"
fprintf (f, "\t.code\t16\n");
#ifdef ARM_PE
if (arm_dllexport_name_p (name))
name = arm_strip_name_encoding (name);
#endif
asm_fprintf (f, "\t.globl %s%U%s\n", STUB_NAME, name);
fprintf (f, "\t.thumb_func\n");
asm_fprintf (f, "%s%U%s:\n", STUB_NAME, name);
return "";
}
/* Handle the case of a double word load into a low register from
a computed memory address. The computed address may involve a
register which is overwritten by the load. */
const char *
thumb_load_double_from_address (rtx *operands)
{
rtx addr;
rtx base;
rtx offset;
rtx arg1;
rtx arg2;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG);
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM);
/* Get the memory address. */
addr = XEXP (operands[1], 0);
/* Work out how the memory address is computed. */
switch (GET_CODE (addr))
{
case REG:
operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
if (REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (addr))
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
}
else
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
}
break;
case CONST:
/* Compute + 4 for the high order load. */
operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
break;
case PLUS:
arg1 = XEXP (addr, 0);
arg2 = XEXP (addr, 1);
if (CONSTANT_P (arg1))
base = arg2, offset = arg1;
else
base = arg1, offset = arg2;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (base) == REG);
/* Catch the case of = + */
if (GET_CODE (offset) == REG)
{
int reg_offset = REGNO (offset);
int reg_base = REGNO (base);
int reg_dest = REGNO (operands[0]);
/* Add the base and offset registers together into the
higher destination register. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%r, %r, %r",
reg_dest + 1, reg_base, reg_offset);
/* Load the lower destination register from the address in
the higher destination register. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #0]",
reg_dest, reg_dest + 1);
/* Load the higher destination register from its own address
plus 4. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tldr\t%r, [%r, #4]",
reg_dest + 1, reg_dest + 1);
}
else
{
/* Compute + 4 for the high order load. */
operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
/* If the computed address is held in the low order register
then load the high order register first, otherwise always
load the low order register first. */
if (REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (base))
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
}
else
{
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
}
}
break;
case LABEL_REF:
/* With no registers to worry about we can just load the value
directly. */
operands[2] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%H0, %2", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%0, %1", operands);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return "";
}
const char *
thumb_output_move_mem_multiple (int n, rtx *operands)
{
rtx tmp;
switch (n)
{
case 2:
if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
{
tmp = operands[4];
operands[4] = operands[5];
operands[5] = tmp;
}
output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5}", operands);
output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5}", operands);
break;
case 3:
if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
{
tmp = operands[4];
operands[4] = operands[5];
operands[5] = tmp;
}
if (REGNO (operands[5]) > REGNO (operands[6]))
{
tmp = operands[5];
operands[5] = operands[6];
operands[6] = tmp;
}
if (REGNO (operands[4]) > REGNO (operands[5]))
{
tmp = operands[4];
operands[4] = operands[5];
operands[5] = tmp;
}
output_asm_insn ("ldmia\t%1!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands);
output_asm_insn ("stmia\t%0!, {%4, %5, %6}", operands);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
return "";
}
/* Output a call-via instruction for thumb state. */
const char *
thumb_call_via_reg (rtx reg)
{
int regno = REGNO (reg);
rtx *labelp;
gcc_assert (regno < LR_REGNUM);
/* If we are in the normal text section we can use a single instance
per compilation unit. If we are doing function sections, then we need
an entry per section, since we can't rely on reachability. */
if (in_section == text_section)
{
thumb_call_reg_needed = 1;
if (thumb_call_via_label[regno] == NULL)
thumb_call_via_label[regno] = gen_label_rtx ();
labelp = thumb_call_via_label + regno;
}
else
{
if (cfun->machine->call_via[regno] == NULL)
cfun->machine->call_via[regno] = gen_label_rtx ();
labelp = cfun->machine->call_via + regno;
}
output_asm_insn ("bl\t%a0", labelp);
return "";
}
/* Routines for generating rtl. */
void
thumb_expand_movmemqi (rtx *operands)
{
rtx out = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (operands[0], 0));
rtx in = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, XEXP (operands[1], 0));
HOST_WIDE_INT len = INTVAL (operands[2]);
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
while (len >= 12)
{
emit_insn (gen_movmem12b (out, in, out, in));
len -= 12;
}
if (len >= 8)
{
emit_insn (gen_movmem8b (out, in, out, in));
len -= 8;
}
if (len >= 4)
{
rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
emit_insn (gen_movsi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, in)));
emit_insn (gen_movsi (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, out), reg));
len -= 4;
offset += 4;
}
if (len >= 2)
{
rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (HImode);
emit_insn (gen_movhi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (HImode,
plus_constant (in, offset))));
emit_insn (gen_movhi (gen_rtx_MEM (HImode, plus_constant (out, offset)),
reg));
len -= 2;
offset += 2;
}
if (len)
{
rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (QImode);
emit_insn (gen_movqi (reg, gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
plus_constant (in, offset))));
emit_insn (gen_movqi (gen_rtx_MEM (QImode, plus_constant (out, offset)),
reg));
}
}
void
thumb_reload_out_hi (rtx *operands)
{
emit_insn (gen_thumb_movhi_clobber (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2]));
}
/* Handle reading a half-word from memory during reload. */
void
thumb_reload_in_hi (rtx *operands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* Return the length of a function name prefix
that starts with the character 'c'. */
static int
arm_get_strip_length (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
ARM_NAME_ENCODING_LENGTHS
default: return 0;
}
}
/* Return a pointer to a function's name with any
and all prefix encodings stripped from it. */
const char *
arm_strip_name_encoding (const char *name)
{
int skip;
while ((skip = arm_get_strip_length (* name)))
name += skip;
return name;
}
/* If there is a '*' anywhere in the name's prefix, then
emit the stripped name verbatim, otherwise prepend an
underscore if leading underscores are being used. */
void
arm_asm_output_labelref (FILE *stream, const char *name)
{
int skip;
int verbatim = 0;
while ((skip = arm_get_strip_length (* name)))
{
verbatim |= (*name == '*');
name += skip;
}
if (verbatim)
fputs (name, stream);
else
asm_fprintf (stream, "%U%s", name);
}
static void
arm_file_start (void)
{
int val;
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.syntax unified\n");
if (TARGET_BPABI)
{
const char *fpu_name;
if (arm_selected_arch)
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.arch %s\n", arm_selected_arch->name);
else if (strncmp (arm_selected_cpu->name, "generic", 7) == 0)
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.arch %s\n", arm_selected_cpu->name + 8);
else
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cpu %s\n", arm_selected_cpu->name);
if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_VFP)
fpu_name = "softvfp";
else
fpu_name = "softfpa";
}
else
{
fpu_name = arm_fpu_desc->name;
if (arm_fpu_desc->model == ARM_FP_MODEL_VFP)
{
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_HardFP_use, 27, 3);
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT_ABI)
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_VFP_args, 28, 1);
}
}
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.fpu %s\n", fpu_name);
/* Some of these attributes only apply when the corresponding features
are used. However we don't have any easy way of figuring this out.
Conservatively record the setting that would have been used. */
if (flag_rounding_math)
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_rounding, 19, 1);
if (!flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
{
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_denormal, 20, 1);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions, 21, 1);
}
if (flag_signaling_nans)
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions, 22, 1);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_number_model, 23,
flag_finite_math_only ? 1 : 3);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_align8_needed, 24, 1);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_align8_preserved, 25, 1);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_enum_size, 26, flag_short_enums ? 1 : 2);
/* Tag_ABI_optimization_goals. */
if (optimize_size)
val = 4;
else if (optimize >= 2)
val = 2;
else if (optimize)
val = 1;
else
val = 6;
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_optimization_goals, 30, val);
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_CPU_unaligned_access, 34, unaligned_access);
if (arm_fp16_format)
EMIT_EABI_ATTRIBUTE (Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format, 38, (int) arm_fp16_format);
if (arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook)
arm_lang_output_object_attributes_hook();
}
default_file_start ();
}
static void
arm_file_end (void)
{
int regno;
if (NEED_INDICATE_EXEC_STACK)
/* Add .note.GNU-stack. */
file_end_indicate_exec_stack ();
if (! thumb_call_reg_needed)
return;
switch_to_section (text_section);
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.code 16\n");
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 1);
for (regno = 0; regno < LR_REGNUM; regno++)
{
rtx label = thumb_call_via_label[regno];
if (label != 0)
{
targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "L",
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label));
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tbx\t%r\n", regno);
}
}
}
#ifndef ARM_PE
/* Symbols in the text segment can be accessed without indirecting via the
constant pool; it may take an extra binary operation, but this is still
faster than indirecting via memory. Don't do this when not optimizing,
since we won't be calculating al of the offsets necessary to do this
simplification. */
static void
arm_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first)
{
if (optimize > 0 && TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
default_encode_section_info (decl, rtl, first);
}
#endif /* !ARM_PE */
static void
arm_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno)
{
if (arm_ccfsm_state == 3 && (unsigned) arm_target_label == labelno
&& !strcmp (prefix, "L"))
{
arm_ccfsm_state = 0;
arm_target_insn = NULL;
}
default_internal_label (stream, prefix, labelno);
}
/* Output code to add DELTA to the first argument, and then jump
to FUNCTION. Used for C++ multiple inheritance. */
static void
arm_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file, tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
tree function)
{
static int thunk_label = 0;
char label[256];
char labelpc[256];
int mi_delta = delta;
const char *const mi_op = mi_delta < 0 ? "sub" : "add";
int shift = 0;
int this_regno = (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function)
? 1 : 0);
if (mi_delta < 0)
mi_delta = - mi_delta;
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
int labelno = thunk_label++;
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTHUMBFUNC", labelno);
/* Thunks are entered in arm mode when avaiable. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
{
/* push r3 so we can use it as a temporary. */
/* TODO: Omit this save if r3 is not used. */
fputs ("\tpush {r3}\n", file);
fputs ("\tldr\tr3, ", file);
}
else
{
fputs ("\tldr\tr12, ", file);
}
assemble_name (file, label);
fputc ('\n', file);
if (flag_pic)
{
/* If we are generating PIC, the ldr instruction below loads
"(target - 7) - .LTHUNKPCn" into r12. The pc reads as
the address of the add + 8, so we have:
r12 = (target - 7) - .LTHUNKPCn + (.LTHUNKPCn + 8)
= target + 1.
Note that we have "+ 1" because some versions of GNU ld
don't set the low bit of the result for R_ARM_REL32
relocations against thumb function symbols.
On ARMv6M this is +4, not +8. */
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (labelpc, "LTHUNKPC", labelno);
assemble_name (file, labelpc);
fputs (":\n", file);
if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
{
/* This is 2 insns after the start of the thunk, so we know it
is 4-byte aligned. */
fputs ("\tadd\tr3, pc, r3\n", file);
fputs ("\tmov r12, r3\n", file);
}
else
fputs ("\tadd\tr12, pc, r12\n", file);
}
else if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
fputs ("\tmov r12, r3\n", file);
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
{
if (mi_delta > 255)
{
fputs ("\tldr\tr3, ", file);
assemble_name (file, label);
fputs ("+4\n", file);
asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, r3\n",
mi_op, this_regno, this_regno);
}
else if (mi_delta != 0)
{
asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
mi_op, this_regno, this_regno,
mi_delta);
}
}
else
{
/* TODO: Use movw/movt for large constants when available. */
while (mi_delta != 0)
{
if ((mi_delta & (3 << shift)) == 0)
shift += 2;
else
{
asm_fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%r, %r, #%d\n",
mi_op, this_regno, this_regno,
mi_delta & (0xff << shift));
mi_delta &= ~(0xff << shift);
shift += 8;
}
}
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
{
if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY)
fputs ("\tpop\t{r3}\n", file);
fprintf (file, "\tbx\tr12\n");
ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, 2);
assemble_name (file, label);
fputs (":\n", file);
if (flag_pic)
{
/* Output ".word .LTHUNKn-7-.LTHUNKPCn". */
rtx tem = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0);
tem = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (tem), tem, GEN_INT (-7));
tem = gen_rtx_MINUS (GET_MODE (tem),
tem,
gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
ggc_strdup (labelpc)));
assemble_integer (tem, 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
}
else
/* Output ".word .LTHUNKn". */
assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
if (TARGET_THUMB1_ONLY && mi_delta > 255)
assemble_integer (GEN_INT(mi_delta), 4, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
}
else
{
fputs ("\tb\t", file);
assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
if (NEED_PLT_RELOC)
fputs ("(PLT)", file);
fputc ('\n', file);
}
}
int
arm_emit_vector_const (FILE *file, rtx x)
{
int i;
const char * pattern;
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
switch (GET_MODE (x))
{
case V2SImode: pattern = "%08x"; break;
case V4HImode: pattern = "%04x"; break;
case V8QImode: pattern = "%02x"; break;
default: gcc_unreachable ();
}
fprintf (file, "0x");
for (i = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i--;)
{
rtx element;
element = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
fprintf (file, pattern, INTVAL (element));
}
return 1;
}
/* Emit a fp16 constant appropriately padded to occupy a 4-byte word.
HFmode constant pool entries are actually loaded with ldr. */
void
arm_emit_fp16_const (rtx c)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
long bits;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, c);
bits = real_to_target (NULL, &r, HFmode);
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
assemble_zeros (2);
assemble_integer (GEN_INT (bits), 2, BITS_PER_WORD, 1);
if (!WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
assemble_zeros (2);
}
const char *
arm_output_load_gr (rtx *operands)
{
rtx reg;
rtx offset;
rtx wcgr;
rtx sum;
if (GET_CODE (operands [1]) != MEM
|| GET_CODE (sum = XEXP (operands [1], 0)) != PLUS
|| GET_CODE (reg = XEXP (sum, 0)) != REG
|| GET_CODE (offset = XEXP (sum, 1)) != CONST_INT
|| ((INTVAL (offset) < 1024) && (INTVAL (offset) > -1024)))
return "wldrw%?\t%0, %1";
/* Fix up an out-of-range load of a GR register. */
output_asm_insn ("str%?\t%0, [sp, #-4]!\t@ Start of GR load expansion", & reg);
wcgr = operands[0];
operands[0] = reg;
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
operands[0] = wcgr;
operands[1] = reg;
output_asm_insn ("tmcr%?\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr%?\t%0, [sp], #4\t@ End of GR load expansion", & reg);
return "";
}
/* Worker function for TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS.
On the ARM, PRETEND_SIZE is set in order to have the prologue push the last
named arg and all anonymous args onto the stack.
XXX I know the prologue shouldn't be pushing registers, but it is faster
that way. */
static void
arm_setup_incoming_varargs (cumulative_args_t pcum_v,
enum machine_mode mode,
tree type,
int *pretend_size,
int second_time ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *pcum = get_cumulative_args (pcum_v);
int nregs;
cfun->machine->uses_anonymous_args = 1;
if (pcum->pcs_variant <= ARM_PCS_AAPCS_LOCAL)
{
nregs = pcum->aapcs_ncrn;
if ((nregs & 1) && arm_needs_doubleword_align (mode, type))
nregs++;
}
else
nregs = pcum->nregs;
if (nregs < NUM_ARG_REGS)
*pretend_size = (NUM_ARG_REGS - nregs) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a store) does not need
PRODUCER's value to calculate the address. */
int
arm_no_early_store_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
rtx addr = PATTERN (consumer);
if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
value = XEXP (value, 0);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == COND_EXEC)
addr = COND_EXEC_CODE (addr);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == PARALLEL)
addr = XVECEXP (addr, 0, 0);
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, addr);
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a store) does need
PRODUCER's value to calculate the address. */
int
arm_early_store_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
return !arm_no_early_store_addr_dep (producer, consumer);
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (a load) does need
PRODUCER's value to calculate the address. */
int
arm_early_load_addr_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
rtx addr = PATTERN (consumer);
if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
value = XEXP (value, 0);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == COND_EXEC)
addr = COND_EXEC_CODE (addr);
if (GET_CODE (addr) == PARALLEL)
addr = XVECEXP (addr, 0, 0);
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
return reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, addr);
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
have an early register shift value or amount dependency on the
result of PRODUCER. */
int
arm_no_early_alu_shift_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);
rtx early_op;
if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
value = XEXP (value, 0);
if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
op = XEXP (op, 1);
early_op = XEXP (op, 0);
/* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
the first operand of another operation. We want the whole shift
operation. */
if (GET_CODE (early_op) == REG)
early_op = op;
return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, early_op);
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER instruction (an ALU op) does not
have an early register shift value dependency on the result of
PRODUCER. */
int
arm_no_early_alu_shift_value_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);
rtx early_op;
if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
value = XEXP (value, 0);
if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
op = XEXP (op, 1);
early_op = XEXP (op, 0);
/* This is either an actual independent shift, or a shift applied to
the first operand of another operation. We want the value being
shifted, in either case. */
if (GET_CODE (early_op) != REG)
early_op = XEXP (early_op, 0);
return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, early_op);
}
/* Return nonzero if the CONSUMER (a mul or mac op) does not
have an early register mult dependency on the result of
PRODUCER. */
int
arm_no_early_mul_dep (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx value = PATTERN (producer);
rtx op = PATTERN (consumer);
if (GET_CODE (value) == COND_EXEC)
value = COND_EXEC_CODE (value);
if (GET_CODE (value) == PARALLEL)
value = XVECEXP (value, 0, 0);
value = XEXP (value, 0);
if (GET_CODE (op) == COND_EXEC)
op = COND_EXEC_CODE (op);
if (GET_CODE (op) == PARALLEL)
op = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0);
op = XEXP (op, 1);
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op) == MINUS)
{
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MULT)
return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, XEXP (op, 0));
else
return !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (value, XEXP (op, 1));
}
return 0;
}
/* We can't rely on the caller doing the proper promotion when
using APCS or ATPCS. */
static bool
arm_promote_prototypes (const_tree t ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
static enum machine_mode
arm_promote_function_mode (const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
enum machine_mode mode,
int *punsignedp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
int for_return ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4)
return SImode;
return mode;
}
/* AAPCS based ABIs use short enums by default. */
static bool
arm_default_short_enums (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED && arm_abi != ARM_ABI_AAPCS_LINUX;
}
/* AAPCS requires that anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
static bool
arm_align_anon_bitfield (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
/* The generic C++ ABI says 64-bit (long long). The EABI says 32-bit. */
static tree
arm_cxx_guard_type (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? integer_type_node : long_long_integer_type_node;
}
/* Return non-zero if the consumer (a multiply-accumulate instruction)
has an accumulator dependency on the result of the producer (a
multiplication instruction) and no other dependency on that result. */
int
arm_mac_accumulator_is_mul_result (rtx producer, rtx consumer)
{
rtx mul = PATTERN (producer);
rtx mac = PATTERN (consumer);
rtx mul_result;
rtx mac_op0, mac_op1, mac_acc;
if (GET_CODE (mul) == COND_EXEC)
mul = COND_EXEC_CODE (mul);
if (GET_CODE (mac) == COND_EXEC)
mac = COND_EXEC_CODE (mac);
/* Check that mul is of the form (set (...) (mult ...))
and mla is of the form (set (...) (plus (mult ...) (...))). */
if ((GET_CODE (mul) != SET || GET_CODE (XEXP (mul, 1)) != MULT)
|| (GET_CODE (mac) != SET || GET_CODE (XEXP (mac, 1)) != PLUS
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0)) != MULT))
return 0;
mul_result = XEXP (mul, 0);
mac_op0 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0), 0);
mac_op1 = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 0), 1);
mac_acc = XEXP (XEXP (mac, 1), 1);
return (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_acc)
&& !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_op0)
&& !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (mul_result, mac_op1));
}
/* The EABI says test the least significant bit of a guard variable. */
static bool
arm_cxx_guard_mask_bit (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
/* The EABI specifies that all array cookies are 8 bytes long. */
static tree
arm_get_cookie_size (tree type)
{
tree size;
if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
return default_cxx_get_cookie_size (type);
size = build_int_cst (sizetype, 8);
return size;
}
/* The EABI says that array cookies should also contain the element size. */
static bool
arm_cookie_has_size (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
/* The EABI says constructors and destructors should return a pointer to
the object constructed/destroyed. */
static bool
arm_cxx_cdtor_returns_this (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
/* The EABI says that an inline function may never be the key
method. */
static bool
arm_cxx_key_method_may_be_inline (void)
{
return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
static void
arm_cxx_determine_class_data_visibility (tree decl)
{
if (!TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
|| !TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES)
return;
/* In general, \S 3.2.5.5 of the ARM EABI requires that class data
is exported. However, on systems without dynamic vague linkage,
\S 3.2.5.6 says that COMDAT class data has hidden linkage. */
if (!TARGET_ARM_DYNAMIC_VAGUE_LINKAGE_P && DECL_COMDAT (decl))
DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
else
DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_DEFAULT;
DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl) = 1;
}
static bool
arm_cxx_class_data_always_comdat (void)
{
/* \S 3.2.5.4 of the ARM C++ ABI says that class data only have
vague linkage if the class has no key function. */
return !TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
/* The EABI says __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
destructors. */
static bool
arm_cxx_use_aeabi_atexit (void)
{
return TARGET_AAPCS_BASED;
}
void
arm_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
rtx addr;
unsigned long saved_regs;
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
saved_regs = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
if ((saved_regs & (1 << LR_REGNUM)) == 0)
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
else
{
if (frame_pointer_needed)
addr = plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx, -4);
else
{
/* LR will be the first saved register. */
delta = offsets->outgoing_args - (offsets->frame + 4);
if (delta >= 4096)
{
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch, stack_pointer_rtx,
GEN_INT (delta & ~4095)));
addr = scratch;
delta &= 4095;
}
else
addr = stack_pointer_rtx;
addr = plus_constant (addr, delta);
}
emit_move_insn (gen_frame_mem (Pmode, addr), source);
}
}
void
thumb_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
{
arm_stack_offsets *offsets;
HOST_WIDE_INT delta;
HOST_WIDE_INT limit;
int reg;
rtx addr;
unsigned long mask;
emit_use (source);
offsets = arm_get_frame_offsets ();
mask = offsets->saved_regs_mask;
if (mask & (1 << LR_REGNUM))
{
limit = 1024;
/* Find the saved regs. */
if (frame_pointer_needed)
{
delta = offsets->soft_frame - offsets->saved_args;
reg = THUMB_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
limit = 128;
}
else
{
delta = offsets->outgoing_args - offsets->saved_args;
reg = SP_REGNUM;
}
/* Allow for the stack frame. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && TARGET_BACKTRACE)
delta -= 16;
/* The link register is always the first saved register. */
delta -= 4;
/* Construct the address. */
addr = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, reg);
if (delta > limit)
{
emit_insn (gen_movsi (scratch, GEN_INT (delta)));
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch, scratch, stack_pointer_rtx));
addr = scratch;
}
else
addr = plus_constant (addr, delta);
emit_move_insn (gen_frame_mem (Pmode, addr), source);
}
else
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
}
/* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported_p. */
bool
arm_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
{
/* Neon also supports V2SImode, etc. listed in the clause below. */
if (TARGET_NEON && (mode == V2SFmode || mode == V4SImode || mode == V8HImode
|| mode == V16QImode || mode == V4SFmode || mode == V2DImode))
return true;
if ((TARGET_NEON || TARGET_IWMMXT)
&& ((mode == V2SImode)
|| (mode == V4HImode)
|| (mode == V8QImode)))
return true;
if (TARGET_INT_SIMD && (mode == V4UQQmode || mode == V4QQmode
|| mode == V2UHQmode || mode == V2HQmode || mode == V2UHAmode
|| mode == V2HAmode))
return true;
return false;
}
/* Implements target hook array_mode_supported_p. */
static bool
arm_array_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode,
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems)
{
if (TARGET_NEON
&& (VALID_NEON_DREG_MODE (mode) || VALID_NEON_QREG_MODE (mode))
&& (nelems >= 2 && nelems <= 4))
return true;
return false;
}
/* Use the option -mvectorize-with-neon-double to override the use of quardword
registers when autovectorizing for Neon, at least until multiple vector
widths are supported properly by the middle-end. */
static enum machine_mode
arm_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode mode)
{
if (TARGET_NEON)
switch (mode)
{
case SFmode:
return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE ? V2SFmode : V4SFmode;
case SImode:
return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE ? V2SImode : V4SImode;
case HImode:
return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE ? V4HImode : V8HImode;
case QImode:
return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE ? V8QImode : V16QImode;
case DImode:
if (!TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE)
return V2DImode;
break;
default:;
}
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
switch (mode)
{
case SImode:
return V2SImode;
case HImode:
return V4HImode;
case QImode:
return V8QImode;
default:;
}
return word_mode;
}
/* Implement TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P.
We need to define this for LO_REGS on Thumb-1. Otherwise we can end up
using r0-r4 for function arguments, r7 for the stack frame and don't have
enough left over to do doubleword arithmetic. For Thumb-2 all the
potentially problematic instructions accept high registers so this is not
necessary. Care needs to be taken to avoid adding new Thumb-2 patterns
that require many low registers. */
static bool
arm_class_likely_spilled_p (reg_class_t rclass)
{
if ((TARGET_THUMB1 && rclass == LO_REGS)
|| rclass == CC_REG)
return true;
return false;
}
/* Implements target hook small_register_classes_for_mode_p. */
bool
arm_small_register_classes_for_mode_p (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return TARGET_THUMB1;
}
/* Implement TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK. SImode shifts use normal
ARM insns and therefore guarantee that the shift count is modulo 256.
DImode shifts (those implemented by lib1funcs.S or by optabs.c)
guarantee no particular behavior for out-of-range counts. */
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_shift_truncation_mask (enum machine_mode mode)
{
return mode == SImode ? 255 : 0;
}
/* Map internal gcc register numbers to DWARF2 register numbers. */
unsigned int
arm_dbx_register_number (unsigned int regno)
{
if (regno < 16)
return regno;
/* TODO: Legacy targets output FPA regs as registers 16-23 for backwards
compatibility. The EABI defines them as registers 96-103. */
if (IS_FPA_REGNUM (regno))
return (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED ? 96 : 16) + regno - FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
{
/* See comment in arm_dwarf_register_span. */
if (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
return 64 + regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
else
return 256 + (regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
}
if (IS_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM (regno))
return 104 + regno - FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;
if (IS_IWMMXT_REGNUM (regno))
return 112 + regno - FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
gcc_unreachable ();
}
/* Dwarf models VFPv3 registers as 32 64-bit registers.
GCC models tham as 64 32-bit registers, so we need to describe this to
the DWARF generation code. Other registers can use the default. */
static rtx
arm_dwarf_register_span (rtx rtl)
{
unsigned regno;
int nregs;
int i;
rtx p;
regno = REGNO (rtl);
if (!IS_VFP_REGNUM (regno))
return NULL_RTX;
/* XXX FIXME: The EABI defines two VFP register ranges:
64-95: Legacy VFPv2 numbering for S0-S31 (obsolescent)
256-287: D0-D31
The recommended encoding for S0-S31 is a DW_OP_bit_piece of the
corresponding D register. Until GDB supports this, we shall use the
legacy encodings. We also use these encodings for D0-D15 for
compatibility with older debuggers. */
if (VFP_REGNO_OK_FOR_SINGLE (regno))
return NULL_RTX;
nregs = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 8;
p = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nregs));
regno = (regno - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2;
for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
XVECEXP (p, 0, i) = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 256 + regno + i);
return p;
}
#if ARM_UNWIND_INFO
/* Emit unwind directives for a store-multiple instruction or stack pointer
push during alignment.
These should only ever be generated by the function prologue code, so
expect them to have a particular form. */
static void
arm_unwind_emit_sequence (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx p)
{
int i;
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
HOST_WIDE_INT nregs;
int reg_size;
unsigned reg;
unsigned lastreg;
rtx e;
e = XVECEXP (p, 0, 0);
if (GET_CODE (e) != SET)
abort ();
/* First insn will adjust the stack pointer. */
if (GET_CODE (e) != SET
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != REG
|| REGNO (XEXP (e, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != PLUS)
abort ();
offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (e, 1), 1));
nregs = XVECLEN (p, 0) - 1;
reg = REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (p, 0, 1), 1));
if (reg < 16)
{
/* The function prologue may also push pc, but not annotate it as it is
never restored. We turn this into a stack pointer adjustment. */
if (nregs * 4 == offset - 4)
{
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.pad #4\n");
offset -= 4;
}
reg_size = 4;
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save {");
}
else if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (reg))
{
reg_size = 8;
fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.vsave {");
}
else if (reg >= FIRST_FPA_REGNUM && reg <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM)
{
/* FPA registers are done differently. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save %r, %wd\n", reg, nregs);
return;
}
else
/* Unknown register type. */
abort ();
/* If the stack increment doesn't match the size of the saved registers,
something has gone horribly wrong. */
if (offset != nregs * reg_size)
abort ();
offset = 0;
lastreg = 0;
/* The remaining insns will describe the stores. */
for (i = 1; i <= nregs; i++)
{
/* Expect (set (mem ) (reg)).
Where is (reg:SP) or (plus (reg:SP) (const_int)). */
e = XVECEXP (p, 0, i);
if (GET_CODE (e) != SET
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != MEM
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != REG)
abort ();
reg = REGNO (XEXP (e, 1));
if (reg < lastreg)
abort ();
if (i != 1)
fprintf (asm_out_file, ", ");
/* We can't use %r for vfp because we need to use the
double precision register names. */
if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (reg))
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "d%d", (reg - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2);
else
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "%r", reg);
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
/* Check that the addresses are consecutive. */
e = XEXP (XEXP (e, 0), 0);
if (GET_CODE (e) == PLUS)
{
offset += reg_size;
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 0)) != REG
|| REGNO (XEXP (e, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e, 1)) != CONST_INT
|| offset != INTVAL (XEXP (e, 1)))
abort ();
}
else if (i != 1
|| GET_CODE (e) != REG
|| REGNO (e) != SP_REGNUM)
abort ();
#endif
}
fprintf (asm_out_file, "}\n");
}
/* Emit unwind directives for a SET. */
static void
arm_unwind_emit_set (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx p)
{
rtx e0;
rtx e1;
unsigned reg;
e0 = XEXP (p, 0);
e1 = XEXP (p, 1);
switch (GET_CODE (e0))
{
case MEM:
/* Pushing a single register. */
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e0, 0)) != PRE_DEC
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (e0, 0), 0)) != REG
|| REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (e0, 0), 0)) != SP_REGNUM)
abort ();
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.save ");
if (IS_VFP_REGNUM (REGNO (e1)))
asm_fprintf(asm_out_file, "{d%d}\n",
(REGNO (e1) - FIRST_VFP_REGNUM) / 2);
else
asm_fprintf(asm_out_file, "{%r}\n", REGNO (e1));
break;
case REG:
if (REGNO (e0) == SP_REGNUM)
{
/* A stack increment. */
if (GET_CODE (e1) != PLUS
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) != REG
|| REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0)) != SP_REGNUM
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.pad #%wd\n",
-INTVAL (XEXP (e1, 1)));
}
else if (REGNO (e0) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
if (GET_CODE (e1) == PLUS)
{
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) != REG
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
abort ();
reg = REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0));
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (e1, 1));
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.setfp %r, %r, #%wd\n",
HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, reg,
offset);
}
else if (GET_CODE (e1) == REG)
{
reg = REGNO (e1);
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.setfp %r, %r\n",
HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, reg);
}
else
abort ();
}
else if (GET_CODE (e1) == REG && REGNO (e1) == SP_REGNUM)
{
/* Move from sp to reg. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.movsp %r\n", REGNO (e0));
}
else if (GET_CODE (e1) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 0)) == REG
&& REGNO (XEXP (e1, 0)) == SP_REGNUM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (e1, 1)) == CONST_INT)
{
/* Set reg to offset from sp. */
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.movsp %r, #%d\n",
REGNO (e0), (int)INTVAL(XEXP (e1, 1)));
}
else
abort ();
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Emit unwind directives for the given insn. */
static void
arm_unwind_emit (FILE * asm_out_file, rtx insn)
{
rtx note, pat;
bool handled_one = false;
if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET)
return;
if (!(flag_unwind_tables || crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
&& (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
|| crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls))
return;
if (NOTE_P (insn) || !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
return;
for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note ; note = XEXP (note, 1))
{
pat = XEXP (note, 0);
switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
{
case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
goto found;
case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
if (pat == NULL)
{
pat = PATTERN (insn);
if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
pat = XVECEXP (pat, 0, 0);
}
/* Only emitted for IS_STACKALIGN re-alignment. */
{
rtx dest, src;
unsigned reg;
src = SET_SRC (pat);
dest = SET_DEST (pat);
gcc_assert (src == stack_pointer_rtx);
reg = REGNO (dest);
asm_fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.unwind_raw 0, 0x%x @ vsp = r%d\n",
reg + 0x90, reg);
}
handled_one = true;
break;
case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION:
case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
/* ??? Only handling here what we actually emit. */
gcc_unreachable ();
default:
break;
}
}
if (handled_one)
return;
pat = PATTERN (insn);
found:
switch (GET_CODE (pat))
{
case SET:
arm_unwind_emit_set (asm_out_file, pat);
break;
case SEQUENCE:
/* Store multiple. */
arm_unwind_emit_sequence (asm_out_file, pat);
break;
default:
abort();
}
}
/* Output a reference from a function exception table to the type_info
object X. The EABI specifies that the symbol should be relocated by
an R_ARM_TARGET2 relocation. */
static bool
arm_output_ttype (rtx x)
{
fputs ("\t.word\t", asm_out_file);
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
/* Use special relocations for symbol references. */
if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT)
fputs ("(TARGET2)", asm_out_file);
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
return TRUE;
}
/* Implement TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY. */
static void
arm_asm_emit_except_personality (rtx personality)
{
fputs ("\t.personality\t", asm_out_file);
output_addr_const (asm_out_file, personality);
fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
}
/* Implement TARGET_ASM_INITIALIZE_SECTIONS. */
static void
arm_asm_init_sections (void)
{
exception_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
"\t.handlerdata");
}
#endif /* ARM_UNWIND_INFO */
/* Output unwind directives for the start/end of a function. */
void
arm_output_fn_unwind (FILE * f, bool prologue)
{
if (arm_except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET)
return;
if (prologue)
fputs ("\t.fnstart\n", f);
else
{
/* If this function will never be unwound, then mark it as such.
The came condition is used in arm_unwind_emit to suppress
the frame annotations. */
if (!(flag_unwind_tables || crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
&& (TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
|| crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls))
fputs("\t.cantunwind\n", f);
fputs ("\t.fnend\n", f);
}
}
static bool
arm_emit_tls_decoration (FILE *fp, rtx x)
{
enum tls_reloc reloc;
rtx val;
val = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
reloc = (enum tls_reloc) INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));
output_addr_const (fp, val);
switch (reloc)
{
case TLS_GD32:
fputs ("(tlsgd)", fp);
break;
case TLS_LDM32:
fputs ("(tlsldm)", fp);
break;
case TLS_LDO32:
fputs ("(tlsldo)", fp);
break;
case TLS_IE32:
fputs ("(gottpoff)", fp);
break;
case TLS_LE32:
fputs ("(tpoff)", fp);
break;
case TLS_DESCSEQ:
fputs ("(tlsdesc)", fp);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
switch (reloc)
{
case TLS_GD32:
case TLS_LDM32:
case TLS_IE32:
case TLS_DESCSEQ:
fputs (" + (. - ", fp);
output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 2));
/* For DESCSEQ the 3rd operand encodes thumbness, and is added */
fputs (reloc == TLS_DESCSEQ ? " + " : " - ", fp);
output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 3));
fputc (')', fp);
break;
default:
break;
}
return TRUE;
}
/* ARM implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL. */
static void
arm_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *file, int size, rtx x)
{
gcc_assert (size == 4);
fputs ("\t.word\t", file);
output_addr_const (file, x);
fputs ("(tlsldo)", file);
}
/* Implement TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA. */
static bool
arm_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *fp, rtx x)
{
if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_TLS)
return arm_emit_tls_decoration (fp, x);
else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_PIC_LABEL)
{
char label[256];
int labelno = INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LPIC", labelno);
assemble_name_raw (fp, label);
return TRUE;
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_GOTSYM_OFF)
{
assemble_name (fp, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
if (GOT_PCREL)
fputs ("+.", fp);
fputs ("-(", fp);
output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
fputc (')', fp);
return TRUE;
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC && XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_SYMBOL_OFFSET)
{
output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
if (GOT_PCREL)
fputs ("+.", fp);
fputs ("-(", fp);
output_addr_const (fp, XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));
fputc (')', fp);
return TRUE;
}
else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR)
return arm_emit_vector_const (fp, x);
return FALSE;
}
/* Output assembly for a shift instruction.
SET_FLAGS determines how the instruction modifies the condition codes.
0 - Do not set condition codes.
1 - Set condition codes.
2 - Use smallest instruction. */
const char *
arm_output_shift(rtx * operands, int set_flags)
{
char pattern[100];
static const char flag_chars[3] = {'?', '.', '!'};
const char *shift;
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
char c;
c = flag_chars[set_flags];
if (TARGET_UNIFIED_ASM)
{
shift = shift_op(operands[3], &val);
if (shift)
{
if (val != -1)
operands[2] = GEN_INT(val);
sprintf (pattern, "%s%%%c\t%%0, %%1, %%2", shift, c);
}
else
sprintf (pattern, "mov%%%c\t%%0, %%1", c);
}
else
sprintf (pattern, "mov%%%c\t%%0, %%1%%S3", c);
output_asm_insn (pattern, operands);
return "";
}
/* Output a Thumb-1 casesi dispatch sequence. */
const char *
thumb1_output_casesi (rtx *operands)
{
rtx diff_vec = PATTERN (next_real_insn (operands[0]));
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (diff_vec) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC);
switch (GET_MODE(diff_vec))
{
case QImode:
return (ADDR_DIFF_VEC_FLAGS (diff_vec).offset_unsigned ?
"bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_uqi" : "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_sqi");
case HImode:
return (ADDR_DIFF_VEC_FLAGS (diff_vec).offset_unsigned ?
"bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_uhi" : "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_shi");
case SImode:
return "bl\t%___gnu_thumb1_case_si";
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Output a Thumb-2 casesi instruction. */
const char *
thumb2_output_casesi (rtx *operands)
{
rtx diff_vec = PATTERN (next_real_insn (operands[2]));
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (diff_vec) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC);
output_asm_insn ("cmp\t%0, %1", operands);
output_asm_insn ("bhi\t%l3", operands);
switch (GET_MODE(diff_vec))
{
case QImode:
return "tbb\t[%|pc, %0]";
case HImode:
return "tbh\t[%|pc, %0, lsl #1]";
case SImode:
if (flag_pic)
{
output_asm_insn ("adr\t%4, %l2", operands);
output_asm_insn ("ldr\t%5, [%4, %0, lsl #2]", operands);
output_asm_insn ("add\t%4, %4, %5", operands);
return "bx\t%4";
}
else
{
output_asm_insn ("adr\t%4, %l2", operands);
return "ldr\t%|pc, [%4, %0, lsl #2]";
}
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Most ARM cores are single issue, but some newer ones can dual issue.
The scheduler descriptions rely on this being correct. */
static int
arm_issue_rate (void)
{
switch (arm_tune)
{
case cortexa15:
return 3;
case cortexr4:
case cortexr4f:
case cortexr5:
case genericv7a:
case cortexa5:
case cortexa8:
case cortexa9:
case fa726te:
return 2;
default:
return 1;
}
}
/* A table and a function to perform ARM-specific name mangling for
NEON vector types in order to conform to the AAPCS (see "Procedure
Call Standard for the ARM Architecture", Appendix A). To qualify
for emission with the mangled names defined in that document, a
vector type must not only be of the correct mode but also be
composed of NEON vector element types (e.g. __builtin_neon_qi). */
typedef struct
{
enum machine_mode mode;
const char *element_type_name;
const char *aapcs_name;
} arm_mangle_map_entry;
static arm_mangle_map_entry arm_mangle_map[] = {
/* 64-bit containerized types. */
{ V8QImode, "__builtin_neon_qi", "15__simd64_int8_t" },
{ V8QImode, "__builtin_neon_uqi", "16__simd64_uint8_t" },
{ V4HImode, "__builtin_neon_hi", "16__simd64_int16_t" },
{ V4HImode, "__builtin_neon_uhi", "17__simd64_uint16_t" },
{ V2SImode, "__builtin_neon_si", "16__simd64_int32_t" },
{ V2SImode, "__builtin_neon_usi", "17__simd64_uint32_t" },
{ V2SFmode, "__builtin_neon_sf", "18__simd64_float32_t" },
{ V8QImode, "__builtin_neon_poly8", "16__simd64_poly8_t" },
{ V4HImode, "__builtin_neon_poly16", "17__simd64_poly16_t" },
/* 128-bit containerized types. */
{ V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_qi", "16__simd128_int8_t" },
{ V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_uqi", "17__simd128_uint8_t" },
{ V8HImode, "__builtin_neon_hi", "17__simd128_int16_t" },
{ V8HImode, "__builtin_neon_uhi", "18__simd128_uint16_t" },
{ V4SImode, "__builtin_neon_si", "17__simd128_int32_t" },
{ V4SImode, "__builtin_neon_usi", "18__simd128_uint32_t" },
{ V4SFmode, "__builtin_neon_sf", "19__simd128_float32_t" },
{ V16QImode, "__builtin_neon_poly8", "17__simd128_poly8_t" },
{ V8HImode, "__builtin_neon_poly16", "18__simd128_poly16_t" },
{ VOIDmode, NULL, NULL }
};
const char *
arm_mangle_type (const_tree type)
{
arm_mangle_map_entry *pos = arm_mangle_map;
/* The ARM ABI documents (10th October 2008) say that "__va_list"
has to be managled as if it is in the "std" namespace. */
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED
&& lang_hooks.types_compatible_p (CONST_CAST_TREE (type), va_list_type))
{
/* Disable this obsolete warning for Android, because none of the exposed APIs
by NDK is impacted by this change of ARM ABI. This warning can be triggered
very easily by compiling the following code using arm-linux-androideabi-g++:
typedef __builtin_va_list __gnuc_va_list;
typedef __gnuc_va_list va_list;
void foo(va_list v) { }
We could advise developer to add "-Wno-psabi", but doing so also categorically
deny other cases guarded by "warn_psabi". Hence the decision to disable it
case by case here.
static bool warned;
if (!warned && warn_psabi && !in_system_header)
{
warned = true;
inform (input_location,
"the mangling of % has changed in GCC 4.4");
}
*/
return "St9__va_list";
}
/* Half-precision float. */
if (TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE && TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 16)
return "Dh";
if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
return NULL;
/* Check the mode of the vector type, and the name of the vector
element type, against the table. */
while (pos->mode != VOIDmode)
{
tree elt_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
if (pos->mode == TYPE_MODE (type)
&& TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (elt_type)) == TYPE_DECL
&& !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (elt_type))),
pos->element_type_name))
return pos->aapcs_name;
pos++;
}
/* Use the default mangling for unrecognized (possibly user-defined)
vector types. */
return NULL;
}
/* Order of allocation of core registers for Thumb: this allocation is
written over the corresponding initial entries of the array
initialized with REG_ALLOC_ORDER. We allocate all low registers
first. Saving and restoring a low register is usually cheaper than
using a call-clobbered high register. */
static const int thumb_core_reg_alloc_order[] =
{
3, 2, 1, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7,
14, 12, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15
};
/* Adjust register allocation order when compiling for Thumb. */
void
arm_order_regs_for_local_alloc (void)
{
const int arm_reg_alloc_order[] = REG_ALLOC_ORDER;
memcpy(reg_alloc_order, arm_reg_alloc_order, sizeof (reg_alloc_order));
if (TARGET_THUMB)
memcpy (reg_alloc_order, thumb_core_reg_alloc_order,
sizeof (thumb_core_reg_alloc_order));
}
/* Implement TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED. */
bool
arm_frame_pointer_required (void)
{
return (cfun->has_nonlocal_label
|| SUBTARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
|| (TARGET_ARM && TARGET_APCS_FRAME && ! leaf_function_p ()));
}
/* Only thumb1 can't support conditional execution, so return true if
the target is not thumb1. */
static bool
arm_have_conditional_execution (void)
{
return !TARGET_THUMB1;
}
/* The AAPCS sets the maximum alignment of a vector to 64 bits. */
static HOST_WIDE_INT
arm_vector_alignment (const_tree type)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT align = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 0);
if (TARGET_AAPCS_BASED)
align = MIN (align, 64);
return align;
}
static unsigned int
arm_autovectorize_vector_sizes (void)
{
return TARGET_NEON_VECTORIZE_DOUBLE ? 0 : (16 | 8);
}
static bool
arm_vector_alignment_reachable (const_tree type, bool is_packed)
{
/* Vectors which aren't in packed structures will not be less aligned than
the natural alignment of their element type, so this is safe. */
if (TARGET_NEON && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
return !is_packed;
return default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable (type, is_packed);
}
static bool
arm_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (enum machine_mode mode,
const_tree type, int misalignment,
bool is_packed)
{
if (TARGET_NEON && !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
HOST_WIDE_INT align = TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type);
if (is_packed)
return align == 1;
/* If the misalignment is unknown, we should be able to handle the access
so long as it is not to a member of a packed data structure. */
if (misalignment == -1)
return true;
/* Return true if the misalignment is a multiple of the natural alignment
of the vector's element type. This is probably always going to be
true in practice, since we've already established that this isn't a
packed access. */
return ((misalignment % align) == 0);
}
return default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment (mode, type, misalignment,
is_packed);
}
static void
arm_conditional_register_usage (void)
{
int regno;
if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT || TARGET_THUMB1 || !TARGET_FPA)
{
for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; ++regno)
fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
}
if (TARGET_THUMB1 && optimize_size)
{
/* When optimizing for size on Thumb-1, it's better not
to use the HI regs, because of the overhead of
stacking them. */
for (regno = FIRST_HI_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_HI_REGNUM; ++regno)
fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
}
/* The link register can be clobbered by any branch insn,
but we have no way to track that at present, so mark
it as unavailable. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
fixed_regs[LR_REGNUM] = call_used_regs[LR_REGNUM] = 1;
if (TARGET_32BIT && TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
{
if (TARGET_MAVERICK)
{
for (regno = FIRST_FPA_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_FPA_REGNUM; ++ regno)
fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
for (regno = FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM; ++ regno)
{
fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_CIRRUS_FP_REGNUM + 4;
}
}
if (TARGET_VFP)
{
/* VFPv3 registers are disabled when earlier VFP
versions are selected due to the definition of
LAST_VFP_REGNUM. */
for (regno = FIRST_VFP_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_VFP_REGNUM; ++ regno)
{
fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 16
|| regno >= FIRST_VFP_REGNUM + 32;
}
}
}
if (TARGET_REALLY_IWMMXT)
{
regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;
/* The 2002/10/09 revision of the XScale ABI has wCG0
and wCG1 as call-preserved registers. The 2002/11/21
revision changed this so that all wCG registers are
scratch registers. */
for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_GR_REGNUM; ++ regno)
fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
/* The XScale ABI has wR0 - wR9 as scratch registers,
the rest as call-preserved registers. */
for (regno = FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM;
regno <= LAST_IWMMXT_REGNUM; ++ regno)
{
fixed_regs[regno] = 0;
call_used_regs[regno] = regno < FIRST_IWMMXT_REGNUM + 10;
}
}
if ((unsigned) PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM != INVALID_REGNUM)
{
fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
call_used_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
}
else if (TARGET_APCS_STACK)
{
fixed_regs[10] = 1;
call_used_regs[10] = 1;
}
/* -mcaller-super-interworking reserves r11 for calls to
_interwork_r11_call_via_rN(). Making the register global
is an easy way of ensuring that it remains valid for all
calls. */
if (TARGET_APCS_FRAME || TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING
|| TARGET_TPCS_FRAME || TARGET_TPCS_LEAF_FRAME)
{
fixed_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
call_used_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
if (TARGET_CALLER_INTERWORKING)
global_regs[ARM_HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM] = 1;
}
SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
}
static reg_class_t
arm_preferred_rename_class (reg_class_t rclass)
{
/* Thumb-2 instructions using LO_REGS may be smaller than instructions
using GENERIC_REGS. During register rename pass, we prefer LO_REGS,
and code size can be reduced. */
if (TARGET_THUMB2 && rclass == GENERAL_REGS)
return LO_REGS;
else
return NO_REGS;
}
/* Compute the atrribute "length" of insn "*push_multi".
So this function MUST be kept in sync with that insn pattern. */
int
arm_attr_length_push_multi(rtx parallel_op, rtx first_op)
{
int i, regno, hi_reg;
int num_saves = XVECLEN (parallel_op, 0);
/* ARM mode. */
if (TARGET_ARM)
return 4;
/* Thumb1 mode. */
if (TARGET_THUMB1)
return 2;
/* Thumb2 mode. */
regno = REGNO (first_op);
hi_reg = (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno) == HI_REGS) && (regno != LR_REGNUM);
for (i = 1; i < num_saves && !hi_reg; i++)
{
regno = REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (parallel_op, 0, i), 0));
hi_reg |= (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno) == HI_REGS) && (regno != LR_REGNUM);
}
if (!hi_reg)
return 2;
return 4;
}
/* Compute the number of instructions emitted by output_move_double. */
int
arm_count_output_move_double_insns (rtx *operands)
{
int count;
rtx ops[2];
/* output_move_double may modify the operands array, so call it
here on a copy of the array. */
ops[0] = operands[0];
ops[1] = operands[1];
output_move_double (ops, false, &count);
return count;
}
int
vfp3_const_double_for_fract_bits (rtx operand)
{
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r0;
if (GET_CODE (operand) != CONST_DOUBLE)
return 0;
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r0, operand);
if (exact_real_inverse (DFmode, &r0))
{
if (exact_real_truncate (DFmode, &r0))
{
HOST_WIDE_INT value = real_to_integer (&r0);
value = value & 0xffffffff;
if ((value != 0) && ( (value & (value - 1)) == 0))
return int_log2 (value);
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Emit a memory barrier around an atomic sequence according to MODEL. */
static void
arm_pre_atomic_barrier (enum memmodel model)
{
switch (model)
{
case MEMMODEL_RELAXED:
case MEMMODEL_CONSUME:
case MEMMODEL_ACQUIRE:
break;
case MEMMODEL_RELEASE:
case MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL:
case MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST:
emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
static void
arm_post_atomic_barrier (enum memmodel model)
{
switch (model)
{
case MEMMODEL_RELAXED:
case MEMMODEL_CONSUME:
case MEMMODEL_RELEASE:
break;
case MEMMODEL_ACQUIRE:
case MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL:
case MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST:
emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
}
/* Emit the load-exclusive and store-exclusive instructions. */
static void
arm_emit_load_exclusive (enum machine_mode mode, rtx rval, rtx mem)
{
rtx (*gen) (rtx, rtx);
switch (mode)
{
case QImode: gen = gen_arm_load_exclusiveqi; break;
case HImode: gen = gen_arm_load_exclusivehi; break;
case SImode: gen = gen_arm_load_exclusivesi; break;
case DImode: gen = gen_arm_load_exclusivedi; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
emit_insn (gen (rval, mem));
}
static void
arm_emit_store_exclusive (enum machine_mode mode, rtx bval, rtx rval, rtx mem)
{
rtx (*gen) (rtx, rtx, rtx);
switch (mode)
{
case QImode: gen = gen_arm_store_exclusiveqi; break;
case HImode: gen = gen_arm_store_exclusivehi; break;
case SImode: gen = gen_arm_store_exclusivesi; break;
case DImode: gen = gen_arm_store_exclusivedi; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
emit_insn (gen (bval, rval, mem));
}
/* Mark the previous jump instruction as unlikely. */
static void
emit_unlikely_jump (rtx insn)
{
rtx very_unlikely = GEN_INT (REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 100 - 1);
insn = emit_jump_insn (insn);
add_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, very_unlikely);
}
/* Expand a compare and swap pattern. */
void
arm_expand_compare_and_swap (rtx operands[])
{
rtx bval, rval, mem, oldval, newval, is_weak, mod_s, mod_f, x;
enum machine_mode mode;
rtx (*gen) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
bval = operands[0];
rval = operands[1];
mem = operands[2];
oldval = operands[3];
newval = operands[4];
is_weak = operands[5];
mod_s = operands[6];
mod_f = operands[7];
mode = GET_MODE (mem);
switch (mode)
{
case QImode:
case HImode:
/* For narrow modes, we're going to perform the comparison in SImode,
so do the zero-extension now. */
rval = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
oldval = convert_modes (SImode, mode, oldval, true);
/* FALLTHRU */
case SImode:
/* Force the value into a register if needed. We waited until after
the zero-extension above to do this properly. */
if (!arm_add_operand (oldval, mode))
oldval = force_reg (mode, oldval);
break;
case DImode:
if (!cmpdi_operand (oldval, mode))
oldval = force_reg (mode, oldval);
break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
switch (mode)
{
case QImode: gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swapqi_1; break;
case HImode: gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swaphi_1; break;
case SImode: gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swapsi_1; break;
case DImode: gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swapdi_1; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
emit_insn (gen (rval, mem, oldval, newval, is_weak, mod_s, mod_f));
if (mode == QImode || mode == HImode)
emit_move_insn (operands[1], gen_lowpart (mode, rval));
/* In all cases, we arrange for success to be signaled by Z set.
This arrangement allows for the boolean result to be used directly
in a subsequent branch, post optimization. */
x = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
x = gen_rtx_EQ (SImode, x, const0_rtx);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, bval, x));
}
/* Split a compare and swap pattern. It is IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED whether
another memory store between the load-exclusive and store-exclusive can
reset the monitor from Exclusive to Open state. This means we must wait
until after reload to split the pattern, lest we get a register spill in
the middle of the atomic sequence. */
void
arm_split_compare_and_swap (rtx operands[])
{
rtx rval, mem, oldval, newval, scratch;
enum machine_mode mode;
enum memmodel mod_s, mod_f;
bool is_weak;
rtx label1, label2, x, cond;
rval = operands[0];
mem = operands[1];
oldval = operands[2];
newval = operands[3];
is_weak = (operands[4] != const0_rtx);
mod_s = (enum memmodel) INTVAL (operands[5]);
mod_f = (enum memmodel) INTVAL (operands[6]);
scratch = operands[7];
mode = GET_MODE (mem);
arm_pre_atomic_barrier (mod_s);
label1 = NULL_RTX;
if (!is_weak)
{
label1 = gen_label_rtx ();
emit_label (label1);
}
label2 = gen_label_rtx ();
arm_emit_load_exclusive (mode, rval, mem);
cond = arm_gen_compare_reg (NE, rval, oldval, scratch);
x = gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, cond, const0_rtx);
x = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode, x,
gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label2), pc_rtx);
emit_unlikely_jump (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx, x));
arm_emit_store_exclusive (mode, scratch, mem, newval);
/* Weak or strong, we want EQ to be true for success, so that we
match the flags that we got from the compare above. */
cond = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, CC_REGNUM);
x = gen_rtx_COMPARE (CCmode, scratch, const0_rtx);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cond, x));
if (!is_weak)
{
x = gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, cond, const0_rtx);
x = gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode, x,
gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label1), pc_rtx);
emit_unlikely_jump (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx, x));
}
if (mod_f != MEMMODEL_RELAXED)
emit_label (label2);
arm_post_atomic_barrier (mod_s);
if (mod_f == MEMMODEL_RELAXED)
emit_label (label2);
}
void
arm_split_atomic_op (enum rtx_code code, rtx old_out, rtx new_out, rtx mem,
rtx value, rtx model_rtx, rtx cond)
{
enum memmodel model = (enum memmodel) INTVAL (model_rtx);
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (mem);
enum machine_mode wmode = (mode == DImode ? DImode : SImode);
rtx label, x;
arm_pre_atomic_barrier (model);
label = gen_label_rtx ();
emit_label (label);
if (new_out)
new_out = gen_lowpart (wmode, new_out);
if (old_out)
old_out = gen_lowpart (wmode, old_out);
else
old_out = new_out;
value = simplify_gen_subreg (wmode, value, mode, 0);
arm_emit_load_exclusive (mode, old_out, mem);
switch (code)
{
case SET:
new_out = value;
break;
case NOT:
x = gen_rtx_AND (wmode, old_out, value);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_out, x));
x = gen_rtx_NOT (wmode, new_out);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_out, x));
break;
case MINUS:
if (CONST_INT_P (value))
{
value = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (value));
code = PLUS;
}
/* FALLTHRU */
case PLUS:
if (mode == DImode)
{
/* DImode plus/minus need to clobber flags. */
/* The adddi3 and subdi3 patterns are incorrectly written so that
they require matching operands, even when we could easily support
three operands. Thankfully, this can be fixed up post-splitting,
as the individual add+adc patterns do accept three operands and
post-reload cprop can make these moves go away. */
emit_move_insn (new_out, old_out);
if (code == PLUS)
x = gen_adddi3 (new_out, new_out, value);
else
x = gen_subdi3 (new_out, new_out, value);
emit_insn (x);
break;
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
x = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, wmode, old_out, value);
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, new_out, x));
break;
}
arm_emit_store_exclusive (mode, cond, mem, gen_lowpart (mode, new_out));
x = gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, cond, const0_rtx);
emit_unlikely_jump (gen_cbranchsi4 (x, cond, const0_rtx, label));
arm_post_atomic_barrier (model);
}
#define MAX_VECT_LEN 16
struct expand_vec_perm_d
{
rtx target, op0, op1;
unsigned char perm[MAX_VECT_LEN];
enum machine_mode vmode;
unsigned char nelt;
bool one_vector_p;
bool testing_p;
};
/* Generate a variable permutation. */
static void
arm_expand_vec_perm_1 (rtx target, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx sel)
{
enum machine_mode vmode = GET_MODE (target);
bool one_vector_p = rtx_equal_p (op0, op1);
gcc_checking_assert (vmode == V8QImode || vmode == V16QImode);
gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == vmode);
gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (op1) == vmode);
gcc_checking_assert (GET_MODE (sel) == vmode);
gcc_checking_assert (TARGET_NEON);
if (one_vector_p)
{
if (vmode == V8QImode)
emit_insn (gen_neon_vtbl1v8qi (target, op0, sel));
else
emit_insn (gen_neon_vtbl1v16qi (target, op0, sel));
}
else
{
rtx pair;
if (vmode == V8QImode)
{
pair = gen_reg_rtx (V16QImode);
emit_insn (gen_neon_vcombinev8qi (pair, op0, op1));
pair = gen_lowpart (TImode, pair);
emit_insn (gen_neon_vtbl2v8qi (target, pair, sel));
}
else
{
pair = gen_reg_rtx (OImode);
emit_insn (gen_neon_vcombinev16qi (pair, op0, op1));
emit_insn (gen_neon_vtbl2v16qi (target, pair, sel));
}
}
}
void
arm_expand_vec_perm (rtx target, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx sel)
{
enum machine_mode vmode = GET_MODE (target);
unsigned int i, nelt = GET_MODE_NUNITS (vmode);
bool one_vector_p = rtx_equal_p (op0, op1);
rtx rmask[MAX_VECT_LEN], mask;
/* TODO: ARM's VTBL indexing is little-endian. In order to handle GCC's
numbering of elements for big-endian, we must reverse the order. */
gcc_checking_assert (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN);
/* The VTBL instruction does not use a modulo index, so we must take care
of that ourselves. */
mask = GEN_INT (one_vector_p ? nelt - 1 : 2 * nelt - 1);
for (i = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
rmask[i] = mask;
mask = gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (vmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelt, rmask));
sel = expand_simple_binop (vmode, AND, sel, mask, NULL, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
arm_expand_vec_perm_1 (target, op0, op1, sel);
}
/* Generate or test for an insn that supports a constant permutation. */
/* Recognize patterns for the VUZP insns. */
static bool
arm_evpc_neon_vuzp (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
unsigned int i, odd, mask, nelt = d->nelt;
rtx out0, out1, in0, in1, x;
rtx (*gen)(rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (d->vmode) >= 8)
return false;
/* Note that these are little-endian tests. Adjust for big-endian later. */
if (d->perm[0] == 0)
odd = 0;
else if (d->perm[0] == 1)
odd = 1;
else
return false;
mask = (d->one_vector_p ? nelt - 1 : 2 * nelt - 1);
for (i = 0; i < nelt; i++)
{
unsigned elt = (i * 2 + odd) & mask;
if (d->perm[i] != elt)
return false;
}
/* Success! */
if (d->testing_p)
return true;
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv16qi_internal; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv8qi_internal; break;
case V8HImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv8hi_internal; break;
case V4HImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv4hi_internal; break;
case V4SImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv4si_internal; break;
case V2SImode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv2si_internal; break;
case V2SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv2sf_internal; break;
case V4SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vuzpv4sf_internal; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
in0 = d->op0;
in1 = d->op1;
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
x = in0, in0 = in1, in1 = x;
odd = !odd;
}
out0 = d->target;
out1 = gen_reg_rtx (d->vmode);
if (odd)
x = out0, out0 = out1, out1 = x;
emit_insn (gen (out0, in0, in1, out1));
return true;
}
/* Recognize patterns for the VZIP insns. */
static bool
arm_evpc_neon_vzip (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
unsigned int i, high, mask, nelt = d->nelt;
rtx out0, out1, in0, in1, x;
rtx (*gen)(rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (d->vmode) >= 8)
return false;
/* Note that these are little-endian tests. Adjust for big-endian later. */
high = nelt / 2;
if (d->perm[0] == high)
;
else if (d->perm[0] == 0)
high = 0;
else
return false;
mask = (d->one_vector_p ? nelt - 1 : 2 * nelt - 1);
for (i = 0; i < nelt / 2; i++)
{
unsigned elt = (i + high) & mask;
if (d->perm[i * 2] != elt)
return false;
elt = (elt + nelt) & mask;
if (d->perm[i * 2 + 1] != elt)
return false;
}
/* Success! */
if (d->testing_p)
return true;
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv16qi_internal; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv8qi_internal; break;
case V8HImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv8hi_internal; break;
case V4HImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv4hi_internal; break;
case V4SImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv4si_internal; break;
case V2SImode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv2si_internal; break;
case V2SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv2sf_internal; break;
case V4SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vzipv4sf_internal; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
in0 = d->op0;
in1 = d->op1;
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
x = in0, in0 = in1, in1 = x;
high = !high;
}
out0 = d->target;
out1 = gen_reg_rtx (d->vmode);
if (high)
x = out0, out0 = out1, out1 = x;
emit_insn (gen (out0, in0, in1, out1));
return true;
}
/* Recognize patterns for the VREV insns. */
static bool
arm_evpc_neon_vrev (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
unsigned int i, j, diff, nelt = d->nelt;
rtx (*gen)(rtx, rtx, rtx);
if (!d->one_vector_p)
return false;
diff = d->perm[0];
switch (diff)
{
case 7:
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v16qi; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v8qi; break;
default:
return false;
}
break;
case 3:
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev32v16qi; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev32v8qi; break;
case V8HImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v8hi; break;
case V4HImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v4hi; break;
default:
return false;
}
break;
case 1:
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev16v16qi; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev16v8qi; break;
case V8HImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev32v8hi; break;
case V4HImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev32v4hi; break;
case V4SImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v4si; break;
case V2SImode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v2si; break;
case V4SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v4sf; break;
case V2SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vrev64v2sf; break;
default:
return false;
}
break;
default:
return false;
}
for (i = 0; i < nelt ; i += diff + 1)
for (j = 0; j <= diff; j += 1)
{
/* This is guaranteed to be true as the value of diff
is 7, 3, 1 and we should have enough elements in the
queue to generate this. Getting a vector mask with a
value of diff other than these values implies that
something is wrong by the time we get here. */
gcc_assert (i + j < nelt);
if (d->perm[i + j] != i + diff - j)
return false;
}
/* Success! */
if (d->testing_p)
return true;
/* ??? The third operand is an artifact of the builtin infrastructure
and is ignored by the actual instruction. */
emit_insn (gen (d->target, d->op0, const0_rtx));
return true;
}
/* Recognize patterns for the VTRN insns. */
static bool
arm_evpc_neon_vtrn (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
unsigned int i, odd, mask, nelt = d->nelt;
rtx out0, out1, in0, in1, x;
rtx (*gen)(rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
if (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (d->vmode) >= 8)
return false;
/* Note that these are little-endian tests. Adjust for big-endian later. */
if (d->perm[0] == 0)
odd = 0;
else if (d->perm[0] == 1)
odd = 1;
else
return false;
mask = (d->one_vector_p ? nelt - 1 : 2 * nelt - 1);
for (i = 0; i < nelt; i += 2)
{
if (d->perm[i] != i + odd)
return false;
if (d->perm[i + 1] != ((i + nelt + odd) & mask))
return false;
}
/* Success! */
if (d->testing_p)
return true;
switch (d->vmode)
{
case V16QImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv16qi_internal; break;
case V8QImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv8qi_internal; break;
case V8HImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv8hi_internal; break;
case V4HImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv4hi_internal; break;
case V4SImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv4si_internal; break;
case V2SImode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv2si_internal; break;
case V2SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv2sf_internal; break;
case V4SFmode: gen = gen_neon_vtrnv4sf_internal; break;
default:
gcc_unreachable ();
}
in0 = d->op0;
in1 = d->op1;
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
{
x = in0, in0 = in1, in1 = x;
odd = !odd;
}
out0 = d->target;
out1 = gen_reg_rtx (d->vmode);
if (odd)
x = out0, out0 = out1, out1 = x;
emit_insn (gen (out0, in0, in1, out1));
return true;
}
/* The NEON VTBL instruction is a fully variable permuation that's even
stronger than what we expose via VEC_PERM_EXPR. What it doesn't do
is mask the index operand as VEC_PERM_EXPR requires. Therefore we
can do slightly better by expanding this as a constant where we don't
have to apply a mask. */
static bool
arm_evpc_neon_vtbl (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
rtx rperm[MAX_VECT_LEN], sel;
enum machine_mode vmode = d->vmode;
unsigned int i, nelt = d->nelt;
/* TODO: ARM's VTBL indexing is little-endian. In order to handle GCC's
numbering of elements for big-endian, we must reverse the order. */
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
return false;
if (d->testing_p)
return true;
/* Generic code will try constant permutation twice. Once with the
original mode and again with the elements lowered to QImode.
So wait and don't do the selector expansion ourselves. */
if (vmode != V8QImode && vmode != V16QImode)
return false;
for (i = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
rperm[i] = GEN_INT (d->perm[i]);
sel = gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (vmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelt, rperm));
sel = force_reg (vmode, sel);
arm_expand_vec_perm_1 (d->target, d->op0, d->op1, sel);
return true;
}
static bool
arm_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (struct expand_vec_perm_d *d)
{
/* The pattern matching functions above are written to look for a small
number to begin the sequence (0, 1, N/2). If we begin with an index
from the second operand, we can swap the operands. */
if (d->perm[0] >= d->nelt)
{
unsigned i, nelt = d->nelt;
rtx x;
for (i = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
d->perm[i] = (d->perm[i] + nelt) & (2 * nelt - 1);
x = d->op0;
d->op0 = d->op1;
d->op1 = x;
}
if (TARGET_NEON)
{
if (arm_evpc_neon_vuzp (d))
return true;
if (arm_evpc_neon_vzip (d))
return true;
if (arm_evpc_neon_vrev (d))
return true;
if (arm_evpc_neon_vtrn (d))
return true;
return arm_evpc_neon_vtbl (d);
}
return false;
}
/* Expand a vec_perm_const pattern. */
bool
arm_expand_vec_perm_const (rtx target, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx sel)
{
struct expand_vec_perm_d d;
int i, nelt, which;
d.target = target;
d.op0 = op0;
d.op1 = op1;
d.vmode = GET_MODE (target);
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (d.vmode));
d.nelt = nelt = GET_MODE_NUNITS (d.vmode);
d.testing_p = false;
for (i = which = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
{
rtx e = XVECEXP (sel, 0, i);
int ei = INTVAL (e) & (2 * nelt - 1);
which |= (ei < nelt ? 1 : 2);
d.perm[i] = ei;
}
switch (which)
{
default:
gcc_unreachable();
case 3:
d.one_vector_p = false;
if (!rtx_equal_p (op0, op1))
break;
/* The elements of PERM do not suggest that only the first operand
is used, but both operands are identical. Allow easier matching
of the permutation by folding the permutation into the single
input vector. */
/* FALLTHRU */
case 2:
for (i = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
d.perm[i] &= nelt - 1;
d.op0 = op1;
d.one_vector_p = true;
break;
case 1:
d.op1 = op0;
d.one_vector_p = true;
break;
}
return arm_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (&d);
}
/* Implement TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK. */
static bool
arm_vectorize_vec_perm_const_ok (enum machine_mode vmode,
const unsigned char *sel)
{
struct expand_vec_perm_d d;
unsigned int i, nelt, which;
bool ret;
d.vmode = vmode;
d.nelt = nelt = GET_MODE_NUNITS (d.vmode);
d.testing_p = true;
memcpy (d.perm, sel, nelt);
/* Categorize the set of elements in the selector. */
for (i = which = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
{
unsigned char e = d.perm[i];
gcc_assert (e < 2 * nelt);
which |= (e < nelt ? 1 : 2);
}
/* For all elements from second vector, fold the elements to first. */
if (which == 2)
for (i = 0; i < nelt; ++i)
d.perm[i] -= nelt;
/* Check whether the mask can be applied to the vector type. */
d.one_vector_p = (which != 3);
d.target = gen_raw_REG (d.vmode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1);
d.op1 = d.op0 = gen_raw_REG (d.vmode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 2);
if (!d.one_vector_p)
d.op1 = gen_raw_REG (d.vmode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 3);
start_sequence ();
ret = arm_expand_vec_perm_const_1 (&d);
end_sequence ();
return ret;
}
#include "gt-arm.h"